TRUSTMARK CORP - Annual Report: 2012 (Form 10-K)

form10-k.htm

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

x	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

o	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OF 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 000-3683

TRUSTMARK CORPORATION

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

MISSISSIPPI		64-0471500
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)		(IRS Employer Identification Number)

248 East Capitol Street, Jackson, Mississippi		39201
(Address of principal executive offices)		(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:		(601) 208-5111

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Common Stock, no par value		NASDAQ Stock Market
(Title of Class)		(Name of Exchange on Which Registered)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes þ No o

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.

Yes o No þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes þ No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer þ	Accelerated filer o	Non-accelerated filer o	Smaller reporting company o
	(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act.) Yes o No þ

Based on the closing sales price at June 30, 2012, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the shares of common stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant was approximately $1.436 billion.

As of January 31, 2013, there were issued and outstanding 64,820,414 shares of the registrant’s Common Stock.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Proxy Statement for Trustmark’s 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 7, 2013 are incorporated by reference into Part III of the Form 10-K report.

TRUSTMARK CORPORATION

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I		PAGE
Item 1.	Business	3
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	17
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	23
Item 2.	Properties	23
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	23
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	25

PART II
Item 5.	Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	25
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	27
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	29
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	75
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	77
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	146
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	146
Item 9B.	Other Information	147

PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers of the Registrant and Corporate Governance	148
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	148
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	148
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	148
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	148

PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules	149

SIGNATURES		153

Table of Contents

Forward-Looking Statements

Certain statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. You can identify forward-looking statements by words such as “may,” “hope,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “continue,” “could,” “future” or the negative of those terms or other words of similar meaning. You should read statements that contain these words carefully because they discuss our future expectations or state other “forward-looking” information. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements relating to anticipated future operating and financial performance measures, including net interest margin, credit quality, business initiatives, growth opportunities and growth rates, among other things, and encompass any estimate, prediction, expectation, projection, opinion, anticipation, outlook or statement of belief included therein as well as the management assumptions underlying these forward-looking statements. You should be aware that the occurrence of the events described under the caption Item 1A. Risk Factors in this report could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Should one or more of these risks materialize, or should any such underlying assumptions prove to be significantly different, actual results may vary significantly from those anticipated, estimated, projected or expected.

Risks that could cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations of Management include, but are not limited to, changes in the level of nonperforming assets and charge-offs, local, state and national economic and market conditions, including the extent and duration of the current volatility in the credit and financial markets, changes in our ability to measure the fair value of assets in our portfolio, material changes in the level and/or volatility of market interest rates, the performance and demand for the products and services we offer, including the level and timing of withdrawals from our deposit accounts, the costs and effects of litigation and of unexpected or adverse outcomes in such litigation, our ability to attract noninterest-bearing deposits and other low-cost funds, competition in loan and deposit pricing, as well as the entry of new competitors into our markets through de novo expansion and acquisitions, economic conditions, including the potential impact of the European financial crisis on the U.S. economy and the markets we serve, and monetary and other governmental actions designed to address the level and volatility of interest rates and the volatility of securities, currency and other markets, the enactment of legislation and changes in existing regulations, or enforcement practices, or the adoption of new regulations, changes in accounting standards and practices, including changes in the interpretation of existing standards, that affect our consolidated financial statements, changes in consumer spending, borrowings and savings habits, technological changes, changes in the financial performance or condition of our borrowers, changes in our ability to control expenses, changes in our compensation and benefit plans, greater than expected costs or difficulties related to the integration of acquisitions or new products and lines of business, natural disasters, environmental disasters, acts of war or terrorism, the ability to maintain relationships with customers, employees or suppliers as well as the ability to successfully integrate the business and realize cost savings and any other synergies from the BancTrust Financial Group, Inc., (BancTrust) merger as well as the risk that the credit ratings of the combined company or its subsidiaries may be different from what the companies expect, and other risks described in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give no assurance that such expectations will prove to be correct. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise any of this information, whether as the result of new information, future events or developments or otherwise.

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

The Corporation

Description of Business

Trustmark Corporation (Trustmark), a Mississippi business corporation incorporated in 1968, is a bank holding company headquartered in Jackson, Mississippi. Trustmark’s principal subsidiary is Trustmark National Bank (TNB), initially chartered by the State of Mississippi in 1889. At December 31, 2012, TNB had total assets of $9.717 billion, which represents approximately 99% of the consolidated assets of Trustmark.

Through TNB and its other subsidiaries, Trustmark operates as a financial services organization providing banking and other financial solutions through approximately 170 offices and 2,666 full-time equivalent associates located in the states of Mississippi, Tennessee (in Memphis and the Northern Mississippi region, which is collectively referred to herein as Trustmark’s Tennessee market), Florida (primarily in the northwest or “Panhandle” region of that state which is referred to herein as Trustmark’s Florida market) and Texas (primarily in Houston, which is referred to herein as Trustmark’s Texas market). On February 15, 2013, Trustmark completed its merger with BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. (BancTrust). BancTrust had 49 offices throughout Alabama and the Florida Panhandle with $1.2 billion in loans and $1.7 billion in deposits at December 31, 2012. The principal products produced and services rendered by TNB and Trustmark’s other subsidiaries are as follows:

Trustmark National Bank

Commercial Banking – TNB provides a full range of commercial banking services to corporations and other business customers. Loans are provided for a variety of general corporate purposes, including financing for commercial and industrial projects, income producing commercial real estate, owner-occupied real estate and construction and land development. TNB also provides deposit services, including checking, savings and money market accounts and certificates of deposit as well as treasury management services.

Consumer Banking – TNB provides banking services to consumers, including checking, savings, and money market accounts as well as certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts. In addition, TNB provides consumer customers with installment and real estate loans and lines of credit.

Mortgage Banking – TNB provides mortgage banking services, including construction financing, production of conventional and government insured mortgages, secondary marketing and mortgage servicing. At December 31, 2012, TNB’s mortgage loan portfolio totaled approximately $1.088 billion, while its portfolio of mortgage loans serviced for others, including, Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) and Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA), totaled approximately $5.171 billion.

Insurance – TNB provides a competitive array of insurance solutions for business and individual risk management needs. Business insurance offerings include services and specialized products for medical professionals, construction, manufacturing, hospitality, real estate and group life and health plans. Individual customers are also provided life and health insurance, and personal line policies. TNB provides these services through Fisher Brown Bottrell Insurance, Inc. (FBBI), a Mississippi corporation which is based in Jackson, Mississippi.

Table of Contents

Wealth Management and Trust Services – TNB offers specialized services and expertise in the areas of wealth management, trust, investment and custodial services for corporate and individual customers. These services include the administration of personal trusts and estates as well as the management of investment accounts for individuals, employee benefit plans and charitable foundations. TNB also provides corporate trust and institutional custody, securities brokerage, financial and estate planning, retirement plan services as well as life insurance and other risk management services provided by FBBI. TNB’s wealth management division is also served by Trustmark Investment Advisors, Inc. (TIA), a Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)-registered investment adviser. TIA provides customized investment management services for TNB customers. During the third quarter of 2012, Trustmark completed the sale and reorganization of $929.0 million of assets managed by TIA for the Performance Funds Trust (Performance Funds) to Federated Investors, Inc. (Federated) and certain of Federated’s subsidiaries, pursuant to the terms of the previously announced definitive agreement between Federated, TIA, and TNB. TIA no longer serves as investment adviser or custodian to the Performance Funds. However, Performance Funds held by Trustmark wealth management clients at the time of the reorganization were converted to various pre-determined Federated funds, and remain in Trustmark wealth management accounts. At December 31, 2012, Trustmark held assets under management and administration of $6.610 billion and brokerage assets of $1.316 billion.

Somerville Bank & Trust Company

Somerville Bank & Trust Company (Somerville), headquartered in Somerville, Tennessee, provides banking services in the eastern Memphis metropolitan statistical area (MSA) through five offices. At December 31, 2012, Somerville had total assets of $202.9 million.

Capital Trusts

Trustmark Preferred Capital Trust I (Trustmark Trust) is a Delaware trust affiliate formed in 2006 to facilitate a private placement of $60.0 million in trust preferred securities. As defined in applicable accounting standards, Trustmark Trust is considered a variable interest entity for which Trustmark is not the primary beneficiary. Accordingly, the accounts of the trust are not included in Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

Strategy

Trustmark seeks to be a premier diversified financial services company in its markets, providing a broad range of banking, wealth management and insurance solutions to its customers. Trustmark’s products and services are designed to strengthen and expand customer relationships and enhance the organization’s competitive advantages in its markets, as well as to provide cross-selling opportunities that will enable Trustmark to continue to diversify its revenue and earnings streams.

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth summary data regarding Trustmark’s securities, loans, assets, deposits, equity and revenues over the past five years.

Summary Information
($ in thousands)

December 31,	2012			2011			2010			2009			2008
Securities	$	2,699,933		$	2,526,698		$	2,318,096		$	1,917,380		$	1,802,470
Total securities growth	$	173,235		$	208,602		$	400,716		$	114,910		$	1,085,029
Total securities growth		6.86	%		9.00	%		20.90	%		6.38	%		151.24	%

Loans *	$	5,726,318		$	5,934,288		$	6,060,242		$	6,319,797		$	6,722,403
Total loans decline	$	(207,970	)	$	(125,954	)	$	(259,555	)	$	(402,606	)	$	(318,389	)
Total loans decline		-3.50	%		-2.08	%		-4.11	%		-5.99	%		-4.52	%

Assets	$	9,828,667		$	9,727,007		$	9,553,902		$	9,526,018		$	9,790,909
Total assets growth (decline)	$	101,660		$	173,105		$	27,884		$	(264,891	)	$	824,107
Total assets growth (decline)		1.05	%		1.81	%		0.29	%		-2.71	%		9.19	%

Deposits	$	7,896,517		$	7,566,363		$	7,044,567		$	7,188,465		$	6,823,870
Total deposits growth (decline)	$	330,154		$	521,796		$	(143,898	)	$	364,595		$	(45,402	)
Total deposits growth (decline)		4.36	%		7.41	%		-2.00	%		5.34	%		-0.66	%

Equity	$	1,287,369		$	1,215,037		$	1,149,484		$	1,110,060		$	1,178,466
Total equity growth (decline)	$	72,332		$	65,553		$	39,424		$	(68,406	)	$	258,830
Total equity growth (decline)		5.95	%		5.70	%		3.55	%		-5.80	%		28.14	%

Years Ended December 31,
Revenue **	$	516,179		$	508,797		$	517,950		$	522,451		$	496,418
Total revenue growth (decline)	$	7,382		$	(9,153	)	$	(4,501	)	$	26,033		$	33,188
Total revenue growth (decline)		1.45	%		-1.77	%		-0.86	%		5.24	%		7.16	%

* - Includes loans held for investment and acquired loans

** - Consistent with Trustmark's audited financial statements, revenue is defined as net interest income plus noninterest income

For additional information regarding the general development of Trustmark’s business, see Selected Financial Data and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Items 6 and 7 of this report.

Table of Contents

Geographic Information

The following table shows Trustmark’s percentage of loans, deposits and revenues for each of the geographic regions in which it operates as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012 ($ in thousands):

	Loans (3)					Deposits					Revenue (4)
	Amount		%			Amount		%			Amount		%
Mississippi (1)	$	4,010,197		70.1	%	$	5,749,711		72.8	%	$	385,179		74.6	%
Tennessee (2)		493,794		8.6	%		1,288,543		16.3	%		51,402		10.0	%
Florida		408,943		7.1	%		414,312		5.3	%		38,813		7.5	%
Texas		813,384		14.2	%		443,951		5.6	%		40,785		7.9	%
Total	$	5,726,318		100.0	%	$	7,896,517		100.0	%	$	516,179		100.0	%

(1) - Mississippi includes Central and Southern Mississippi Regions

(2) - Tennessee includes Memphis, Tennessee and Northern Mississippi Regions

(3) - Includes loans held for investment and acquired loans.

(4) - Consistent with Trustmark’s audited financial statements, revenue is defined as net interest income plus noninterest income

On February 15, 2013, Trustmark completed its merger with BancTrust. BancTrust had 49 offices located throughout Alabama and the Florida Panhandle. Consummation of the merger provided Trustmark with entry into the Alabama market and increased Trustmark’s presence in the Florida Panhandle.

Segment Information

For the year ended December 31, 2012, Trustmark operated through three operating segments - General Banking, Insurance and Wealth Management. The table below presents segment data regarding net interest income, provision for loan losses, net, noninterest income, net income and average assets for each segment for the last three years ($ in thousands):

	Years ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
General Banking
Net interest income	$	336,362	$	344,415	$	347,607
Provision for loan losses, net		12,188		30,185		49,551
Noninterest income		122,421		109,601		115,934
Net income		108,975		100,568		93,025
Average assets		9,658,924		9,436,557		9,136,491

Wealth Management
Net interest income	$	4,327	$	4,256	$	4,174
Provision for loan losses, net		106		143		(5	)
Noninterest income		24,565		23,300		22,243
Net income		3,823		2,810		3,975
Average assets		78,567		81,472		89,240

Insurance
Net interest income	$	301	$	272	$	242
Noninterest income		28,203		26,953		27,750
Net income		4,485		3,463		3,636
Average assets		65,560		65,414		66,096

For more information on Trustmark’s Segments, please see Results of Segment Operations in Item 7 - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Note 21 - Segment Information included in Item 8 - Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, which are located elsewhere in this report.

The Current Economic Environment

While the economy has shown moderate signs of improvement, lingering economic concerns resulting from the cumulative weight of soft U.S. labor markets, the Eurozone crisis, slowing growth in emerging markets and uncertainty regarding the effects of the resolution of the U.S. “fiscal cliff,” have tempered any optimism for economic improvement during 2013. U.S. employment reported gradual improvements during 2012, adding an average of approximately 153,000 net new positions each month and lowering the national unemployment rate from a reported 8.3% in January 2012 to 7.8% in December 2012. Consumer confidence, which had reported improvements at the end of the third quarter of 2012, reported sharp declines during the fourth quarter of 2012. The turnaround in expectations was most likely a result of uncertainty surrounding the resolution of the U.S. “fiscal cliff.” Historically low interest rates resulted in increased demand for mortgage loans, business loans, and other credit. The U.S. housing market reported continued improvements during the year with an approximate 8% increase in home sales. Sales inventory of existing homes fell to a reported 2.14 million in October 2012, the lowest level since February 2006, while both multifamily and single-family housing starts reported increases during the year. The banking and financial services industry also reported improvements during 2012. In the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s (FDIC) third quarter 2012 “Quarterly Banking Profile,” insured institutions reported the highest quarterly earnings by the industry since the third quarter of 2006, increases in loan balances for the fifth time in the last six quarters, a decline in provisions for loan losses year over year for the twelfth consecutive quarter, and the smallest number of institution failures since the fourth quarter of 2008. Doubts surrounding the sustainability of these signs of improvement are expected to persist for some time, especially as the magnitude of economic distress facing the local markets in which Trustmark operates places continued pressure on asset growth, asset quality and earnings, with the potential for undermining the stability of the banking organizations that serve these markets.

Table of Contents

The European financial crisis has created risks and uncertainties affecting the global economy. As global markets react to the European financial crisis and potential economic policy changes in Europe, assets, liabilities and cash flows with no direct connection to the Eurozone could be influenced. The potential impact on markets within the United States and on the economy of the United States is difficult to predict. Trustmark has no direct or indirect exposure to any debt of European sovereign or non-sovereign issuers, nor is it dependent upon any funding sources in the Eurozone for any short- or long-term liquidity. However, Trustmark, as a member of the global economy, could be indirectly affected if events in the Eurozone broadly cause widening of interest rate spreads or otherwise increase global market volatility.

Management has continued to carefully monitor the impact of illiquidity in the financial markets, values of securities and other assets, loan performance, default rates and other financial and macro-economic indicators, in order to navigate the challenging economic environment. In response to this analysis, Management has continued to reduce certain loan categories, including land development, other land loans and indirect consumer auto loans. Overall, loans held for investment (LHFI) totaled $5.593 billion at December 31, 2012 compared to $5.857 billion at December 31, 2011, a decrease of $264.7 million, or 4.5%. The decline during 2012 is directly attributable to paydowns in 1-4 family mortgage loans as well as the decision in prior years to discontinue indirect consumer auto loan financing. The 1-4 family mortgage loan portfolio declined $263.5 million due to paydowns in the portfolio since December 31, 2011, as many customers continued to take advantage of opportunities to refinance existing mortgages at historically low interest rates. Trustmark has elected to sell the vast majority of these lower rate longer term mortgage loans in the secondary market rather than replacing the runoff in this portfolio. Based on the interest rate spread, Management felt it was more profitable to sell these lower rate longer term mortgage loans than to record the loans on the balance sheet and add liquidity and interest rate risk for TNB. The consumer loan portfolio decrease of $72.1 million, or 29.6%, primarily represents a decrease in the indirect consumer auto portfolio. The indirect consumer auto portfolio balance at December 31, 2012 was $25.5 million compared with $86.9 million at December 31, 2011.

Managing credit risks resulting from current economic and real estate market conditions continues to be a primary focus for Trustmark. To help manage its exposure to credit risk, Trustmark has continued to utilize several of the resources put into place during 2008. At that time, to address the downturn in the Florida real estate market, Trustmark established a dedicated problem asset working group. This group is composed of experienced lenders and continues to manage problem assets in the Florida market. In addition, a special committee of executive management continues to provide guidance while monitoring the resolutions of problem assets. Aside from these processes, Trustmark continues to conduct quarterly reviews and assessments of all criticized loans in all its markets. These comprehensive assessments, which long pre-date the recent economic recession, include the formulation of action plans and updates of recent developments on all criticized loans.

Trustmark’s credit quality indicators continued to experience significant improvements during 2012. Nonperforming assets, excluding acquired loans and covered other real estate, were $160.6 million at December 31, 2012, a decrease of $29.0 million, or 15.3%, when compared to December 31, 2011. Nonperforming assets, excluding acquired loans and covered other real estate, at December 31, 2012, represent the lowest level since year-end 2008 and a decline of 37.4% from the peak of $256.7 million at March 31, 2010. Net charge-offs for 2012 decreased by $16.2 million to $17.5 million while the provision for loan losses for LHFI also decreased to $6.8 million during 2012, a decline of $22.9 million, or 77.2%. During 2012, Trustmark experienced a $61.5 million, or 19.5%, decline in classified LHFI and a $71.9 million, or 18.0%, decline in criticized LHFI when compared to the prior year.

A troubled debt restructuring (TDR) occurs when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, and for related economic or legal reasons, a concession is granted to the borrower that Trustmark would not otherwise consider. Trustmark continues to make loan modifications to improve the collectibility of LHFI as borrowers react to financial conditions resulting from the recent economic recession. LHFI classified as TDRs totaled $24.3 million at December 31, 2012, a decrease of $9.9 million, or 29.0%, when compared to December 31, 2011. Trustmark’s TDRs have resulted primarily from loan modifications allowing borrowers to pay interest only for an extended period of time rather than from debt forgiveness. At December 31, 2012, $21.6 million, or 88.9%, of Trustmark’s TDRs were credits with interest-only payments for an extended period of time.

Table of Contents

TNB did not make significant changes to its loan underwriting standards during 2012. TNB’s willingness to make loans to qualified applicants that meet its traditional, prudent lending standards has not changed. TNB adheres to interagency guidelines regarding concentration limits of commercial real estate loans. As a result of the continued economic uncertainty, TNB remains cautious in granting credit involving certain categories of real estate as well as in making exceptions to its loan policy.

Trustmark has also continued to dedicate staff to mitigate foreclosure of primary residences on borrowers who are subject to adverse financial conditions in the current economic environment. Loss mitigation counselors and additional support staff have been utilized to accommodate loss mitigation activity. Trustmark continues to utilize personnel in its collections department and has conducted regular training of its personnel on foreclosure mitigation. In some cases, Trustmark may make deferred payment arrangements with such borrowers on a short-term basis. Likewise, Trustmark continues to follow FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA guidelines for foreclosure moratoriums in its portfolio of loans serviced for others.

Mortgage loan modifications made to date have substantially all occurred on loans serviced for outside investors. During 2010, Trustmark established an in-house mortgage modification program. The program is focused on extending loan maturities, which results in a reduced payment for those customers meeting program criteria. Demand for this program continues to be very limited. As for new loan originations, primarily those intended for sale in the secondary market, Trustmark follows the underwriting standards of the relevant government agencies. As those agencies have revised standards on new originations, so has Trustmark. During 2012, Trustmark continued to allocate the appropriate resources to fully comply with all investor underwriting requirements.

Trustmark is subject to losses in its loan servicing portfolio due to foreclosures on residential mortgage loans sold in the secondary market. Trustmark has obligations to either repurchase the outstanding principal balance of a mortgage loan or make the purchaser whole for the economic benefits of a mortgage loan if it is determined that the mortgage loan sold was in violation of representations or warranties made by Trustmark at the time of the sale, herein referred to as mortgage loan servicing putback expenses. Such representations and warranties typically include those made regarding mortgage loans that had missing or insufficient file documentation and/or mortgage loans obtained through fraud by borrowers or other third parties. Putback requests may be made until the loan is paid in full. When a putback request is received, Trustmark evaluates the request and takes appropriate actions based on the nature of the request. Effective January 1, 2013, Trustmark is required by FNMA and FHLMC to provide a response to putback requests within 60 days of the date of receipt. Currently, putback requests primarily relate to 2005 through 2008 vintage mortgage loans and to government sponsored entity-guaranteed mortgage-backed securities. Total mortgage loan servicing putback expense incurred by Trustmark in 2012 was $8.0 million, an increase of $2.9 million when compared to 2011. During the second quarter of 2012, Trustmark updated its quarterly analysis of mortgage loan putback exposure. This analysis, along with recent mortgage industry trends, resulted in Trustmark providing an additional reserve of approximately $4.0 million in the second quarter. At December 31, 2012, the reserve for mortgage loan servicing putback expenses was $7.8 million compared to $4.3 million at December 31, 2011.

Total deposits were $7.897 billion at December 31, 2012, compared with $7.566 billion at December 31, 2011, an increase of $330.2 million, or 4.4%. Deposit growth was driven by increases in both noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing deposits of $220.8 million and $109.4 million, respectively. Trustmark experienced noninterest-bearing deposit growth in all categories, with the Bay Bank & Trust Co. (Bay Bank) acquisition contributing $46.2 million. The increase in interest-bearing deposits resulted primarily from growth in personal checking and savings accounts, with Bay Bank contributing $132.7 million in various types of interest-bearing deposits. However, time deposit account balances, excluding Bay Bank, declined by $222.2 million as Trustmark continued its efforts to reduce high-cost deposit balances. A portion of the decline in time deposit balances was offset by growth in money market balances due to customer preference for liquidity in today’s interest rate environment.

For additional discussion of the impact of the current economic environment on the financial condition and results of operations of Trustmark and its subsidiaries, see Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Item 7 of this report.

Competition

There is significant competition within the banking and financial services industry in the markets in which Trustmark operates. Changes in regulation, technology and product delivery systems have resulted in an increasingly competitive environment. Trustmark expects to continue to face increasing competition from online and traditional financial institutions seeking to attract customers by providing access to similar services and products.

Table of Contents

Trustmark and its subsidiaries compete with national and state chartered banking institutions of comparable or larger size and resources and with smaller community banking organizations. Trustmark has numerous local, regional and national nonbank competitors, including savings and loan associations, credit unions, mortgage companies, insurance companies, finance companies, financial service operations of major retailers, investment brokerage and financial advisory firms and mutual fund companies. Because nonbank financial institutions are not subject to the same regulatory restrictions as banks and bank holding companies, they can often operate with greater flexibility and lower cost structures. Currently, Trustmark does not face meaningful competition from international banks in its markets, although that could change in the future.

At June 30, 2012, Trustmark’s deposit market share ranked within the top five positions in 84% of the 37 counties served and in the first or second position in 51% of the counties served. The table below presents FDIC deposit data regarding TNB’s deposit market share by state as of June 30, 2012.

	Deposit Market Share
Market
Mississippi		14.22	%
Texas		0.07	%
Tennessee		0.28	%
Florida		0.10	%

Services provided by the Wealth Management segment face competition from many national, regional and local financial institutions. Companies that offer broad services similar to those provided by Trustmark, such as other banks, trust companies and full service brokerage firms, as well as companies that specialize in particular services offered by Trustmark, such as investment advisors and mutual fund providers, all compete with Trustmark’s Wealth Management segment.

Trustmark’s insurance subsidiary faces competition from local, regional and national insurance companies, independent insurance agencies as well as from other financial institutions offering insurance products.

Trustmark’s ability to compete effectively is a result of providing customers with desired products and services in a convenient and cost effective manner. Customers for commercial, consumer and mortgage banking as well as wealth management and insurance services are influenced by convenience, quality of service, personal contacts, availability of products and services and competitive pricing. Trustmark continually reviews its products, locations, alternative delivery channels, and pricing strategies to maintain and enhance its competitive position. While Trustmark’s position varies by market, Management believes it can compete effectively as a result of local market knowledge and awareness of customer needs.

Supervision and Regulation

The following discussion sets forth certain material elements of the regulatory framework applicable to bank holding companies and their subsidiaries and provides certain specific information relevant to Trustmark. The discussion is a summary of detailed statutes, regulations and policies. Such statutes, regulations and policies are continually under the review of the United States Congress and state legislatures as well as federal and state regulatory agencies. A change in statutes, regulations or policies could have a material impact on the business of Trustmark and its subsidiaries. Trustmark and its subsidiaries may be affected by legislation that can change banking statutes in substantial and unexpected ways and by the actions of the Federal Reserve Board as it attempts to control the money supply and credit availability in order to influence the economy.

Legislation

Trustmark is a registered bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (BHC Act). Trustmark and its nonbank subsidiaries are therefore subject to the supervision, examination and reporting requirements of the BHC Act, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (FDI Act), the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board and the requirements imposed by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act). For more information on the Dodd-Frank Act and the impact to Trustmark, please see Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Item 7 of this report.

The Dodd-Frank Act represents very broad legislation that expands federal oversight of the banking industry and federal law, including under the FDI Act and the BHC Act. For example, under the FDI Act, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act, federal regulators must require that depository institution holding companies serve as a source of strength for their depository institution subsidiaries. In addition, through its amendment to 12 U.S.C. § 1848a of the BHC Act, the Dodd-Frank Act eliminates the strict limitations on the ability of the Federal Reserve Board to exercise rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority over functionally regulated bank holding company subsidiaries.

Table of Contents

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau

The Dodd-Frank Act established the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) within the Federal Reserve System as an independent bureau with responsibility for consumer financial protection. The CFPB is responsible for issuing rules, orders and guidance implementing federal consumer financial laws. The CFPB has primary enforcement authority over “very large” insured depository institutions or insured credit unions and their affiliates. An insured depository institution is deemed “very large” if it reports assets of more than $10 billion in its quarterly Call Report for four consecutive quarters. For mergers, acquisitions, or combinations, the combined institution is deemed “very large” if the sum of the total assets of the constituent institutions was more than $10 billion for four consecutive quarterly Call Reports prior to the merger. The CFPB has near exclusive supervision authority, including examination authority, over these “very large” institutions and their affiliates to assess compliance with federal consumer financial laws, obtain information about the institutions’ activities and compliance systems and procedures, and to detect and assess risks to consumers and markets.

TNB’s total assets were $9.717 billion at December 31, 2012, and $9.612 billion at December 31, 2011. Following the closing of the merger of Trustmark with BancTrust Financial Group (BancTrust) on February 15, 2013, TNB had assets of greater than $10.0 billion. The combined assets of Trustmark and BancTrust were greater than $10.0 billion for the four quarters prior to the merger, and therefore, the merged institution will be deemed a “very large” insured depository institution subject to CFPB supervision and enforcement authority with respect to federal consumer financial laws beginning in the second quarter of 2013. For more information on the merger with BancTrust, please see Note 2 - Business Combinations included in Item 8 - Financial Statements and Supplementary Data located elsewhere in this report.

Federal Oversight Over Mergers and Acquisitions

Bank holding companies generally may engage, directly or indirectly, only in banking and such other activities as are determined by the Federal Reserve Board to be closely related to banking.

The BHC Act requires every bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before: (i) it may acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank if, after such acquisition, the bank holding company will directly or indirectly own or control more than 5.0% of the voting shares of the bank; (ii) it or any of its subsidiaries, other than a bank, may acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank; or (iii) it may merge or consolidate with any other bank holding company. The BHC Act further provides that the Federal Reserve Board may not approve any transaction that would result in a monopoly or would be in furtherance of any combination or conspiracy to monopolize or attempt to monopolize the business of banking in any section of the United States, or the effect of which may be substantially to lessen competition or to tend to create a monopoly in any section of the country, or that in any other manner would be in restraint of trade, unless the anticompetitive effects of the proposed transaction are clearly outweighed by the public interest in meeting the convenience and needs of the community to be served. The Federal Reserve Board is also required to consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding companies and banks concerned and the convenience and needs of the community to be served. Consideration of financial resources generally focuses on capital adequacy, and consideration of convenience and needs issues includes the parties’ performance under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977.

The BHC Act also requires Federal Reserve Board approval for a bank holding company’s acquisition of a non-insured depository institution company. The Federal Reserve Board must generally consider whether performance of the activity by a bank holding company can reasonably be expected to produce benefits to the public, such as greater convenience, increased competition, or gains in efficiency, that outweigh possible adverse effects, such as undue concentration of resources, decreased or unfair competition, conflicts of interest, or unsound banking practices. The Dodd-Frank Act gives the Federal Reserve Board express statutory authority also to consider the “risk to the stability of the United States banking or financial system” when reviewing the acquisition of a non-insured depository institution company by a bank holding company.

The BHC Act, as amended by the interstate banking provisions of the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (Riegle-Neal Act) repealed the prior statutory restrictions on interstate acquisitions of banks by bank holding companies, such that Trustmark may acquire a bank located in any other state, regardless of state law to the contrary, subject to certain deposit-percentage, aging requirements, and other restrictions. The Riegle-Neal Act also generally provided that national and state-chartered banks may branch interstate through acquisitions of banks in other states. The Dodd-Frank Act requires that bank holding companies be well-capitalized and well-managed to obtain federal bank regulatory approval of an interstate acquisition.

Table of Contents

With the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDI Act and the National Bank Act have also been amended to remove the “opt-in” concept introduced by the Riegle-Neal Act. Under the Riegle-Neal Act, states had been given the option to opt-in to de novo interstate branching. Many states did not opt-in, thereby continuing the long-standing prohibition on de novo interstate branching by commercial banks chartered in those states. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), both of which regulate TNB, now have the authority to approve applications by insured state nonmember banks and national banks, respectively, to establish de novo branches in states other than the bank’s home state if the law of the State in which the branch is located, or is to be located, would permit establishment of the branch if the bank were a State bank chartered by such State.

Restrictions On Lending Limits and Affiliate Transactions

National banks, like TNB, are limited by the National Bank Act in how much they may lend to one borrower and how much they may lend to insiders. The Dodd-Frank Act strengthens existing restrictions on the bank’s loans to one borrower by now including within the lending limit derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements and securities lending or borrowing transactions by banks. These provisions expand the scope of national bank lending limits by requiring banks to calculate and limit the total amount of credit exposure to any one counterparty based on these transactions.

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act amends the FDI Act, imposing new restrictions on insured depository institutions’ purchases of assets from insiders. The Federal Reserve Board is given rulemaking authority over these new asset-purchase restrictions subject to prior consultation with the OCC and FDIC.

Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act establish parameters for a bank to conduct “covered transactions” with its affiliates, with the objective of limiting risk to the insured bank. The Dodd-Frank Act imposes new restrictions on transactions between affiliates by amending these two sections of the Federal Reserve Act. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, restrictions on transactions with affiliates are enhanced by (i) including among “covered transactions” transactions between bank and affiliate-advised investment funds; (ii) including among “covered transactions” transactions between a bank and an affiliate with respect to securities repurchase agreements and derivatives transactions; (iii) adopting stricter collateral rules; and (iv) imposing tighter restrictions on transactions between banks and their financial subsidiaries.

State Laws and Other Federal Oversight

In addition to being regulated as a bank holding company, Trustmark is subject to regulation by the State of Mississippi under its general business corporation laws. Trustmark is also under the jurisdiction of the SEC for matters relating to the offering, sale and trading of its securities. Trustmark is subject to the disclosure and regulatory requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as administered by the SEC.

TNB is a national banking association and, as such, is subject to regulation by the OCC, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board. Almost every area of the operations and financial condition of TNB is subject to extensive regulation and supervision and to various requirements and restrictions under federal and state law including loans, reserves, investments, issuance of securities, establishment of branches, capital adequacy, liquidity, earnings, dividends, management practices and the provision of services. Somerville is a state-chartered commercial bank, subject to federal regulation by the FDIC and state regulation by the Tennessee Department of Financial Institutions.

While TNB’s activities are governed primarily by federal law, the Dodd-Frank Act potentially narrows National Bank Act preemption for state consumer financial laws, thereby making TNB and other national banks potentially subject to increased state regulation. The Dodd-Frank Act also codifies the Supreme Court’s decision in Cuomo v. Clearing House Ass’n. As a result, State Attorneys General may enforce “an applicable law” against federally-chartered depository institutions like TNB. In addition, under the Dodd-Frank Act, State Attorneys General are authorized to bring civil actions against federally-chartered institutions, like TNB, to enforce regulations prescribed by the CFPB or to secure other remedies.

Finally, the Dodd-Frank Act potentially expands state regulation over banks by eliminating National Bank Act preemption for national bank operating subsidiaries, including operating subsidiaries of TNB.

TNB’s nonbanking subsidiaries are already subject to a variety of state and federal laws. TIA, a registered investment advisor, is subject to supervision and regulation by the SEC and the State of Mississippi. FBBI is subject to the insurance laws and regulations of the states in which its divisions are active.

Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999 (GLB Act), banks are able to offer customers a wide range of financial products and services without the restraints of previous legislation. The primary provisions of the GLB Act related to the establishment of financial holding companies and financial subsidiaries. The GLB Act authorizes national banks to own or control a “financial subsidiary” that engages in activities that are not permissible for national banks to engage in directly. The GLB Act contains a number of provisions dealing with insurance activities by bank subsidiaries. Generally, the GLB Act affirms the role of the states in regulating insurance activities, including the insurance activities of financial subsidiaries of banks, but the GLB Act also preempts certain state laws. As a result of the GLB Act, TNB elected for predecessor subsidiaries that now constitute FBBI to become financial subsidiaries. This enables TNB to engage in insurance agency activities at any location.

Table of Contents

The GLB Act also imposed requirements related to the privacy of customer financial information. In accordance with the GLB Act, federal bank regulators adopted rules that limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose nonpublic information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. These limitations require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to a nonaffiliated third party. The privacy provisions of the GLB Act affect how consumer information is transmitted through diversified financial companies and conveyed to outside vendors. Trustmark complies with these requirements and recognizes the need for its customers’ privacy.

In addition to the changes described above, the Dodd-Frank Act makes numerous changes to the various patchwork of federal laws that regulate the activities of Trustmark, TNB and their subsidiaries and affiliates. The Dodd-Frank Act amended the Electronic Fund Transfer Act to authorize the Federal Reserve Board to issue regulations regarding any interchange fee that an issuer may receive or charge for an electronic debit card transaction. On June 29, 2011, the Federal Reserve Board issued a final rule (Regulation II - Debit Card Interchange Fees and Routing) establishing standards for debit card interchange fees. Under the final rule, the maximum permissible interchange fee that an issuer may receive for an electronic debit transaction is the sum of 21 cents per transaction and five basis points multiplied by the value of the transaction. This provision regarding debit card interchange fees was effective October 1, 2011. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board also approved an interim rule that allows for an upward adjustment of no more than one cent to an issuer's debit card interchange fee if the issuer develops and implements policies and procedures reasonably designed to achieve the fraud-prevention standards set out in the interim rule. The fraud-prevention adjustment was effective on October 1, 2011, concurrent with the debit card interchange fee limits.

In accordance with the statute, issuers that, together with their affiliates, have assets of less than $10.0 billion on the annual measurement date (December 31) are exempt from the debit card interchange fee standards. Therefore, there was no impact of the Federal Reserve Board final rule (Regulation II - Debit Card Interchange Fees and Routing) to Trustmark’s noninterest income during 2012. However, following the closing of the merger with BancTrust on February 15, 2013, Trustmark had assets of greater than $10.0 billion. Trustmark therefore expects that it will have assets greater than $10.0 billion as of the December 31 measurement date in 2013 and will have to come into compliance with the debit card interchange fee standards by July 1, 2014. Management estimates that the effect of the Federal Reserve Board final rule could reduce noninterest income by $6.0 million to $8.0 million on an annual basis, given Trustmark’s current debit card volumes. For more information on the merger with BancTrust, please see Note 2 - Business Combinations included in Item 8 - Financial Statements and Supplementary Data located elsewhere in this report. Management is continuing to evaluate Trustmark’s product structure and services to offset the anticipated impact of the Federal Reserve Board final rule.

In the area of mortgages, the Dodd-Frank Act amended the Truth in Lending Act (TILA) to restrict the payment of fees to real-estate mortgage originators. Furthermore, TILA was also amended to impose minimum underwriting standards on real-estate mortgage creditors (including nonbanks as well as bank creditors) and verifications to check borrowers’ income and their ability to pay.

Anti-Money Laundering Initiatives and the USA Patriot Act

Trustmark is also subject to extensive regulations aimed at combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The USA Patriot Act of 2001 (USA Patriot Act) substantially broadened the scope of United States anti-money laundering laws and regulations by imposing significant compliance and due diligence obligations, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the United States. The Treasury has issued a number of implementing regulations to financial institutions that apply to various requirements of the USA Patriot Act. These regulations impose obligations on financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing and to verify the identity of their customers. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing, or to comply with all of the relevant laws or regulations, could have serious legal and financial consequences for the institution.

Capital Adequacy

Banks and bank holding companies are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by state and federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy guidelines and, additionally for banks, prompt corrective action regulations, involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weighting and other factors. The Dodd-Frank Act directs the federal bank regulatory agencies to make capital requirements countercyclical – meaning that additional capital will be required in times of economic expansion, but less capital will be required during periods of economic downturn.

Table of Contents

The Federal Reserve Board and the OCC, the primary regulators of Trustmark and TNB, respectively, have substantially similar risk-based capital ratio and leverage ratio guidelines for banking organizations. Under existing rules, banking organizations are required to maintain minimum risk-based capital ratios for Tier 1 capital and total capital as well as a minimum leverage ratio. Furthermore, under the Dodd-Frank Act, federal bank regulatory agencies are required to impose on all depository institutions and holding companies minimum risk-based capital and leverage requirements that are not less than the “generally applicable” minimum risk-based capital and leverage requirements in effect for insured depository institutions.

For purposes of calculating these ratios, a banking organization’s assets and some of its specified off-balance sheet commitments and obligations are assigned to various risk categories. Capital, at both the holding company and bank level, is classified in one of three tiers depending on type. Core capital (Tier 1) for both Trustmark and TNB includes total equity capital, with the impact of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) eliminated, plus allowable trust preferred securities, and less goodwill, certain other identifiable intangible assets and disallowed servicing assets. Supplementary capital (Tier 2) includes the allowance for loan losses, subject to certain limitations, as well as allowable subordinated debt. Total capital is a combination of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital.

Trustmark and TNB are required to maintain Tier 1 and total capital equal to at least 4% and 8% of their total risk-weighted assets, respectively. At December 31, 2012, Trustmark exceeded both requirements with Tier 1 capital and total capital equal to 15.53% and 17.22% of its total risk-weighted assets, respectively. At December 31, 2012, TNB also exceeded both requirements with Tier 1 capital and total capital equal to 15.17% and 16.85% of its total risk-weighted assets, respectively.

The OCC and Federal Reserve Board also require national banks and bank holding companies to maintain a minimum leverage ratio. The guidelines provide for a minimum leverage ratio of 3% for banks and bank holding companies that meet certain specified criteria, including having the highest regulatory rating or having implemented the appropriate federal regulatory authority’s risk-adjusted measure for market risk. All other bank holding companies and national banks are required to maintain a minimum leverage ratio of 4%, unless an appropriate regulatory authority specifies a different minimum ratio. Additionally, for TNB to be considered well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, its leverage ratio must be at least 5%. At December 31, 2012, the leverage ratios for Trustmark and TNB were 10.97% and 10.72%, respectively.

Failure to meet minimum capital requirements could subject a bank to a variety of enforcement remedies. The FDI Act identifies five capital categories for insured depository institutions. These include well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. The FDI Act requires banking regulators to take prompt corrective action whenever financial institutions do not meet minimum capital requirements. Failure to meet the capital guidelines could also subject a depository institution to capital raising requirements. In addition, a depository institution is generally prohibited from making capital distributions, including paying dividends, or paying management fees to a holding company if the institution would thereafter be undercapitalized. As of December 31, 2012, the most recent notification from the OCC categorized TNB as well-capitalized based on the ratios and guidelines described above. In addition, the FDI Act requires the various regulatory agencies to prescribe certain noncapital standards for safety and soundness relating generally to operations and management, asset quality and executive compensation and permits regulatory action against a financial institution that does not meet such standards.

On June 7, 2012, the Federal Reserve Board, FDIC and the OCC jointly issued proposed rules to enhance regulatory capital requirements. The proposed rules are designed to address perceived shortcomings in the existing regulatory capital requirements that became evident during the recent financial crisis by implementing capital requirements in the Dodd-Frank Act and international capital regulatory standards by the Basel Committee. The proposed rules would increase and revise the federal bank agencies’ current minimum risk-based and leverage capital ratio requirements; introduce new risk-weight calculation methods for the “standardized” denominator; adopt a minimum common equity risk-based capital requirement; revise regulatory capital components and calculations; require regulatory capital buffers above the minimum risk-based capital requirements for certain banking organizations; and more generally restructure the agencies’ capital rules. Many of the proposed rules would apply to all depository institutions, bank holding companies with consolidated assets of $500 million or more, and savings and loan holding companies. The proposed rules also address the relevant provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, including removal of references to credit ratings in the capital rules and implementation of a capital floor, known as the “Collins Amendment.” The Federal Reserve Board, FDIC, and OCC indefinitely delayed the effective date of the proposed rules, and they did not indicate when they will issue final rules or when such rules would become effective. If implemented, it is expected that banking organizations subject to the proposed rules, including Trustmark, will be required to hold a greater amount of capital and a greater amount of common equity than they are currently required to hold.

The minimum risk-based capital requirements adopted by the U.S. federal banking agencies follow the Capital Accord of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. In 2004, the Basel Committee revised the Accord (Basel II) and in December 2007, U.S. banking regulators published a final rule for large, internationally active banking organizations implementing the “advanced approaches” framework in Basel II. The advanced approaches rule became effective in April 2008, but are mandatory only for banks with consolidated total assets of $250 billion or more or consolidated on-balance sheet foreign exposures of $10 billion or more. Trustmark and TNB are not required to comply with the advanced approaches rule at this time due to their respective asset sizes and lack of on-balance sheet foreign exposure.

Table of Contents

Among other changes, the proposed rules would disqualify Tier 1 capital treatment for “hybrid” capital items like trust preferred securities issued by bank holding companies. Under the proposed rules, trust preferred securities and other non-qualifying capital instruments would be phased out over a ten-year period for bank holding companies with less than $15 billion in assets. However, under the Dodd-Frank Act, bank holding companies with less than $15 billion in assets are permitted to include trust preferred securities that were issued before May 19, 2010 as Tier 1 capital. Therefore, Trustmark will continue to utilize $60.0 million in trust preferred securities issued by Trustmark Preferred Capital Trust I as Tier 1 capital under the Dodd-Frank provisions.

Somerville, which is not a significant subsidiary as defined by the SEC and thus is not discussed in detail in this section, was also in compliance with all applicable capital adequacy guidelines at December 31, 2012.

Payment of Dividends and Other Restrictions

The principal source of Trustmark’s cash revenues is dividends from TNB. There are various legal and regulatory provisions that limit the amount of dividends TNB can pay to Trustmark without regulatory approval. Approval of the OCC is required if the total of all dividends declared in any calendar year exceeds the total of TNB’s net income for that year combined with its retained net income from the preceding two years. TNB will have available in 2013 approximately $92.0 million plus its net income for that year to pay to Trustmark as dividends. In addition, subsidiary banks of a bank holding company are subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Federal Reserve Act on extensions of credit to the bank holding company or any of its subsidiaries. Further, subsidiary banks of a bank holding company are prohibited from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, lease or sale of property or furnishing of any services to the bank holding company.

FDIC Deposit Insurance Assessments

The deposits of TNB are insured up to regulatory limits set by the Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF), as administered by the FDIC, and, accordingly, are subject to deposit insurance assessments to maintain the DIF. The FDIC uses a risk based assessment system that imposes insurance premiums based upon a risk matrix that takes into account a bank’s capital level and supervisory rating (the CAMELS component rating). For Risk Category I institutions (generally those institutions with less than $10 billion in assets), including TNB, assessment rates are determined from a combination of financial ratios and CAMELS component ratings. The minimum annualized assessment rate for Risk Category I institutions during 2012 was 2.5 basis points with the maximum rate being 9.0 basis points. Assessment rates for institutions in Risk Category I may vary within this range depending upon changes in CAMELS component ratings and financial ratios.

The Dodd-Frank Act imposes a new deposit insurance assessment base for an insured depository institution equal to the institution’s total assets minus the sum of (1) its average tangible equity during the assessment period, and (2) any additional amount the FDIC determines is warranted for custodial and banker’s banks. The minimum reserve ratio increased to 1.35 percent of estimated annual insured deposits or assessment base. FDIC is directed by the Dodd-Frank Act to “offset the effect” of the increased reserve ratio for insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion.

The Dodd-Frank Act permanently increased the deposit insurance level to $250,000 per account. Effective December 31, 2010, unlimited deposit insurance for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts was statutorily mandated. This mandate expired on December 31, 2012.

The FDIC has stated its intention, as part of a proposed plan to restore the DIF following significant decreases in its reserves, to increase deposit insurance assessments. On January 1, 2009, the FDIC increased its assessment rates and has since imposed further rate increases and changes to the current risk-based assessment system. On May 22, 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule imposing a five basis point special assessment on each insured depository institution’s assets less Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009. On November 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule requiring a majority of institutions to prepay their quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. TNB’s prepaid assessment amount for this period was approximately $39.1 million and was collected by the FDIC on December 30, 2009. At December 31, 2012, TNB’s remaining prepaid assessment was approximately $14.0 million.

In 2012, TNB’s expenses related to deposit insurance premiums totaled $5.8 million. In addition, TNB also paid approximately $573 thousand in Financing Corporation (FICO) assessments related to outstanding FICO bonds for which the FDIC serves as collection agent. The bonds issued by FICO are due to mature from 2017 through 2019. For the quarter ended December 31, 2012, the FICO assessment rate was equal to 0.64 basis points. Somerville’s total FDIC expenses for 2012 were $129 thousand.

Table of Contents

Recent Regulatory Developments

On September 1, 2011, Trustmark implemented a five item maximum per day for personal account overdrafts. This change reduced noninterest income by approximately $400 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2011. The full impact of this change was a reduction in noninterest income of approximately $1.1 million for 2012.

As previously reported, Trustmark has continued to review selected components of its overdraft programs, specifically its processing sequences. Trustmark implemented a modification to the processing sequence component of its overdraft programs on October 1, 2012. This modification reduced service charges included in noninterest income by approximately $750 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2012. Management estimates this modification could reduce noninterest income by approximately $3.0 million in 2013. Management is continuing to evaluate Trustmark’s product structure and services to offset the potential impact of these recent regulatory developments.

Available Information

Trustmark’s internet address is www.trustmark.com. Information contained on this website is not a part of this report. Trustmark makes available through this address, free of charge, its annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed, or furnished to, the SEC.

Employees

At December 31, 2012, Trustmark employed 2,666 full-time equivalent associates, none of which are represented by a collective bargaining agreement. Trustmark believes its employee relations to be satisfactory.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

The executive officers of Trustmark Corporation (the Registrant) and its primary bank subsidiary, Trustmark National Bank, including their ages, positions and principal occupations for the last five years are as follows:

Daniel A. Grafton, 65

Trustmark Corporation

Chairman of the Board since May 2011

Trustmark National Bank

Chairman of the Board since May 2011

Gerard R. Host, 58

Trustmark Corporation

President and Chief Executive Officer since January 2011

Trustmark National Bank

President and Chief Executive Officer since January 2011

President and Chief Operating Officer from March 2008 to January 2011

President – General Banking from February 2004 to March 2008

Louis E. Greer, 58

Trustmark Corporation

Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer since January 2007

Trustmark National Bank

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since February 2007

T. Harris Collier III, 64

Trustmark Corporation

Secretary since April 2002

Trustmark National Bank

General Counsel since January 1990

Duane A. Dewey, 54

Trustmark National Bank

President – Corporate Banking since September 2011

Executive Vice President and Corporate Banking Manager from September 2008 to September 2011

President – Central Region from February 2007 to September 2008

Table of Contents

Mitchell J. Bleske, 38

Trustmark National Bank

Executive Vice President and Bank Treasurer since September 2011

Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer from February 2008 to September 2011

United Community Banks – Blairsville, Georgia

Senior Vice President - Treasurer from October 2003 to February 2008

George C. Gunn, 61

Trustmark National Bank

Executive Vice President and Real Estate Banking Manager since September 2008

Executive Vice President and Corporate Banking Manager from February 2004 to September 2008

Robert Barry Harvey, 53

Trustmark National Bank

Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer since March 2010

Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Administrator from September 2004 to March 2010

Donald Glynn Ingram, 61

Trustmark National Bank

Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer since September 2008

Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer from December 2007 to September 2008

James M. Outlaw, Jr., 59

Trustmark National Bank

President and Chief Operating Officer – Texas since August 2006

W. Arthur Stevens, 48

Trustmark National Bank

President – Retail Banking since September 2011

President – Mississippi Region from September 2008 to September 2011

President – South Region from February 2005 to September 2008

Douglas H. Ralston, 48

Trustmark National Bank

President – Wealth Management since November 2009

President – Trustmark Investment Advisors since June 2002

Breck W. Tyler, 54

Trustmark National Bank

President – Mortgage Services since March 2012

Executive Vice President and Mortgage Services Manager from June 2006 to March 2012

Rebecca N. Vaughn-Furlow, 68

Trustmark National Bank

Executive Vice President and Human Resources Director since June 2006

Harry M. Walker, 62

Trustmark National Bank

Regional President – Central Mississippi since September 2011

President – Jackson Metro from February 2004 to September 2011

Chester A. (Buddy) Wood, Jr., 64

Trustmark National Bank

Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer since February 2007

C. Scott Woods, 56

Trustmark National Bank

President – Insurance Services since March 2012

Executive Vice President and Insurance Services Manager from June 2006 to March 2012

Table of Contents

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Trustmark and its subsidiaries could be adversely impacted by various risks and uncertainties, which are difficult to predict. As a financial institution, Trustmark has significant exposure to market risk, including interest rate risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. This section includes a description of the risks, uncertainties and assumptions identified by Management that could materially affect Trustmark’s financial condition and results of operations, as well as the value of Trustmark’s financial instruments in general, and Trustmark common stock, in particular. Additional risks and uncertainties that Management currently deems immaterial or is unaware of may also impair Trustmark’s financial condition and results of operations. This report is qualified in its entirety by the risk factors that are identified below. The occurrence of any one of, or of a combination of, these risk factors could have a material negative effect on Trustmark’s financial condition or results of operations.

Risks related to Trustmark’s Industry and Business

Trustmark’s largest source of revenue (net interest income) is subject to interest rate risk.

Trustmark is exposed to interest rate risk in its core banking activities of lending and deposit taking, since assets and liabilities reprice at different times and by different amounts as interest rates change. For the year ended December 31, 2012, Trustmark’s total interest income was $371.7 million while net interest income was approximately $341.0 million. Although total interest income and net interest income were lower when compared with 2011, the impact of interest rate risk actually improved as Trustmark was able to secure more core deposits as a less sensitive funding source during the year.

Financial simulation models are the primary tools used by Trustmark to measure interest rate exposure. Using a wide range of scenarios, Management is provided with extensive information on the potential impact to net interest income caused by changes in interest rates. Models are structured to simulate cash flows and accrual characteristics of Trustmark’s balance sheet. Assumptions are made about the direction and volatility of interest rates, the slope of the yield curve and the changing composition of Trustmark’s balance sheet, resulting from both strategic plans and customer behavior. In addition, the model incorporates Management’s assumptions and expectations regarding such factors as loan and deposit growth, pricing, prepayment speeds and spreads between interest rates. Trustmark’s simulation model using balances at December 31, 2012 estimated that in the event of a hypothetical 200 basis point increase in interest rates, there would be an increase in net interest income of 0.5%. In the event of a hypothetical 100 basis point increase and decrease in interest rates using static balances at December 31, 2012, it is estimated net interest income may decrease by 0.1% and 4.9%, respectively.

Net interest income is Trustmark’s largest revenue source, and it is important to discuss how Trustmark's interest rate risk may be influenced by the various factors shown below:

In general, for a given change in interest rates, the amount of the change in value (positive or negative) is larger for assets and liabilities with longer remaining maturities. The shape of the yield curve may affect new loan yields, funding costs and investment income differently.

The remaining maturity of various assets or liabilities may shorten or lengthen as payment behavior changes in response to changes in interest rates. For example, if interest rates decline sharply, fixed-rate loans may pre-pay, or pay down, faster than anticipated, thus reducing future cash flows and interest income. Conversely, if interest rates increase, depositors may cash in their certificates of deposit prior to term (notwithstanding any applicable early withdrawal penalties) or otherwise reduce their deposits to pursue higher yielding investment alternatives. Repricing frequencies and maturity profiles for assets and liabilities may occur at different times. For example, in a falling rate environment, if assets reprice faster than liabilities, there will be an initial decline in earnings. Moreover, if assets and liabilities reprice at the same time, they may not be by the same increment. For instance, if the Federal funds rate increased 50 basis points, rates on demand deposits may rise by 10 basis points, whereas rates on prime-based loans will instantly rise 50 basis points.

Financial instruments do not respond in a parallel fashion to rising or falling interest rates. This causes asymmetry in the magnitude of changes in net interest income, net economic value and investment income resulting from the hypothetical increases and decreases in interest rates. Therefore, Management monitors interest rate risk and adjusts Trustmark’s investment, funding and hedging strategies to mitigate adverse effects of interest rate shifts on Trustmark’s balance sheet.

Trustmark utilizes derivative contracts to hedge Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSR) in order to offset changes in fair value resulting from changes in interest rate environments. In spite of Trustmark’s due diligence in regard to these hedging strategies, significant risks are involved that, if realized, may prove such strategies to be ineffective, which could adversely affect results of operations. Risks associated with these strategies include the risk that counterparties in any such derivative and other hedging transactions may not perform; the risk that these hedging strategies rely on Management’s assumptions and projections regarding these assets and general market factors, including prepayment risk, basis risk, market volatility and changes in the shape of the yield curve, and that these assumptions and projections may prove to be incorrect; the risk that these hedging strategies do not adequately mitigate the impact of changes in interest rates, prepayment speeds or other forecasted inputs to the hedging model; and the risk that the models used to forecast the effectiveness of hedging instruments may project expectations that differ from actual results. In addition, increased regulation of the derivative markets may increase the cost to Trustmark to implement and maintain an effective hedging strategy.

Table of Contents

Trustmark closely monitors the sensitivity of net interest income and investment income to changes in interest rates and attempts to limit the variability of net interest income as interest rates change. Trustmark makes use of both on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments to mitigate exposure to interest rate risk.

The current low-interest-rate, slow-growth economic environment is inhibiting potential lending and economic growth, which could increase business risks for Trustmark.

Lingering economic concerns resulting from the cumulative weight of soft U.S. labor markets, the Eurozone crisis, slowing growth in emerging markets and uncertainty regarding the effects of the resolution of the U.S. “fiscal cliff,” have tempered any optimism for economic improvement during 2013. The consensus private sector forecast suggests unemployment will remain above normal through 2013. The U.S. and European economies and financial markets tend to be closely associated, and therefore significant weakness in Europe would likely dampen domestic growth prospects during 2013. While domestic demand for loans has improved, particularly for commercial loans, further meaningful gains will depend on sustained economic growth. Washington’s budget gridlock is unsettling to both businesses and consumers, raising the risk that economic growth could be hurt during 2013 regardless of actions by Congress. Even with the legislative actions taken, the potential drag on economic growth in 2013 may only be mitigated and not eliminated. Strategic risk, including threats to business models from low rates, sluggish economic growth and the historic volume of new banking regulations, remains high. Management’s ability to plan, prioritize and allocate resources in this new environment will be critical to Trustmark’s ability to sustain earnings that will attract capital. Because of the increasing regulatory expectations created by recent legislation, Management will continue to be challenged in identifying alternative sources of revenue, prudently diversifying balance sheets and revenues and effectively managing the costs of compliance.

Low interest rates seem likely to persist for some time, keeping pressure on net interest margins, as older assets continue to mature or default and are replaced with lower-yielding instruments. In addition, Management must protect against an increased vulnerability to rapidly changing rates in coming years in the event the current low-rate environment is replaced by a more volatile environment, which would increase exposure to reduced revenues from tighter margins.

The European financial crisis has created risks and uncertainties affecting the global economy. Weak economic conditions, sovereign debt quality concerns and the uncertainties as to the prognosis for the European economy have continued to weaken recovery efforts in Europe, which could dampen growth prospects in the U.S. As global markets react to the European financial crisis and potential economic policy changes in Europe, assets, liabilities and cash flows with no direct connection to the Eurozone could be influenced. The potential impact on markets within the United States and on the economy of the United States is difficult to predict. Trustmark has no direct or indirect exposure to any debt of European sovereign or non-sovereign issuers, nor is it dependent upon any funding sources in the Eurozone for any short- or long-term liquidity. However, Trustmark, as a member of the global economy, could be indirectly affected if events in the Eurozone broadly cause widening of interest rate spreads or otherwise increase global market volatility.

Despite recent optimism resulting from stabilization in the housing sector and credit quality improvement, Trustmark does not assume that the uncertain conditions in the economy will improve significantly in the near future. A further weakened economy could affect Trustmark in a variety of substantial and unpredictable ways. In particular, Trustmark may face the following risks in connection with these events:

Market developments and the resulting economic pressure on consumers may affect consumer confidence levels and may cause increases in delinquencies and default rates, which, among other effects, could further affect Trustmark’s charge-offs and provision for loan losses.

Loan performance could experience a significantly extended deterioration or loan default levels could accelerate, foreclosure activity could significantly increase, or Trustmark’s assets (including loans and investment securities) could materially decline, any one of which, or any combination of more than one of which, could have a material adverse effect on Trustmark’s financial condition or results of operations.

Conditions in Trustmark’s four key market regions, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee or Texas, could worsen.

Competition in the industry could intensify as a result of the increasing consolidation of financial services companies in connection with current market conditions.

Management’s ability to measure the fair value of Trustmark’s assets could be adversely affected by market disruptions that have made valuation of assets even more difficult and subjective. If Management determines that a significant portion of its assets have values that are significantly below their recorded carrying value, Trustmark could recognize a material charge to earnings in the quarter during which such determination was made, Trustmark’s capital ratios would be adversely affected by any such change, and a rating agency might downgrade Trustmark’s credit rating or put Trustmark on credit watch.

Table of Contents

It is difficult to predict the extent to which these challenging economic conditions will persist or whether that progress in the economic recovery will instead shift to the potential for further decline. If the economy does weaken in the future, it is uncertain how Trustmark’s business would be affected and whether Trustmark would be able successfully to mitigate any such effects on its business. Accordingly, these factors in the U.S. economy could have a material adverse effect on Trustmark’s financial condition and results of operations.

Trustmark is subject to lending risk, which could impact the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and results of operations.

There are inherent risks associated with Trustmark’s lending activities. While the housing and real estate markets have shown recent improvement, they remain at depressed levels. If trends in the housing and real estate markets were to revert or further decline below recession levels, Trustmark may experience higher than normal delinquencies and credit losses. Moreover, if the U.S. economy returns to a recessionary state, Management expects that it could severely affect economic conditions in Trustmark’s market areas and that Trustmark could experience significantly higher delinquencies and credit losses. In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review Trustmark’s allowance for loan losses and may require an increase in the provision for loan losses or the recognition of further charge-offs, based on judgments different from those of Management. As a result, Trustmark may elect to make further increases in its provision for loan losses in the future, particularly if economic conditions deteriorate.

Trustmark is subject to liquidity risk, which could disrupt its ability to meet its financial obligations.

Liquidity refers to Trustmark’s ability to ensure that sufficient cash flow and liquid assets are available to satisfy current and future financial obligations, including demand for loans and deposit withdrawals, funding operating costs and other corporate purposes. Liquidity risk arises whenever the maturities of financial instruments included in assets and liabilities differ or when assets cannot be liquidated at fair market value as needed. Trustmark obtains funding through deposits and various short-term and long-term wholesale borrowings, including federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, the Federal Reserve Discount Window and Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances. Any significant restriction or disruption of Trustmark’s ability to obtain funding from these or other sources could have a negative effect on Trustmark’s ability to satisfy its current and future financial obligations, which could materially affect Trustmark’s financial condition.

In addition to the risk that one or more of the funding sources may become constrained due to market conditions unrelated to Trustmark, there is the risk that Trustmark’s credit profile may decline such that one or more of these funding sources becomes partially or wholly unavailable to Trustmark.

Trustmark attempts to quantify such credit event risk by modeling bank specific and systemic scenarios that estimate the liquidity impact. Trustmark estimates such impact by attempting to measure the effect on available unsecured lines of credit, available capacity from secured borrowing sources and securitizable assets. To mitigate such risk, Trustmark maintains available lines of credit with the Federal Reserve Board and the FHLB that are secured by loans and investment securities. Management continuously monitors Trustmark’s liquidity position for compliance with internal policies.

The Dodd-Frank Act and other legislative and regulatory initiatives relating to the financial services industry could materially affect Trustmark’s results of operations, financial condition, liquidity or the market price of Trustmark’s Common Stock.

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Act, which significantly reforms the regulatory structure relating to the financial services industry. The legislation, among other things, establishes the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, which has broad authority to regulate providers of credit, savings, payment and other consumer financial products and services; narrows the scope of federal preemption of state consumer finance laws relating to national banks and operating subsidiaries of national banks, and may expand the authority of state attorneys general to bring actions against national banks to enforce federal consumer protection legislation. Dodd-Frank also more comprehensively regulates the over-the-counter derivatives market, including providing for more strict capital and margin requirements and central clearing of certain standardized derivatives; strengthens restrictions on lending limits and transactions with affiliates imposed by the National Bank Act; and restricts the interchange fees payable on electronic debit card transactions. Much of the legislative import of the Dodd-Frank Act is delegated to a variety of federal regulatory agencies, which are required to enact rules to implement various statutory mandates in the Act.

As the Dodd-Frank Act continues to turn into specific regulatory requirements, there will be further business impacts across a myriad of industries, not just banking. Some of those impacts are readily anticipated, such as the change to interchange fees, which is described in the State Laws and Other Federal Oversight section in Item 1 – Business of this report. However, other impacts are subtle and are not yet capable of precise quantification. Many of these more subtle impacts will likely only emerge after months and perhaps years of further analysis and evaluation. In addition, certain provisions that affect deposit insurance assessments, payment of interest on demand deposits and interchange fees could increase the costs associated with deposits as well as place limitations on certain revenues those deposits may generate. Finally, implementation of certain significant provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will continue to occur over a multi-year period. Because many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to further rulemaking and will take effect over several years, it is difficult to anticipate the potential impact on Trustmark and its customers. It is clear, however, that the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act will continue to require Management to invest significant time and resources to evaluate the potential impact of this Act.

Table of Contents

The Dodd-Frank Act, as implemented by the regulations currently being promulgated by various federal regulatory agencies, along with other regulatory initiatives relating to the financial services industry, could materially affect Trustmark’s results of operations, financial condition, liquidity or the market price of Trustmark’s common stock. Management is unable to completely evaluate these potential effects at this time. It is also possible that these measures could adversely affect the creditworthiness of counterparties, which could increase Trustmark’s risk profile.

Trustmark may be subject to more stringent capital and liquidity requirements.

On September 12, 2010, the Group of Governors and Heads of Supervision, the oversight body of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, announced agreement on the calibration and phase-in arrangements for a strengthened set of capital requirements, known as Basel III. In addition, on June 7, 2012, the Federal Reserve Board, OCC, and FDIC jointly proposed new capital requirements that are consistent with Basel III and, if adopted, could affect Trustmark’s business. If adopted as proposed, the rules would require, among other things, a minimum common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5 percent, net of regulatory deductions, and establish a capital conservation buffer of an additional 2.5 percent of common equity to risk-weighted assets above the regulatory minimum capital requirement, effectively establishing a minimum common equity Tier 1 ratio of 7 percent. In addition, the proposed rules increase the minimum Tier 1 capital requirement from 4 percent to 6 percent of risk-weighted assets. The proposed rules also specify that a bank with a capital conservation buffer of less than 2.5 percent would potentially face limitations on capital distributions and bonus payments to executives.

The Dodd-Frank Act creates a Financial Stability Oversight Council that is expected to recommend to the Federal Reserve Board increasingly strict rules for capital requirements as companies grow in size and complexity and that applies the same leverage and risk-based capital requirements that apply to insured depository institutions to most bank holding companies. These recommendations may remove trust preferred securities as a permitted component of a holding company’s Tier 1 capital, consistent with the federal bank regulatory agencies’ proposed capital rules. These recommendations, and any other new regulations, could adversely affect Trustmark’s ability to pay dividends, or could require Trustmark to reduce business levels or to raise capital, including in ways that may adversely affect its results of operations or financial condition.

The ultimate impact of the new capital and liquidity standards cannot be determined at this time and will depend on a number of factors, including treatment and implementation by the U.S. banking regulators.

Trustmark could be required to write down goodwill and other intangible assets.

When Trustmark acquires a business, a portion of the purchase price of the acquisition is generally allocated to goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets. The amount of the purchase price that is allocated to goodwill and other intangible assets is determined by the excess of the purchase price over the net identifiable assets acquired. At December 31, 2012, goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets were $308.4 million. Under current accounting standards, if Trustmark determines goodwill or intangible assets are impaired, Trustmark would be required to write down the carrying value of these assets. Trustmark’s annual goodwill impairment evaluation performed during the fourth quarter of 2012 indicated no impairment of goodwill for any reporting segment. Management cannot provide assurance, however, that Trustmark will not be required to take an impairment charge in the future. Any impairment charge would have an adverse effect on Trustmark’s shareholders’ equity and financial results and could cause a decline in Trustmark’s stock price.

Trustmark holds a significant amount of other real estate owned and may acquire and hold significant additional amounts, which could lead to increased operating expenses and vulnerability to additional declines in real property values.

As business necessitates, Trustmark forecloses on and takes title to real estate serving as collateral for loans. At December 31, 2012, Trustmark held $83.9 million of other real estate owned, compared to $85.4 million at December 31, 2011. The amount of other real estate owned held by Trustmark may increase in the future as a result of, among other things, business combinations, the continued uncertainties in the housing market as well as persistently high levels of credit stress in residential real estate loan portfolios. Increased other real estate owned balances could lead to greater expenses as Trustmark incurs costs to manage, maintain and dispose of real properties. As a result, Trustmark’s earnings could be negatively affected by various expenses associated with other real estate owned, including personnel costs, insurance and taxes, completion and repair costs, valuation adjustments and other expenses associated with real property ownership, as well as by the funding costs associated with other real estate owned assets. The expenses associated with holding a significant amount of other real estate owned could have a material adverse effect on Trustmark’s results of operations and financial condition.

Table of Contents

Declines in asset values may result in impairment charges and adversely affect the value of Trustmark’s investments.

Trustmark maintains an investment portfolio that includes, among other asset classes, obligations of states and municipalities, agency debt securities and agency mortgage-related securities. The market value of investments in Trustmark’s investment portfolio may be affected by factors other than interest rates or the underlying performance of the issuer of the securities, such as ratings downgrades, adverse changes in the business climate and a lack of pricing information or liquidity in the secondary market for certain investment securities. In addition, government involvement or intervention in the financial markets or the lack thereof or market perceptions regarding the existence or absence of such activities could affect the market and the market prices for these securities.

On a quarterly basis, Trustmark evaluates investments and other assets for impairment indicators. As of December 31, 2012, total gross unrealized losses on temporarily impaired securities totaled $211 thousand. Trustmark may be required to record impairment charges if these investments suffer a decline in value that is other-than-temporary. If it is determined that a significant impairment has occurred, Trustmark would be required to charge against earnings the credit-related portion of the other-than-temporary impairment, which could have a material adverse effect on results of operations in the period in which a write-off, if any, occurs.

If Trustmark is required to repurchase a larger number of mortgage loans that it had previously sold, such repurchases could negatively affect earnings.

One of Trustmark’s primary business operations is mortgage banking under which residential mortgage loans are sold in the secondary market under agreements that contain representations and warranties related to, among other things, the origination and characteristics of the mortgage loans. Trustmark may be required to either repurchase the outstanding principal balance of a loan or make the purchaser whole for the economic benefits of a loan if it is determined that the loan sold was in violation of representations or warranties made by Trustmark at the time of the sale. Such representations and warranties, typically include those made regarding loans that had missing or insufficient file documentation and/or loans obtained through fraud by borrowers or other third parties. During 2012, Trustmark has continued to experience a manageable level of investor repurchase demands. Total mortgage loan servicing putback expense incurred by Trustmark in 2012 was $8.0 million, an increase of $2.9 million when compared to 2011. At December 31, 2012, the reserve for mortgage loan servicing putback expense was $7.8 million, which represented 0.2% of total loans serviced for others, compared to $4.3 million, or 0.1%, at December 31, 2011. If the level of investor repurchase demands increases in the future, this could significantly increase costs and have a material adverse effect on Trustmark’s results of operations.

Trustmark operates in a highly competitive financial services industry.

Trustmark faces substantial competition in all areas of its operations from a variety of different competitors, many of which are larger and may have more financial resources. Such competitors primarily include national and regional banks, as well as community banks within the various markets in which Trustmark operates. At this time, major international banks do not compete directly with Trustmark in its markets, although they may do so in the future. Trustmark also faces competition from many other types of financial institutions, including savings and loans, credit unions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, factoring companies and other financial intermediaries. The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation.

Some of Trustmark’s competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures. Additionally, due to their size, many of Trustmark’s larger competitors may be able to achieve economies of scale and, as a result, may offer a broader range of products and services as well as better pricing for those products and services than Trustmark.

Trustmark’s ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including: the ability to develop, maintain and build upon long-term customer relationships based on top quality service, high ethical standards and safe, sound assets; the ability to continue to expand Trustmark’s market position through organic growth and acquisitions; the scope, relevance and pricing of products and services offered to meet customer needs and demands; the rate at which Trustmark introduces new products and services relative to its competitors; and industry and general economic trends. Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken Trustmark’s competitive position, which could adversely affect Trustmark’s growth and profitability.

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect Trustmark.

Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. As a result, defaults by, or questions or rumors about, one or more financial services institutions or the financial services industry generally, could lead to market-wide liquidity problems, defaults and losses by Trustmark and by other institutions. Trustmark has exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely executes transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks, mutual funds, and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose Trustmark to credit risk in the event of default of its counterparty or client. In addition, Trustmark’s credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral it holds cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure owed to Trustmark. Losses related to these credit risks could materially and adversely affect Trustmark’s results of operations.

Table of Contents

Trustmark may experience disruptions of its operating systems or breaches in its information system security.

As is customary in the banking industry, Trustmark is dependent upon automated and non-automated systems to record and process our transaction volume. This poses the risk that technical system flaws, employee errors or tampering or manipulation of those systems by employees, customers or outsiders will result in losses. Any such losses, which may be difficult to detect, could adversely affect Trustmark’s financial condition or results of operations. In addition, the occurrence of such a loss could expose Trustmark to reputational risk, the loss of customer business, additional regulatory scrutiny or civil litigation and possible financial liability. Trustmark may also be subject to disruptions of operating systems arising from events that are beyond our control (for example, computer viruses or electrical or telecommunications outages). Trustmark is further exposed to the risk that third party service providers may be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations (or will be subject to the same risk of fraud or operational errors as Trustmark). These disruptions may interfere with service to customers and result in a financial loss or liability that could adversely affect Trustmark’s financial condition or results of operations.

Trustmark must utilize new technologies to deliver its products and services.

In order to deliver new products and services and to improve the productivity of existing products and services, the banking industry relies on rapidly evolving technologies. Trustmark’s ability to effectively utilize new technologies to address customer needs and create operating efficiencies could materially affect future prospects. Management cannot provide any assurances that Trustmark will be successful in utilizing such new technologies.

The stock price of financial institutions, like Trustmark, can be volatile.

The volatility in the stock prices of companies in the financial services industry may make it more difficult for shareholders to resell Trustmark common stock at attractive prices in a timely manner. Trustmark’s stock price can fluctuate significantly in response to a variety of factors, including factors affecting the financial industry as a whole. The factors affecting financial stocks generally and Trustmark’s stock price in particular include:

actual or anticipated variations in earnings;

changes in analysts’ recommendations or projections;

operating and stock performance of other companies deemed to be peers;

perception in the marketplace regarding Trustmark, its competitors and/or the industry as a whole;

significant acquisitions or business combinations involving Trustmark or its competitors;

changes in government regulation;

failure to integrate acquisitions or realize anticipated benefits from acquisitions; and

volatility affecting the financial markets in general.

General market fluctuations, the potential for breakdowns on electronic trading or other platforms for executing securities transactions, industry factors and general economic and political conditions could also cause Trustmark’s stock price to decrease regardless of operating results.

Changes in accounting standards may affect how Trustmark reports its financial condition and results of operations.

Trustmark’s accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how Trustmark records and reports its financial condition and results of operations. From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) changes the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of Trustmark’s financial statements. The ongoing economic recession has resulted in increased scrutiny of accounting standards by regulators and legislators, particularly as they relate to fair value accounting principles. In addition, ongoing efforts to achieve convergence between U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and International Financial Reporting Standards may result in changes to GAAP. Any such changes can be difficult to predict and can materially affect how Trustmark records and reports its financial condition and results of operations.

Table of Contents

Natural disasters, such as hurricanes, could have a significant negative impact on Trustmark’s business.

Many of Trustmark’s loans are secured by property or are made to businesses in or near the Gulf Coast regions of Texas, Mississippi and Florida (and, upon consummation of the BancTrust merger, Alabama) which are often in the path of seasonal hurricanes. As reported in previous filings, Hurricane Katrina had a catastrophic effect on Trustmark’s Mississippi market, and in late summer 2008, Hurricane Gustav threatened to create a similar result in the Houston metropolitan area, which is the location of Trustmark’s Texas operations. Natural disasters, such as hurricanes, could have a significant negative impact on the stability of Trustmark’s deposit base, the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans and the value of collateral securing loans, and could cause Trustmark to incur material additional expenses. Although Management has established disaster recovery policies and procedures, the occurrence of a natural disaster, especially if any applicable insurance coverage is not adequate to enable Trustmark’s borrowers to recover from the effects of the event, could have a material adverse effect on Trustmark’s results of operations.

Risks related to Trustmark’s Merger with BancTrust

Combining BancTrust and Trustmark may be more difficult, costly or time-consuming than expected.

Until the effective time of the merger, Trustmark and BancTrust operated independently. The success of the merger will depend, in part, on Management’s ability to successfully combine the businesses of Trustmark and BancTrust. To realize these anticipated benefits, Trustmark expects to integrate BancTrust’s business into its own. It is possible that the integration process could result in the loss of key employees, the disruption of each company’s ongoing businesses or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies that adversely affect the combined company’s ability to maintain relationships with clients, customers, depositors and employees or to achieve the anticipated benefits of the merger. The loss of key employees could adversely affect Trustmark’s ability to successfully conduct its business in the markets in which BancTrust previously operated, which could have an adverse effect on Trustmark’s financial results and the value of its common stock. If Trustmark experiences difficulties with the integration process, the anticipated benefits of the merger may not be realized fully or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected. As with any merger of financial institutions, there also may be business disruptions that cause BancTrust or Trustmark to lose current customers or cause current customers to remove their accounts from BancTrust or Trustmark and move their business to competing financial institutions. Integration efforts between the two companies could also divert management attention and resources. These integration matters could have an adverse effect on each of BancTrust and Trustmark during this transition period and for an undetermined period after consummation of the merger.

Trustmark may fail to realize the cost savings estimated for the acquisition of BancTrust.

Trustmark estimates that it will achieve cost savings from the merger when the two companies have been fully integrated. While Trustmark continues to be comfortable with these expectations, it is possible that the estimates of the potential cost savings could turn out to be incorrect. The cost savings estimates also assume Management’s ability to combine the businesses of Trustmark and BancTrust in a manner that permits those cost savings to be realized. If the estimates turn out to be incorrect or Trustmark is not able to successfully combine the two companies, the anticipated cost savings may not be realized fully or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Trustmark’s principal offices are housed in its complex located in downtown Jackson, Mississippi and owned by TNB. Approximately 233,000 square feet, or 88%, of the available space in the main office building is allocated to bank use with the remainder occupied or available for occupancy by tenants on a lease basis. As of December 31, 2012, Trustmark, through its two banking subsidiaries, also operates 146 full-service branches, 18 limited-service branches, one in-store branch and an ATM network, which includes 142 ATMs at on-premise locations and 64 ATMs located at off-premise sites. In addition, Trustmark’s Insurance Division utilizes two off-site locations while the Mortgage Banking Group has two additional off-site locations. Trustmark leases 71 of its 233 locations with the remainder being owned.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Trustmark’s wholly-owned subsidiary, TNB, has been named as a defendant in two lawsuits related to the collapse of the Stanford Financial Group. The first is a purported class action complaint that was filed on August 23, 2009 in the District Court of Harris County, Texas, by Peggy Roif Rotstain, Guthrie Abbott, Catherine Burnell, Steven Queyrouze, Jaime Alexis Arroyo Bornstein and Juan C. Olano, on behalf of themselves and all others similarly situated, naming TNB and four other financial institutions unaffiliated with Trustmark as defendants. The complaint seeks to recover (i) alleged fraudulent transfers from each of the defendants in the amount of fees and other monies received by each defendant from entities controlled by R. Allen Stanford (collectively, the “Stanford Financial Group”) and (ii) damages allegedly attributable to alleged conspiracies by one or more of the defendants with the Stanford Financial Group to commit fraud and/or aid and abet fraud on the asserted grounds that defendants knew or should have known the Stanford Financial Group was conducting an illegal and fraudulent scheme. Plaintiffs have demanded a jury trial. Plaintiffs did not quantify damages. In November 2009, the lawsuit was removed to federal court by certain defendants and then transferred by the United States Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to federal court in the Northern District of Texas (Dallas) where multiple Stanford related matters are being consolidated for pre-trial proceedings. In May 2010, all defendants (including TNB) filed motions to dismiss the lawsuit, and the motions to dismiss have been fully briefed by all parties. The court has not yet ruled on the defendants’ motions to dismiss. In August 2010, the court authorized and approved the formation of an Official Stanford Investors Committee to represent the interests of Stanford investors and, under certain circumstances, to file legal actions for the benefit of Stanford investors. In December 2011, the Official Stanford Investors Committee (“OSIC”) filed a motion to intervene in this action. In September 2012, the district court referred the case to a magistrate judge for hearing and determination of certain pretrial issues. In December 2012, the court granted the OSIC’s motion to intervene, and the OSIC filed an Intervenor Complaint against one of the other defendant financial institutions. In February 2013, the OSIC filed an additional Intervenor Complaint that asserts claims against TNB and the remaining defendant financial institutions. The OSIC seeks to recover: (i) alleged fraudulent transfers in the amount of the fees each of the defendants allegedly received from Stanford Financial Group, the profits each of the defendants allegedly made from Stanford Financial Group deposits, and other monies each of the defendants allegedly received from Stanford Financial Group; (ii) damages attributable to alleged conspiracies by each of the defendants with the Stanford Financial Group to commit fraud and/or aid and abet fraud and conversion on the asserted grounds that the defendants knew or should have known the Stanford Financial Group was conducting an illegal and fraudulent scheme; and (iii) punitive damages. The OSIC did not quantify damages.

Table of Contents

The second Stanford-related lawsuit was filed on December 14, 2009 in the District Court of Ascension Parish, Louisiana, individually by Harold Jackson, Paul Blaine, Carolyn Bass Smith, Christine Nichols, and Ronald and Ramona Hebert naming TNB (misnamed as Trust National Bank) and other individuals and entities not affiliated with Trustmark as defendants. The complaint seeks to recover the money lost by these individual plaintiffs as a result of the collapse of the Stanford Financial Group (in addition to other damages) under various theories and causes of action, including negligence, breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, negligent misrepresentation, detrimental reliance, conspiracy, and violation of Louisiana’s uniform fiduciary, securities, and racketeering laws. The complaint does not quantify the amount of money the plaintiffs seek to recover. In January 2010, the lawsuit was removed to federal court by certain defendants and then transferred by the United States Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to federal court in the Northern District of Texas (Dallas) where multiple Stanford related matters are being consolidated for pre-trial proceedings. On March 29, 2010, the court stayed the case. TNB filed a motion to lift the stay, which was denied on February 28, 2012. In September 2012, the district court referred the case to a magistrate judge for hearing and determination of certain pretrial issues.

TNB’s relationship with the Stanford Financial Group began as a result of Trustmark’s acquisition of a Houston-based bank in August 2006, and consisted of correspondent banking and other traditional banking services in the ordinary course of business. Both Stanford-related lawsuits are in their preliminary stages and have been previously disclosed by Trustmark.

TNB is the defendant in two putative class actions challenging TNB’s practices regarding "overdraft" or "non-sufficient funds" fees charged by TNB in connection with customer use of debit cards, including TNB’s order of processing transactions, notices and calculations of charges, and calculations of fees. Kathy D. White v. TNB was filed in Tennessee state court in Memphis, Tennessee and was removed on June 19, 2012 to the United States District Court for the Western District of Tennessee. (Plaintiff Kathy White had filed an earlier, virtually identical action that was voluntarily dismissed.) Leroy Jenkins v. TNB was filed on June 4, 2012 in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Mississippi. The White and Jenkins pleadings are matters of public record in the files of the courts. In both cases, the plaintiffs purport to represent classes of similarly-situated customers of TNB. The White complaint asserts claims of breach of contract, breach of a duty of good faith and fair dealing, unconscionability, conversion, and unjust enrichment. The Jenkins complaint includes similar allegations as well as federal-law claims under the Electronic Funds Transfer Act (EFTA) and RICO; however, the RICO claims were voluntarily dismissed from the case on January 9, 2013. On July 19, 2012, the plaintiff in the White case filed an amended complaint to add plaintiffs from Mississippi and also to add federal EFTA claims. Trustmark contends that amended complaint was procedurally improper. On October 4, 2012, the plaintiff in the White case moved for leave to add two Tennessee plaintiffs. That motion is pending for decision. Trustmark has filed preliminary dismissal and venue transfer motions, and discovery has begun, in the White case; the Jenkins case has not yet entered the active discovery stage. Each of these complaints seeks the imposition of a constructive trust and unquantified damages. These complaints are largely patterned after similar lawsuits that have been filed against other banks across the country.

Trustmark and its subsidiaries are also parties to other lawsuits and other claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. Some of the lawsuits assert claims related to the lending, collection, servicing, investment, trust and other business activities, and some of the lawsuits allege substantial claims for damages.

All pending legal proceedings described above are being vigorously contested. In the regular course of business, Management evaluates estimated losses or costs related to litigation, and provision is made for anticipated losses whenever Management believes that such losses are probable and can be reasonably estimated. At the present time, Management believes, based on the advice of legal counsel and Management’s evaluation, that (i) the final resolution of pending legal proceedings described above will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial position or results of operations and (ii) a material adverse outcome in any such case is not reasonably possible.

Table of Contents

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Common Stock Prices and Dividends

Trustmark’s common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market and is traded under the symbol TRMK. The table below represents, for each quarter of 2012 and 2011, the high and low intra-day sales price per share of Trustmark’s common stock and the cash dividends declared per common share.

	2012				2011
Sales Price Per Share	High		Low		High		Low
First quarter	$	25.88	$	22.86	$	26.14	$	21.57
Second quarter		26.16		22.97		24.50		22.27
Third quarter		26.35		23.37		24.14		17.62
Fourth quarter		24.96		20.76		24.78		17.06

Dividends Per Share		2012		2011
First quarter	$	0.23	$	0.23
Second quarter		0.23		0.23
Third quarter		0.23		0.23
Fourth quarter		0.23		0.23
Total	$	0.92	$	0.92

At January 31, 2013, there were approximately 3,400 registered shareholders of record and approximately 6,200 beneficial account holders of shares in nominee name of Trustmark’s common stock. Other information required by this item can be found in Note 18 - Shareholders’ Equity included in Item 8 - Financial Statements and Supplementary Data located elsewhere in this report.

Table of Contents

Performance Graph

The following graph compares Trustmark’s annual percentage change in cumulative total return on common shares over the past five years with the cumulative total return of companies comprising the NASDAQ market value index and the Morningstar Banks – Regional – US index. The Morningstar Banks – Regional – US index is an industry index published by Morningstar and consists of 1,000 large, regional, diverse financial institutions serving the corporate, government and consumer needs of retail banking, investment banking, trust management, credit cards and mortgage banking in the United States. This presentation assumes that $100 was invested in shares of the relevant issuers on December 31, 2007, and that dividends received were immediately invested in additional shares. The graph plots the value of the initial $100 investment at one-year intervals for the fiscal years shown.

Company	2007		2008		2009		2010		2011		2012
Trustmark		100.00		89.17		97.72		112.35		114.53		110.10
Morningstar Banks - Regional - US		100.00		67.94		64.07		70.97		56.83		76.76
NASDAQ		100.00		59.98		87.15		102.86		102.04		120.15

Table of Contents

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following unaudited consolidated financial data is derived from Trustmark’s audited financial statements as of and for the five years ended December 31, 2012 ($ in thousands except per share data). The data should be read in conjunction with Item 7 - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data found elsewhere in this report.

Years Ended December 31,	2012			2011			2010			2009			2008
Consolidated Statements of Income
Total interest income	$	371,659		$	391,979		$	408,218		$	442,062		$	483,279
Total interest expense		30,669			43,036			56,195			87,853			164,119
Net interest income		340,990			348,943			352,023			354,209			319,160
Provision for loan losses, LHFI		6,766			29,704			49,546			77,112			76,412
Provision for loan losses, acquired loans		5,528			624			-			-			-
Noninterest income		175,189			159,854			165,927			168,242			177,258
Noninterest expense		344,502			329,850			325,649			308,259			283,719
Income before income taxes		159,383			148,619			142,755			137,080			136,287
Income taxes		42,100			41,778			42,119			44,033			43,870
Net Income		117,283			106,841			100,636			93,047			92,417
Preferred stock dividends/discount accretion		-			-			-			19,998			1,353
Net Income Available to Common Shareholders	$	117,283		$	106,841		$	100,636		$	73,049		$	91,064

Common Share Data
Basic earnings per share	$	1.81		$	1.67		$	1.58		$	1.26		$	1.59
Diluted earnings per share		1.81			1.66			1.57			1.26			1.59
Cash dividends per share		0.92			0.92			0.92			0.92			0.92

Performance Ratios
Return on average common equity		9.30	%		8.95	%		8.79	%		7.22	%		9.62	%
Return on average tangible common equity		12.55	%		12.25	%		12.31	%		10.80	%		14.88	%
Return on average total equity		9.30	%		8.95	%		8.79	%		7.72	%		9.53	%
Return on average assets		1.20	%		1.11	%		1.08	%		0.98	%		1.01	%
Net interest margin (fully taxable equivalent)		4.09	%		4.26	%		4.41	%		4.25	%		4.01	%

Credit Quality Ratios (1)
Net charge-offs/average loans		0.30	%		0.56	%		0.95	%		1.01	%		0.87	%
Provision for loan losses/average loans		0.11	%		0.49	%		0.79	%		1.14	%		1.09	%
Nonperforming loans/total loans (incl LHFS*)		1.41	%		1.82	%		2.30	%		2.16	%		1.64	%
Nonperforming assets/total loans (incl LHFS) plus ORE*		2.71	%		3.08	%		3.64	%		3.48	%		2.18	%
Allowance for loan losses/total loans (excl LHFS*)		1.41	%		1.53	%		1.54	%		1.64	%		1.41	%

December 31,		2012			2011			2010			2009			2008
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Total assets	$	9,828,667		$	9,727,007		$	9,553,902		$	9,526,018		$	9,790,909
Securities		2,699,933			2,526,698			2,318,096			1,917,380			1,802,470
Loans held for investment and acquired loans (incl LHFS*)		5,984,304			6,150,841			6,213,286			6,546,022			6,960,668
Deposits		7,896,517			7,566,363			7,044,567			7,188,465			6,823,870
Common shareholders' equity		1,287,369			1,215,037			1,149,484			1,110,060			973,340
Preferred shareholder equity		-			-			-			-			205,126

Common Stock Performance
Market value - close	$	22.46		$	24.29		$	24.84		$	22.54		$	21.59
Common book value		19.86			18.94			17.98			17.43			16.98
Tangible common book value		15.10			14.18			13.17			12.55			11.49

Capital Ratios
Total equity/total assets		13.10	%		12.49	%		12.03	%		11.65	%		12.04	%
Common equity/total assets		13.10	%		12.49	%		12.03	%		11.65	%		9.94	%
Tangible equity/tangible assets		10.28	%		9.66	%		9.11	%		8.67	%		9.11	%
Tangible common equity/tangible assets		10.28	%		9.66	%		9.11	%		8.67	%		6.95	%
Tangible common equity/risk-weighted assets		14.56	%		13.83	%		12.62	%		11.55	%		9.03	%
Tier 1 leverage ratio		10.97	%		10.43	%		10.14	%		9.74	%		10.42	%
Tier 1 common risk-based capital ratio		14.63	%		13.90	%		12.87	%		11.63	%		9.27	%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio		15.53	%		14.81	%		13.77	%		12.61	%		13.01	%
Total risk-basead capital ratio		17.22	%		16.67	%		15.77	%		14.58	%		14.95	%

(1) - Excludes Acquired Loans and Covered Other Real Estate

* - LHFS is Loans Held for Sale.

** - ORE is Other Real Estate.

Table of Contents

The following unaudited tables represent Trustmark’s summary of quarterly operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 ($ in thousands except per share data).

2012		1Q			2Q		3Q		4Q
Interest income	$	95,882		$	94,414	$	92,497	$	88,866
Interest expense		8,938			7,966		7,218		6,547
Net interest income		86,944			86,448		85,279		82,319
Provision for loan losses, LHFI		3,293			650		3,358		(535	)
Provision for loan losses, acquired loans		(194	)		1,672		2,105		1,945
Noninterest income		43,785			43,760		44,865		42,779
Noninterest expense		85,774			87,959		83,460		87,309
Income before income taxes		41,856			39,927		41,221		36,379
Income taxes		11,536			10,578		11,317		8,669
Net income available to common shareholders	$	30,320		$	29,349	$	29,904	$	27,710
Earnings per common share
Basic	$	0.47		$	0.45	$	0.46	$	0.43
Diluted		0.47			0.45		0.46		0.43

2011		1Q		2Q		3Q		4Q
Interest income	$	97,985	$	99,402	$	96,193	$	98,399
Interest expense		11,610		11,572		10,513		9,341
Net interest income		86,375		87,830		85,680		89,058
Provision for loan losses, LHFI		7,537		8,116		7,978		6,073
Provision for loan losses, acquired loans		-		-		-		624
Noninterest income		36,371		46,432		44,272		32,779
Noninterest expense		80,018		81,348		85,481		83,003
Income before income taxes		35,191		44,798		36,493		32,137
Income taxes		11,178		13,196		9,525		7,879
Net income available to common shareholders	$	24,013	$	31,602	$	26,968	$	24,258
Earnings per common share
Basic	$	0.38	$	0.49	$	0.42	$	0.38
Diluted		0.37		0.49		0.42		0.38

Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following provides a narrative discussion and analysis of Trustmark Corporation’s (Trustmark) financial condition and results of operations. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the supplemental financial data included elsewhere in this report.

Executive Overview

2012 was a year of significant achievement for Trustmark, particularly in light of prevailing economic conditions. Trustmark continues to build upon and expand customer relationships, which is reflected in its strong financial performance. Trustmark’s net income available to common shareholders increased 9.8% during 2012 despite a 2.3% decline in net interest income. Historically low interest rates contributed to record levels of profitability by Trustmark’s mortgage banking business. Trustmark also experienced increased profitability in its insurance and wealth management businesses. Please see the section captioned “Financial Highlights” below for a more complete overview of Trustmark’s 2012 financial performance. Trustmark’s credit quality indicators continued to experience significant improvements. During 2012, Trustmark completed the acquisition of Bay Bank & Trust Company (Bay Bank) in Florida and announced plans to merge with Alabama-based BancTrust, which was effective as of the close of business on February 15, 2013. Trustmark also made investments in technology designed to increase revenue and improve efficiency.

Table of Contents

Trustmark National Bank (TNB) did not make significant changes to its loan underwriting standards during 2012. TNB’s willingness to make loans to qualified applicants that meet its traditional, prudent lending standards has not changed. TNB adheres to interagency guidelines regarding concentration limits of commercial real estate loans. As a result of the economic downturn, TNB remains cautious in granting credit involving certain categories of real estate as well as making exceptions to its loan policy.

Management has continued its practice of maintaining excess funding capacity to provide Trustmark with adequate liquidity for its ongoing operations. In this regard, Trustmark benefits from its strong deposit base, its highly liquid investment portfolio and its access to funding from a variety of external funding sources such as upstream federal funds lines, Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances and brokered deposits.

Critical Accounting Policies

Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and follow general practices within the financial services industry. Application of these accounting principles requires Management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates, assumptions and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the consolidated financial statements; accordingly, as this information changes, actual financial results could differ from those estimates.

Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. These critical accounting policies are described in detail below.

For additional information regarding the accounting policies discussed below, please see the notes to Trustmark’s Consolidated Financial Statements set forth in Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Allowance for Loan Losses, Loans Held for Investment (LHFI)

The allowance for loan losses, LHFI is established through provisions for estimated loan losses charged against net income. The allowance account is maintained at a level which is believed to be adequate by Management based on estimated probable losses within the LHFI portfolio. Evaluations of the portfolio and individual credits are inherently subjective, as they require estimates, assumptions, and judgments as to the facts and circumstances of particular situations. Some of the factors considered, such as amounts and timing of future cash flows expected to be received, may be susceptible to significant change.

Trustmark's allowance methodology is based on guidance provided in the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 102, "Selected Loan Loss Allowance Methodology and Documentation Issues," as well as other regulatory guidance. The allowance for loan losses, LHFI consists of three components: (i) a historical valuation allowance determined in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 450, "Contingencies," based on historical loan loss experience for LHFI with similar characteristics and trends, (ii) a specific valuation allowance determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 310, "Receivables," based on probable losses on specific LHFI, and (iii) a qualitative risk valuation allowance determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 450 based on general economic conditions and other specific internal and external qualitative risk factors. Each of these components calls for estimates, assumptions, and judgments as described below.

Historical Valuation Allowance

The historical valuation allowance is derived by application of a historical net loss percentage to the outstanding balances of LHFI contained in designated pools and risk rating categories. Pools are established by grouping credits that display similar characteristics and trends such as commercial LHFI for working capital purposes and non-working capital purposes, commercial real estate LHFI (which are further segregated into construction, land, lots and development, owner-occupied and non-owner occupied categories), 1-4 family mortgage LHFI and other consumer LHFI. LHFI are further segregated based on Trustmark's internal credit risk rating process that evaluates, among other things: the obligor's ability and willingness to pay, the value of underlying collateral, the ability of guarantors to meet their payment obligations, management experience and effectiveness and the economic environment and industry in which the borrower operates. The historical net loss percentages, calculated on a quarterly basis, are proportionally distributed to each grade within loan groups based upon degree of risk.

Table of Contents

Loans-Specific Valuation Allowance

Once a LHFI is classified, it is subject to periodic review to determine whether or not the loan is impaired. If determined to be impaired, the loan is evaluated using one of the valuation criteria contained in FASB ASC Topic 310. A formal impairment analysis is performed on all commercial non-accrual LHFI with an outstanding balance of $500,000 or more, and based upon this analysis LHFI are written down to net realizable value.

Qualitative Risk Valuation Allowance

The qualitative risk valuation allowance is based on general economic conditions and other internal and external factors affecting Trustmark as a whole as well as specific LHFI. Factors considered include the following within Trustmark's four geographic market regions: the experience, ability, and effectiveness of Trustmark's lending management and staff; adherence to Trustmark's loans policies, procedures, and internal controls; the volume of other exceptions relating to collateral and financial documentation; concentrations; recent performance trends; regional economic trends; the impact of recent acquisitions; and the impact of significant natural disasters. These factors are evaluated on a quarterly basis with the results incorporated into a "qualitative factor allocation matrix" which is used to establish an appropriate allowance.

A significant shift in one or more factors identified above could result in a material change to Trustmark’s allowance for loan losses, LHFI. For example, if there were changes in one or more of these estimates, assumptions or judgments as they relate to a portfolio of commercial LHFI, Trustmark could find that it needs to increase the level of future provisions for possible loan losses in respect of that portfolio. Additionally, credit deterioration of specific borrowers due to changes in these factors could cause the risk rating of those borrowers’ commercial loans on Trustmark’s internal loan grading system to shift to a more severe risk rating. As a result, Trustmark could find that it needs to increase the level of future provisions for possible loan losses in respect of these LHFI. Given the interdependent and highly factual nature of many of these estimates, assumptions and judgments, it is not possible to provide meaningful quantitative estimates of the impact of any such potential shifts.

Acquired Loans

Acquired loans are accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. The acquired loans are recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. Fair value of acquired loans is determined using a discounted cash flow model based on assumptions regarding the amount and timing of principal and interest payments, estimated prepayments, estimated default rates, estimated loss severity in the event of defaults, and current market rates. Estimated credit losses are included in the determination of fair value; therefore, an allowance for loan losses is not recorded on the acquisition date.

TNB accounts for acquired impaired loans under FASB ASC Topic 310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality.” An acquired loan is considered impaired when there is evidence of credit deterioration since origination and it is probable at the date of acquisition that TNB will be unable to collect all contractually required payments. Acquired loans accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30 are referred to as “acquired impaired loans.” Revolving credit agreements such as home equity lines are excluded from acquired impaired loan accounting requirements.

For acquired impaired loans, TNB (a) calculates the contractual amount and timing of undiscounted principal and interest payments (the “undiscounted contractual cash flows”) and (b) estimates the amount and timing of undiscounted expected principal and interest payments (the “undiscounted expected cash flows”). Under FASB ASC Topic 310-30, the difference between the undiscounted contractual cash flows and the undiscounted expected cash flows is the nonaccretable difference. The nonaccretable difference represents an estimate of the loss exposure of principal and interest related to the acquired impaired loan portfolio and such amount is subject to change over time based on the performance of such loans.

The excess of expected cash flows at acquisition over the initial fair value of acquired impaired loans is referred to as the “accretable yield” and is recorded as interest income over the estimated life of the loans using the effective yield method if the timing and amount of the future cash flows is reasonably estimable. Improvements in expected cash flows over those originally estimated increase the accretable yield and are recognized as interest income prospectively. Decreases in the amount and changes in the timing of expected cash flows compared to those originally estimated decrease the accretable yield and usually result in a provision for loan losses and the establishment of an allowance for loan losses. The carrying value of acquired impaired loans is reduced by payments received, both principal and interest, and increased by the portion of the accretable yield recognized as interest income.

Table of Contents

As required by FASB ASC Topic 310-30, TNB periodically re-estimates the expected cash flows to be collected over the life of the acquired impaired loans. If, based on current information and events, it is probable that Trustmark will be unable to collect all cash flows expected at acquisition plus additional cash flows expected to be collected arising from changes in estimate after acquisition, the acquired loans are considered impaired. The decrease in the expected cash flows reduces the carrying value of the acquired impaired loans as well as the accretable yield and results in a charge to income through the provision for loans losses and the establishment of an allowance for loan losses. If, based on current information and events, it is probable that there is a significant increase in the cash flows previously expected to be collected or if actual cash flows are significantly greater than cash flows previously expected, TNB will reduce any remaining allowance for loan losses established on the acquired impaired loans for the increase in the present value of cash flows expected to be collected. The increase in the expected cash flows for the acquired impaired loans over those originally estimated at acquisition increases the carrying value of the acquired loans as well as the accretable yield. The increase in the accretable yield is recognized as interest income over the remaining average life of the acquired impaired loans.

Covered Loans

Loans acquired in a FDIC-assisted transaction and covered under loss-share agreements, such as those acquired from Heritage Banking Group (Heritage) in 2011, are referred to as “covered loans” and are reported separately in Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements. The covered loans are recorded at their estimated fair value at the time of acquisition exclusive of the expected reimbursement cash flows from the FDIC.

FDIC Indemnification Asset

TNB has elected to account for amounts receivable under a loss-share agreement as an indemnification asset in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations.” The FDIC indemnification asset is initially recorded at fair value, based on the discounted value of expected future cash flows under the loss-share agreement. The difference between the present value at the acquisition date and the undiscounted cash flows TNB expects to collect from the FDIC is accreted into noninterest income over the life of the FDIC indemnification asset. Pursuant to the provisions of the loss-share agreement, the FDIC indemnification asset is presented net of any true-up provision due to the FDIC at the termination of the loss-share agreement. Please refer to Note 2 – Business Combinations in Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for additional information regarding the FDIC true-up provision under the loss-share agreement.

The FDIC indemnification asset is reduced as expected losses on covered loans and covered other real estate decline or as loss-share claims are submitted to the FDIC. The FDIC indemnification asset is revalued concurrent with the loan re-estimation and adjusted for any changes in expected cash flows based on recent performance and expectations for future performance of covered loans and covered other real estate. These adjustments are measured on the same basis as the related covered loans and covered other real estate. Increases in the cash flow of the covered loans and covered other real estate over those expected reduce the FDIC indemnification asset, and decreases in the cash flow of the covered loans and covered other real estate under those expected increase the FDIC indemnification asset. Increases and decreases to the FDIC indemnification asset are recorded as adjustments to noninterest income.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

Trustmark recognizes as an asset the rights to service mortgage loans for others (mortgage servicing rights, or MSR) with respect to loans originated by Trustmark or acquired through its wholesale network. Trustmark carries MSR on its balance sheet at fair value.

Trustmark determines the fair value of MSR using a valuation model administered by a third party that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The model incorporates assumptions that market participants use in estimating future net servicing income, including estimates of prepayment speeds, discount rate, default rates, cost to service (including delinquency and foreclosure costs), escrow account earnings, contractual servicing fee income and other ancillary income such as late fees. Management reviews all significant assumptions quarterly. Mortgage loan prepayment speeds, a key assumption in the model, is the annual rate at which borrowers are forecasted to repay their mortgage loan principal. The discount rate used to determine the present value of estimated future net servicing income, another key assumption in the model, is an estimate of the required rate of return investors in the market would require for an asset with similar risk. Both assumptions can, and generally will, change as market conditions and interest rates change.

Table of Contents

By way of example, an increase in either the prepayment speed or discount rate assumption will result in a decrease in the fair value of the MSR, while a decrease in either assumption will result in an increase in the fair value of the MSR. In recent years, there have been significant market-driven fluctuations in loan prepayment speeds and discount rates. These fluctuations can be rapid and may continue to be significant. Therefore, estimating prepayment speed and/or discount rates within ranges that market participants would use in determining the fair value of MSR requires significant management judgment.

At December 31, 2012, the MSR fair value was approximately $46.9 million. The impact on the MSR fair value of a 10% adverse change in prepayment speed or a 100 basis point increase in discount rate at December 31, 2012, would be a decline in fair value of approximately $2.4 million and $1.2 million, respectively. Changes of equal magnitude in the opposite direction would produce similar increases in fair value in the respective amounts.

Trustmark manages potential changes in the fair value of MSR through its comprehensive risk management strategy. To reduce the sensitivity of earnings to interest rate fluctuations, Trustmark utilizes exchange-traded derivative instruments such as Treasury note futures contracts and option contracts to achieve a fair value return that offsets the changes in fair value of MSR attributable to interest rates, depending on the amount of MSR hedged. From time to time, Trustmark may choose not to fully hedge the MSR, partly because origination volume tends to act as a natural hedge. For example, as interest rates decline, the fair value of the MSR generally decreases and fees from new originations tend to increase. Conversely, as interest rates increase, the fair value of the MSR generally increases, while fees from new originations tend to decline.

Please refer to Note 8 – Mortgage Banking in Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for additional information on MSR.

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets

Trustmark records all assets and liabilities acquired in purchase acquisitions, including goodwill and other intangible assets, at fair value as required by FASB ASC Topic 805. The carrying amount of goodwill at December 31, 2012 totaled $246.7 million for the General Banking segment and $44.4 million for the Insurance segment, a consolidated total of $291.1 million. Trustmark’s goodwill is not amortized but is subject to annual tests for impairment or more often if events or circumstances indicate it may be impaired. Trustmark’s identifiable intangible assets, which totaled $17.3 million at December 31, 2012, are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are subject to impairment tests if events or circumstances indicate a possible inability to realize the carrying amount.

The initial recording and subsequent impairment testing of goodwill requires subjective judgments concerning estimates of the fair value of the acquired assets. The goodwill impairment test is performed in two phases. The first step compares the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired; however, if the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an additional procedure must be performed. That additional procedure, or a second step, compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. An impairment loss would be recorded to the extent that the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. Trustmark performed an annual impairment test of goodwill for reporting units contained in both the General Banking and Insurance segments as of October 1, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively, which indicated that no impairment charge was required. The impairment test for the General Banking reporting unit utilized valuations based on comparable deal values for financial institutions while the test for the Insurance reporting unit utilizes varying valuation scenarios for the multiple of earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) method based on recent acquisition activity. Based on this analysis, Trustmark concluded that no impairment charge was required. Significant changes in future profitability and value of our reporting units could affect Trustmark’s impairment evaluation.

The carrying amount of Trustmark’s identifiable intangible assets subject to amortization is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition. That assessment shall be based on the carrying amount of the intangible assets subject to amortization at the date it is tested for recoverability. Intangible assets subject to amortization shall be tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may not be recoverable.

Fair value may be determined using market prices, comparison to similar assets, market multiples and other determinants. Factors that may significantly affect the estimates include, among others, competitive forces, customer behavior and attrition, changes in revenue growth trends and specific industry or market sector conditions. Other key judgments in accounting for intangibles include determining the useful life of the particular asset and classifying assets as either goodwill (which does not require amortization) or identifiable intangible assets (which does require amortization).

Table of Contents

Other Real Estate

Other real estate (ORE) includes assets that have been acquired in satisfaction of debt through foreclosure and is recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less the estimated cost of disposition. Fair value is based on independent appraisals and other relevant factors. Other real estate is revalued on an annual basis or more often if market conditions necessitate. Valuation adjustments required at foreclosure are charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent to foreclosure, losses on the periodic revaluation of the property are charged against an ORE specific reserve or net income in ORE/Foreclosure expense, if a reserve does not exist. Significant judgments and complex estimates are required in estimating the fair value of other real estate, and the period of time within which such estimates can be considered current is significantly shortened during periods of market volatility, as experienced in recent years. As a result, the net proceeds realized from sales transactions could differ significantly from appraisals, comparable sales, and other estimates used to determine the fair value of other real estate.

Covered Other Real Estate

All other real estate acquired in a FDIC-assisted acquisition that is subject to a FDIC loss-share agreement is referred to as “covered other real estate” and reported separately in Trustmark’s consolidated balance sheets. Covered other real estate is reported exclusive of expected reimbursement cash flows from the FDIC. Foreclosed covered loan collateral is transferred into covered other real estate at the collateral’s net realizable value.

Covered other real estate is initially recorded at its estimated fair value on the acquisition date based on an independent appraisal less estimated selling costs. Any subsequent valuation adjustments due to declines in fair value are charged to noninterest expense and are mostly offset by noninterest income representing the corresponding increase to the FDIC indemnification asset for the offsetting loss reimbursement amount. Any recoveries of previous valuation adjustments are credited to noninterest expense with a corresponding charge to noninterest income for the portion of the recovery that is due to the FDIC.

Defined Benefit Plans

Trustmark’s plan assets, projected benefit liabilities and pension cost are determined utilizing actuarially-determined present value calculations. The valuation of the projected benefit obligation and net periodic pension expense for Trustmark’s plans (Capital Accumulation Plan and Supplemental Retirement Plan) requires Management to make estimates regarding the amount and timing of expected cash outflows. Several variables affect these calculations, including (i) size and characteristics of the associate population, (ii) discount rate, (iii) expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and (iv) recognition of actual returns on plan assets. Below is a brief description of these variables and the effect they have on pension cost.

Population and Characteristics of Associates. Pension cost is directly related to the number of associates covered by the plan and characteristics such as salary, age, years of service and benefit terms. In an effort to control expenses, the Board voted to freeze plan benefits effective May 15, 2009. Associates will not earn additional benefits, except for interest as required by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) regulations, after the effective date. Associates will retain their previously earned pension benefits. At December 31, 2012, the pension plan census totaled 2,588 associates.

Discount Rate. The discount rate utilized in determining the present value of the future benefit obligation is currently 3.50% (as compared to 4.00% at December 31, 2011). The discount rate for each plan is determined by matching the expected cash flows of each plan to a yield curve based on long term, high quality fixed income debt instruments available as of the measurement date (December 31, 2012). The discount rate is reset annually on the measurement date to reflect current economic conditions. If Trustmark assumes a 1.00% increase or decrease in the discount rate for Trustmark’s defined benefit plans and kept all other assumptions constant, the benefit cost associated with these plans would decrease or increase by approximately $888 thousand and $1.0 million, respectively.

Expected Long-Term Rate of Return on Plan Assets. Based on historical experience and market projection of the target asset allocation set forth in the investment policy for the Capital Accumulation Plan, the current pre-tax expected rate of return on the plan assets used in 2012 and 2011 was 8.0%. This expected rate of return is dependent upon the asset allocation decisions made with respect to plan assets. Annual differences, if any, between expected and actual return are included in the unrecognized net actuarial gain or loss amount. Trustmark generally amortizes any cumulative unrecognized net actuarial gain or loss in excess of 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the fair value of the plan assets. If Trustmark assumes a 1.00% increase or decrease in the expected long-term rate of return for the Capital Accumulation Plan, holding all other actuarial assumptions constant, the pension cost would decrease or increase by approximately $740 thousand.

Table of Contents

Recognition of Actual Asset Returns. Trustmark utilizes the provision of FASB ASC Topic 715, “Compensation – Retirement Benefits,” which allow for the use of asset values that smoothes investment gains and losses over a period of up to five years. This could partially mitigate the impact of short-term gains or losses on reported net income.

Other Actuarial Assumptions. To estimate the projected benefit obligation, actuarial assumptions are required to be made by Management, including mortality rate, retirement rate, disability rate and the rate of compensation increases. These factors do not change significantly over time, so the range of assumptions and their impact on net periodic pension expense is generally limited.

Contingent Liabilities

Trustmark estimates contingent liabilities based on Management’s evaluation of the probability of outcomes and their ability to estimate the range of exposure. As stated in FASB ASC Topic 450, a liability is contingent if the amount is not presently known but may become known in the future as a result of the occurrence of some uncertain future event. Accounting standards require that a liability be recorded if Management determines that it is probable that a loss has occurred, and the loss can be reasonably estimated. It is implicit in this standard that it must be probable that the loss will be confirmed by some future event. As part of the estimation process, Management is required to make assumptions about matters that are, by their nature, highly uncertain. The assessment of contingent liabilities, including legal contingencies and income tax liabilities, involves the use of critical estimates, assumptions and judgments. Management’s estimates are based on their belief that future events will validate the current assumptions regarding the ultimate outcome of these exposures. However, there can be no assurance that future events, such as court decisions or Internal Revenue Service positions, will not differ from Management’s assessments. Whenever practicable, Management consults with outside experts (attorneys, consultants, claims administrators, etc.) to assist with the gathering and evaluation of information related to contingent liabilities.

Recent Legislative and Regulatory Developments

On June 7, 2012, the Federal Reserve Board, FDIC and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) jointly issued proposed rules to enhance regulatory capital requirements. The proposed rules are designed to address perceived shortcomings in the existing regulatory capital requirements that became evident during the recent financial crisis by implementing capital requirements in the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act) and international capital regulatory standards by the Basel Committee. The proposed rules would increase and revise the federal bank agencies’ current minimum risk-based and leverage capital ratio requirements; introduce new risk-weight calculation methods for the “standardized” denominator; adopt a minimum common equity risk-based capital requirement; revise regulatory capital components and calculations; require regulatory capital buffers above the minimum risk-based capital requirements for certain banking organizations; and more generally restructure the agencies’ capital rules. Many of the proposed rules would apply to all depository institutions, bank holding companies with consolidated assets of $500 million or more, and savings and loan holding companies. The proposed rules also address the relevant provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, including removal of references to credit ratings in the capital rules and implementation of a capital floor, known as the “Collins Amendment.” The Federal Reserve Board, FDIC, and OCC indefinitely delayed the effective date of the proposed rules, and they did not indicate when they will issue final rules or when such rules would become effective. If implemented, it is expected that banking organizations subject to the proposed rules, including Trustmark, will be required to hold a greater amount of capital and a greater amount of common equity, than they are currently required to hold (although Trustmark’s and TNB’s current capital levels exceed the levels that are expected to be imposed once these proposed rules take effect).

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed the Dodd-Frank Act into law. The Dodd-Frank Act represents very broad and complex legislation that enacts sweeping changes to the financial services industry. As the Dodd-Frank Act continues to turn into specific regulatory requirements, there will be further business impacts across a myriad of industries, not just banking. Some of those impacts are readily anticipated such as the change to interchange fees. The Dodd-Frank Act amends the Electronic Fund Transfer Act to authorize the FRB to issue regulations regarding any interchange fee that an issuer may receive or charge for an electronic debit card transaction. On June 29, 2011, the FRB issued a final rule (Regulation II - Debit Card Interchange Fees and Routing) establishing standards for debit card interchange fees. Under the final rule, the maximum permissible interchange fee that an issuer may receive for an electronic debit transaction will be the sum of 21 cents per transaction and five basis points multiplied by the value of the transaction. This provision regarding debit card interchange fees was effective as of October 1, 2011. In addition, the FRB also approved an interim rule that allows for an upward adjustment of no more than one cent to an issuer's debit card interchange fee if the issuer develops and implements policies and procedures reasonably designed to achieve the fraud-prevention standards set out in the interim rule. The fraud-prevention adjustment was effective as of October 1, 2011, concurrent with the debit card interchange fee limits.

Table of Contents

In accordance with the statute, issuers that, together with their affiliates, have assets of less than $10.0 billion on the annual measurement date (December 31) are exempt from the debit card interchange fee standards. At December 31, 2011, Trustmark had assets of less than $10.0 billion; therefore, there was no impact of the FRB final rule (Regulation II - Debit Card Interchange Fees and Routing) to Trustmark’s noninterest income during 2012. However, following the closing of the merger with BancTrust on February 15, 2013, Trustmark had assets greater than $10.0 billion. Trustmark therefore expects that it will have assets greater than $10.0 billion as of the December 31 measurement date in 2013 and will be required to comply with the debit card interchange fee standards by July 1, 2014. Management estimates that the effect of the FRB final rule could reduce noninterest income by approximately $6.0 million to $8.0 million on an annual basis given Trustmark’s current debit card volumes. For more information on the merger with BancTrust, please see Note 2 - Business Combinations located in Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. Management is continuing to evaluate Trustmark’s product structure and services to offset the anticipated impact of the FRB final rule.

However, other impacts of the Dodd-Frank Act are subtle and are not yet capable of precise quantification. Many of these more subtle impacts will likely only emerge after months and perhaps years of further analysis and evaluation. In addition, certain provisions that affect deposit insurance assessments, payment of interest on demand deposits and interchange fees could increase the costs associated with deposits as well as place limitations on certain revenues those deposits may generate. Finally, implementation of certain significant provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will continue to occur over a multi-year period. Because many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to further rulemaking and will take effect over several years, it is difficult to anticipate the potential impact on Trustmark and its customers. It is clear, however, that the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act will require Management to invest significant time and resources to evaluate the potential impact of this Act. Management will continue to evaluate this impact as more details regarding the implementation of these provisions become available.

Financial Highlights

Net income available to common shareholders totaled $117.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared with $106.8 million for 2011 and $100.6 million for 2010. For 2012, Trustmark’s basic earnings per common share were $1.81 compared with $1.67 for 2011 and $1.58 for 2010. Diluted earnings per share were $1.81 for 2012, $1.66 for 2011 and $1.57 for 2010. At December 31, 2012, Trustmark reported gross loans, including loans held for sale and acquired loans, of $5.984 billion, total assets of $9.829 billion, total deposits of $7.897 billion and total shareholders’ equity of $1.287 billion. Trustmark’s financial performance for 2012 resulted in a return on average tangible common shareholders’ equity of 12.55%, a return on common equity of 9.30% and a return on assets of 1.20%. These compared with 2011 ratios of 12.25% for return on average tangible common shareholders’ equity, 8.95% for return on common equity and 1.11% for return on assets, while in 2010 the return on average tangible common shareholders’ equity was 12.31%, the return on common equity was 8.79% and the return on assets was 1.08%.

Net income available to common shareholders for 2012 increased $10.4 million, or 9.8%, compared to 2011. The increase was primarily the result of a decline in the provision for loan losses, LHFI, of $22.9 million. The increase in net income available to common shareholders was partially offset by a decline in interest income of $20.3 million predominantly due to decreases in interest and fees on loans and interest on securities-taxable, all as a result of the lower interest rate environment in 2012 as compared with 2011. For additional information on the changes in noninterest income and noninterest expense, please see accompanying sections included in Results of Operations.

Trustmark’s 2012 provision for loan losses, LHFI, totaled $6.8 million, a decrease of $22.9 million when compared to 2011, while total net charge-offs decreased to $17.5 million during 2012, compared to $33.7 million for 2011 and $59.7 million for 2010. Total nonperforming assets, excluding acquired loans and covered other real estate, were $160.6 million at December 31, 2012, a decrease of $29.0 million compared to December 31, 2011. In addition, the percentage of loans, excluding acquired loans, that are 30 days or more past due and nonaccrual LHFI fell in 2012 to 3.10% compared to 3.23% in 2011 and 3.46% for 2010. These declines in 2012 exhibit the continued improvement in Trustmark’s credit quality as significant progress was made in the resolution of credit issues.

On March 16, 2012, Trustmark completed its merger with Bay Bank. Trustmark paid consideration of approximately $22 million in cash and stock for all outstanding shares of Bay Bank common stock. At December 31, 2012, the carrying value of loans and deposits acquired from Bay Bank was $79.5 million and $178.9 million, respectively. Earnings for the year ended December 31, 2012, reflected a non-routine bargain purchase gain of $3.6 million, which was partially offset by non-routine merger expenses of $1.6 million, net of taxes. Collectively, the net impact of these two items increased net income in 2012 by approximately $2.0 million, or approximately $0.03 per share. The bargain purchase gain of $3.6 million was recognized as other noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2012. Included in noninterest expense are non-routine Bay Bank transaction expenses totaling approximately $2.6 million pre-tax (these included change in control and severance expense of $672 thousand included in salaries and employee benefits and contract termination and other expenses of $1.9 million included in other expense).

Table of Contents

Significant Non-routine Transactions

Presented below are adjustments to net income as reported in accordance with GAAP resulting from significant non-routine items occurring during the periods presented. Management believes this information will help readers compare Trustmark’s current results to those of prior periods as presented in the accompanying selected financial data table and the audited consolidated financial statements. Readers are cautioned that these adjustments are not permitted under GAAP. Trustmark encourages readers to consider its audited consolidated financial statements and the notes related thereto, included in Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this report, in their entirety, and not to rely on any single financial measure.

Significant Non-routine Transactions

($ in thousands, except per share data)

	Years Ended December 31,
	2012						2011						2010
	Amount			Diluted EPS			Amount			Diluted EPS			Amount			Diluted EPS

Net Income available to common shareholders (GAAP)	$	117,283		$	1.809		$	106,841		$	1.663		$	100,636		$	1.571

Significant non-routine transactions (net of taxes):
Bargain purchase gain on acquisition		(2,245	)		(0.035	)		(4,604	)		(0.072	)		-			-
Non-routine transaction expenses on acquisition		1,599			0.025			-			-			-			-
Acquisition termination fee, net of expenses		-			-			-			-			(811	)		(0.013	)
		(646	)		(0.010	)		(4,604	)		(0.072	)		(811	)		(0.013	)

Net Income available to common shareholders adjusted for significant non-routine transactions (Non-GAAP)	$	116,637		$	1.799		$	102,237		$	1.591		$	99,825		$	1.558

Bargain Purchase Gain on Acquisition

Trustmark recorded a bargain purchase gain of $3.6 million as a result of the Bay Bank acquisition. Trustmark initially recorded a bargain purchase gain of $2.8 million during the first quarter of 2012 and subsequently increased the bargain purchase gain $881 thousand during the second quarter of 2012 as the fair values associated with the Bay Bank acquisition were finalized. The bargain purchase gain represents the excess of the net of the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed over the consideration paid to Bay Bank. The bargain purchase gain of $3.6 million was recognized as other noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2012.

TNB recorded a pretax bargain purchase gain of $7.5 million as a result of the Heritage acquisition during the second quarter of 2011. The bargain purchase gain represents the net of the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed and is influenced significantly by the FDIC-assisted transaction process. Under the FDIC-assisted transaction process, only certain assets and liabilities are transferred to the acquirer and, depending on the nature and amount of the acquirer's bid, the FDIC may be required to make a cash payment to the acquirer. The gain was recognized as other noninterest income in Trustmark’s consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Non-routine Transaction Expenses on Acquisition

Included in noninterest expense during 2012 are non-routine Bay Bank transaction expenses totaling approximately $2.6 million (these included change in control and severance expense of $672 thousand included in salaries and benefits and contract termination and other expenses of $1.9 million included in other expense).

Acquisition Termination Fee, Net of Expenses

On September 21, 2010, Trustmark and Cadence Financial Corporation (Cadence), a Mississippi corporation with assets of $1.9 billion at June 30, 2010, entered into an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (Agreement) pursuant to which Cadence agreed to merge with and into Trustmark (the Merger). The Agreement contemplated that Cadence’s wholly-owned banking subsidiary, Cadence Bank, N.A., would be merged with and into TNB immediately following the Merger. On October 6, 2010, Trustmark received notice that the board of directors of Cadence had accepted another acquisition proposal and terminated the Agreement with Trustmark dated September 21, 2010. This action triggered a termination fee of $2.0 million from Cadence, which was recognized in other noninterest income and was offset by direct expenses of $687 thousand included in other noninterest expense.

Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to capital ratios defined by GAAP and banking regulators, Trustmark utilizes various tangible common equity measures when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy. Tangible common equity, as defined by Trustmark, represents common equity less goodwill and identifiable intangible assets.

Trustmark believes these measures are important because they reflect the level of capital available to withstand unexpected market conditions. Additionally, presentation of these measures allows readers to compare certain aspects of Trustmark’s capitalization to other organizations. These ratios differ from capital measures defined by banking regulators principally in that the numerator excludes shareholders’ equity associated with preferred securities, the nature and extent of which varies across organizations.

These calculations are intended to complement the capital ratios defined by GAAP and banking regulators. Because GAAP does not include these capital ratio measures, Trustmark believes there are no comparable GAAP financial measures to these tangible common equity ratios. Despite the importance of these measures to Trustmark, there are no standardized definitions for them and, as a result, Trustmark’s calculations may not be comparable with other organizations. Also there may be limits in the usefulness of these measures to investors. As a result, Trustmark encourages readers to consider its audited consolidated financial statements and the notes related thereto in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure. The following table reconciles Trustmark’s calculation of these measures to amounts reported under GAAP.

In addition, Trustmark presents in this report a table which illustrates the impact of significant nonrecurring transactions on net income available to common shareholders as reported under GAAP. For this table, please see Financial Highlights – Significant Non-routine Transactions shown above.

Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
($ in thousands, except per share data)
		Years Ended December 31,
		2012			2011			2010
TANGIBLE COMMON EQUITY
AVERAGE BALANCES
Total shareholders' equity		$	1,261,617		$	1,194,273		$	1,144,481
Less: Goodwill			(291,104	)		(291,104	)		(291,104	)
Identifiable intangible assets			(17,348	)		(15,464	)		(18,149	)
Total average tangible common equity		$	953,165		$	887,705		$	835,228

PERIOD END BALANCES
Total shareholders' equity		$	1,287,369		$	1,215,037		$	1,149,484
Less: Goodwill			(291,104	)		(291,104	)		(291,104	)
Identifiable intangible assets			(17,306	)		(14,076	)		(16,306	)
Total tangible common equity	(a)	$	978,959		$	909,857		$	842,074

TANGIBLE ASSETS
Total assets		$	9,828,667		$	9,727,007		$	9,553,902
Less: Goodwill			(291,104	)		(291,104	)		(291,104	)
Identifiable intangible assets			(17,306	)		(14,076	)		(16,306	)
Total tangible assets	(b)	$	9,520,257		$	9,421,827		$	9,246,492

Risk-weighted assets	(c)	$	6,723,259		$	6,576,953		$	6,672,174

NET INCOME ADJUSTED FOR INTANGIBLE AMORTIZATION
Net income available to common shareholders		$	117,283		$	106,841		$	100,636
Plus: Intangible amortization net of tax			2,339			1,945			2,173
Net income adjusted for intangible amortization		$	119,622		$	108,786		$	102,809

Period end common shares outstanding	(d)		64,820,414			64,142,498			63,917,591

TANGIBLE COMMON EQUITY MEASUREMENTS
Return on average tangible common equity 1			12.55	%		12.25	%		12.31	%
Tangible common equity/tangible assets	(a)/(b)		10.28	%		9.66	%		9.11	%
Tangible common equity/risk-weighted assets	(a)/(c)		14.56	%		13.83	%		12.62	%
Tangible common book value	(a)/(d)*1,000	$	15.10		$	14.18		$	13.17

TIER 1 COMMON RISK-BASED CAPITAL
Total shareholders' equity		$	1,287,369		$	1,215,037		$	1,149,484
Eliminate qualifying AOCI			(3,395	)		(3,121	)		11,426
Qualifying tier 1 capital			60,000			60,000			60,000
Disallowed goodwill			(291,104	)		(291,104	)		(291,104	)
Adj to goodwill allowed for deferred taxes			13,035			11,625			10,215
Other disallowed intangibles			(17,306	)		(14,076	)		(16,306	)
Disallowed servicing intangible			(4,734	)		(4,327	)		(5,115	)
Total tier 1 capital		$	1,043,865		$	974,034		$	918,600
Less: Qualifying tier 1 capital			(60,000	)		(60,000	)		(60,000	)
Total tier 1 common capital	(e)	$	983,865		$	914,034		$	858,600

Tier 1 common risk-based capital ratio	(e)/(c)		14.63	%		13.90	%		12.87	%

1 Calculation = net income adjusted for intangible amortization/total average tangible common equity

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is the principal component of Trustmark’s income stream and represents the difference, or spread, between interest and fee income generated from earning assets and the interest expense paid on deposits and borrowed funds. Fluctuations in interest rates, as well as volume and mix changes in earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, can materially impact net interest income. The net interest margin (NIM) is computed by dividing fully taxable equivalent net interest income by average interest-earning assets and measures how effectively Trustmark utilizes its interest-earning assets in relationship to the interest cost of funding them. The accompanying Yield/Rate Analysis Table shows the average balances for all assets and liabilities of Trustmark and the interest income or expense associated with earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The yields and rates have been computed based upon interest income and expense adjusted to a fully taxable equivalent (FTE) basis using a 35% federal marginal tax rate for all periods shown. Loans on nonaccrual have been included in the average loan balances, and interest collected prior to these loans having been placed on nonaccrual has been included in interest income. Loan fees included in interest associated with the average loan balances are immaterial.

As previously discussed, Trustmark (through TNB) acquired Bay Bank during the first quarter of 2012. This acquisition resulted in additional net interest income of $5.6 million during 2012, and growth in both average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities of $91.8 million and $105.2 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2012. During the second quarter of 2011, Trustmark (through TNB) acquired Heritage. This acquisition resulted in additional net interest income of $8.7 million during 2011, and growth in both average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities of $59.7 million and $106.6 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2011. Amounts relating to these acquisitions are included in the current and prior year balances shown in the following three paragraphs.

Net interest income-FTE during 2012 decreased $8.1 million, or 2.2%, when compared with 2011. The net interest margin decreased 17 basis points to 4.09% during 2012 when compared with 2011. The decline in the net interest margin during 2012 is primarily a result of a downward repricing of loans and securities in response to the current lower interest rate environment, partially offset by improvements in the accreted yield of acquired covered loans as well as modest declines in the cost of interest-bearing deposits.

Average interest-earning assets for 2012 were $8.699 billion compared with $8.534 billion for 2011, an increase of $164.6 million. The growth in average interest-earning assets was due to an increase in average total securities of $206.4 million, or 8.6%, during 2012. The increase in securities, which resulted primarily from purchases of U.S. Government-sponsored agency guaranteed and highly rated asset-backed securities net of maturities and paydowns, was partially offset by a decrease in average total loans (including loans held for sale and acquired loans) of $36.4 million, or 0.6%, during 2012. The decrease in average total loans is directly attributable to paydowns in 1-4 family mortgage loans as well as the decision in prior years to discontinue indirect consumer auto loan financing. During 2012, interest on securities-taxable decreased $8.9 million, or 11.7%, as the yield on taxable securities decreased 66 basis points when compared with 2011 due to run-off of higher yielding securities replaced at lower yields. During 2012, interest and fees on loans-FTE decreased $11.4 million, or 3.6%, due to lower average loan balances while the yield on loans fell to 5.11% compared to 5.26% during 2011. As a result of these factors, interest income-FTE decreased $20.5 million, or 5.0%, when 2012 is compared with 2011. The impact of these changes is also reflected in the decline in the yield on total earning assets, which fell from 4.76% in 2011 to 4.44% in 2012, a decrease of 32 basis points.

Average interest-bearing liabilities for 2012 totaled $6.418 billion compared with $6.527 billion for 2011, a decrease of $109.2 million, or 1.7%. During 2012, average interest-bearing deposits increased $89.5 million, or 1.6%, while the combination of federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements and other borrowings decreased by $198.8 million, or 26.0%. The overall yield on interest-bearing liabilities declined 18 basis points during 2012 when compared with 2011, primarily due to a reduction in the costs of certificates of deposit and higher yielding money market accounts. As a result of these factors, total interest expense for 2012 decreased $12.4 million, or 28.7%, when compared with 2011.

Net interest income-FTE during 2011 decreased $1.9 million, or 0.5%, when compared with 2010. The net interest margin decreased 15 basis points to 4.26% during 2011 when compared with 2010. During 2011, net interest income-FTE included $3.8 million associated with the re-estimation of cash flows required by FASB ASC 310-30 accounting guidelines. This re-estimation increased the yield on loans and earning assets by 6 basis points and 4 basis points, respectively. Excluding this adjustment, the core net interest margin for year ended December 31, 2011, equaled 4.21%. The decline in the core net interest margin during 2011 is primarily a result of a downward repricing of fixed rate assets, accelerated premium amortization within the investment portfolio driven by a decline in interest rates and changes to Trustmark’s asset mix as lower yielding securities supplemented declines in higher yielding loan products. The impact of this was partially offset by declines in deposit costs, mostly within certificates of deposits and higher yielding money market accounts.

Table of Contents

Average interest-earning assets for 2011 were $8.534 billion compared with $8.287 billion for 2010, an increase of $247.2 million or 3.0%. The growth in average earning assets was due to an increase in average total securities of $443.4 million, or 22.7%, during 2011. The increase in securities was partially offset by a decrease in average total loans (including covered loans) of $191.6 million, or 3.0%, during 2011. This decrease reflects Trustmark’s on-going efforts to reduce exposure to construction and land development lending, the decision in prior years to discontinue indirect consumer auto financing, as well as limited demand for loans. The overall yield on securities decreased 87 basis points when compared with 2010 due to run-off of higher yielding securities replaced at lower yields as well as accelerated premium amortization driven by a decline in interest rates. During 2011, interest and fees on loans-FTE decreased $13.7 million, or 4.1%, due to lower average loan balances while the yield on loans fell slightly to 5.26% compared to 5.32% during 2010. As a result of these factors, interest income-FTE decreased $15.1 million, or 3.6%, when 2011 is compared with 2010. The impact of these changes is also illustrated by the decline in the yield on total earning assets, which fell from 5.09% in 2010 to 4.76% in 2011, a decrease of 33 basis points.

Average interest-bearing liabilities for 2011 totaled $6.527 billion compared with $6.445 billion for 2010, a slight increase of $82.2 million, or 1.3%. During 2011, average interest-bearing deposits increased $249.3 million, or 4.5%, while the combination of federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements and other borrowings decreased by $167.1 million, or 17.9%. The overall yield on interest-bearing liabilities declined 21 basis points during 2011 when compared with 2010, primarily due to a reduction in the costs of certificates of deposit and high yield money market accounts. As a result of these factors, total interest expense for 2011 decreased $13.2 million, or 23.4%, when compared with 2010.

Table of Contents

Yield/Rate Analysis Table

($ in thousands)

	Years Ended December 31,
	2012								2011								2010

	Average					Yield/			Average					Yield/			Average					Yield/
	Balance			Interest		Rate			Balance			Interest		Rate			Balance			Interest		Rate
Assets
Interest-earning assets:
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements	$	7,552		$	26		0.34	%	$	7,871		$	30		0.38	%	$	9,274		$	36		0.39	%
Securities available for sale:
Taxable		2,386,552			65,390		2.74	%		2,146,773			72,614		3.38	%		1,643,995			69,750		4.24	%
Nontaxable		166,790			7,125		4.27	%		157,879			6,922		4.38	%		117,116			5,796		4.95	%
Securities held to maturity:
Taxable		29,551			1,560		5.28	%		66,164			3,229		4.88	%		151,361			7,328		4.84	%
Nontaxable		19,188			1,218		6.35	%		24,891			1,609		6.46	%		39,787			2,784		7.00	%
Loans (including acquired loans and LHFS)		6,057,423			309,395		5.11	%		6,093,804			320,804		5.26	%		6,285,443			334,527		5.32	%
Other earning assets		31,669			1,342		4.24	%		36,719			1,321		3.60	%		39,954			1,409		3.53	%
Total interest-earning assets		8,698,725			386,056		4.44	%		8,534,101			406,529		4.76	%		8,286,930			421,630		5.09	%
Cash and due from banks		244,952								219,058								211,632
Other assets		949,328								922,905								895,764
Allowance for loan losses		(89,954	)							(92,621	)							(102,499	)
Total Assets	$	9,803,051							$	9,583,443							$	9,291,827

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest-bearing demand deposits	$	1,542,601			3,975		0.26	%	$	1,528,963			7,077		0.46	%	$	1,322,382			8,621		0.65	%
Savings deposits		2,357,424			6,004		0.25	%		2,131,057			8,144		0.38	%		1,925,159			8,479		0.44	%
Time deposits		1,952,948			14,625		0.75	%		2,103,404			21,073		1.00	%		2,266,606			31,557		1.39	%
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements		370,283			588		0.16	%		507,925			965		0.19	%		580,427			1,183		0.20	%
Short-term borrowings		83,042			1,208		1.45	%		142,984			1,605		1.12	%		209,550			1,798		0.86	%
Long-term FHLB advances		-			-		0.00	%		1,240			7		0.56	%		22,441			133		0.59	%
Subordinated notes		49,854			2,894		5.80	%		49,821			2,894		5.81	%		49,789			2,894		5.81	%
Junior subordinated debt securities		61,856			1,375		2.22	%		61,856			1,271		2.05	%		68,703			1,530		2.23	%
Total interest-bearing liabilities		6,418,008			30,669		0.48	%		6,527,250			43,036		0.66	%		6,445,057			56,195		0.87	%
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits		2,006,230								1,761,946								1,602,187
Other liabilities		117,196								99,974								100,102
Shareholders' equity		1,261,617								1,194,273								1,144,481
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity	$	9,803,051							$	9,583,443							$	9,291,827

Net Interest Margin					355,387		4.09	%					363,493		4.26	%					365,435		4.41	%

Less tax equivalent adjustments:
Investments					2,920								2,986								3,003
Loans					11,477								11,564								10,409
Net Interest Margin per Income Statements				$	340,990							$	348,943							$	352,023

Table of Contents

The table below shows the change from year to year for each component of the tax equivalent net interest margin in the amount generated by volume changes and the amount generated by changes in the yield or rate (tax equivalent basis):

Volume/Rate Analysis Table	2012 Compared to 2011									2011 Compared to 2010
($ in thousands)	Increase (Decrease) Due To:									Increase (Decrease) Due To:
				Yield/									Yield/
	Volume			Rate			Net			Volume			Rate			Net
Interest earned on:
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements	$	(1	)	$	(3	)	$	(4	)	$	(5	)	$	(1	)	$	(6	)
Securities available for sale:
Taxable		7,515			(14,739	)		(7,224	)		18,723			(15,859	)		2,864
Nontaxable		381			(178	)		203			1,850			(724	)		1,126
Securities held to maturity:
Taxable		(1,915	)		246			(1,669	)		(4,159	)		60			(4,099	)
Nontaxable		(364	)		(27	)		(391	)		(974	)		(201	)		(1,175	)
Loans, net of unearned income (includes acquired loans and LHFS)		(1,975	)		(9,434	)		(11,409	)		(10,018	)		(3,705	)		(13,723	)
Other earning assets		(196	)		217			21			(116	)		28			(88	)
Total interest-earning assets		3,445			(23,918	)		(20,473	)		5,301			(20,402	)		(15,101	)

Interest paid on:
Interest-bearing demand deposits		61			(3,163	)		(3,102	)		1,213			(2,757	)		(1,544	)
Savings deposits		806			(2,946	)		(2,140	)		868			(1,203	)		(335	)
Time deposits		(1,435	)		(5,013	)		(6,448	)		(2,141	)		(8,343	)		(10,484	)
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements		(239	)		(138	)		(377	)		(156	)		(62	)		(218	)
Short-term borrowings		(787	)		390			(397	)		(657	)		464			(193	)
Long-term FHLB advances		(3	)		(4	)		(7	)		(119	)		(7	)		(126	)
Subordinated notes		3			(3	)		-			-			-			-
Junior subordinated debt securities		-			104			104			(143	)		(116	)		(259	)
Total interest-bearing liabilities		(1,594	)		(10,773	)		(12,367	)		(1,135	)		(12,024	)		(13,159	)
Change in net interest income on a tax equivalent basis	$	5,039		$	(13,145	)	$	(8,106	)	$	6,436		$	(8,378	)	$	(1,942	)

The change in interest due to both volume and yield/rate has been allocated to change due to volume and change due to yield/rate in proportion to the absolute value of the change in each. Tax-exempt income has been adjusted to a tax equivalent basis using a tax rate of 35% for each of the three years presented. The balances of nonaccrual loans and related income recognized have been included for purposes of these computations.

Provision for Loan Losses, LHFI

The provision for loan losses, LHFI is determined by Management as the amount necessary to adjust the allowance for loan losses, LHFI to a level, which, in Management’s best estimate, is necessary to absorb probable losses within the existing loan portfolio. The provision for loan losses, LHFI reflects loan quality trends, including the levels of and trends related to nonaccrual LHFI, past due LHFI, potential problem LHFI, criticized LHFI, net charge-offs or recoveries and growth in the LHFI portfolio among other factors. Accordingly, the amount of the provision reflects both the necessary increases in the allowance for loan losses, LHFI related to newly identified criticized LHFI, as well as the actions taken related to other LHFI including, among other things, any necessary increases or decreases in required allowances for specific loans or loan pools. As shown in the table below, the provision for loan losses, LHFI, for 2012 totaled $6.8 million, or 0.11% of average loans, compared with $29.7 million, or 0.49% of average loans in 2011 and $49.5 million, or 0.79% of average loans in 2010. Reduced loan provisioning during 2012 was a result of decreased levels of criticized LHFI, lower net charge-offs, adequate reserves established in prior years for both new and existing impaired LHFI, net loan risk rate upgrades and a smaller overall loan portfolio. While provisioning declined in each of Trustmark’s four key market regions, the 2012 reduction was primarily a result of improvements in the Florida market. The decrease in the provision for loan losses, LHFI during 2012 was partially offset by an additional provision of approximately $1.4 million as a result of a revision to the quantitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for consumer and residential LHFI. Trustmark converted the historical loss factor from a 20 quarter to a 12 quarter net charge-off rolling average and also developed a separate reserve for junior liens on 1-4 family LHFI. For additional information on the change to the quantitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for consumer and residential LHFI, please see the section captioned “LHFI and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI” included in Earning Assets located elsewhere in this report.

Table of Contents

Provision for Loan Losses, LHFI
($ in thousands)	Years Ended December 31,
	2012			2011		2010
Florida	$	(730	)	$	16,500	$	19,926
Mississippi (1)		7,790			9,917		14,249
Tennessee (2)		460			786		5,612
Texas		(754	)		2,501		9,759
Total provision for loan losses, LHFI	$	6,766		$	29,704	$	49,546

(1) - Mississippi includes Central and Southern Mississippi Regions

(2) - Tennessee includes Memphis, Tennessee and Northern Mississippi Regions

Trustmark continues to devote significant resources to managing credit risks resulting from the slowdown in residential real estate developments. Management believes that the construction and land development portfolio is appropriately risk rated and adequately reserved based on current conditions.

See the section captioned “LHFI and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI” elsewhere in this discussion for further analysis of the provision for loan losses, LHFI, which includes the table of nonperforming assets.

Provision for Loan Losses, Acquired Loans

Provisions for loan losses, acquired loans are recognized subsequent to acquisition to the extent it is probable that Trustmark will be unable to collect all cash flows expected at acquisition plus additional cash flows expected to be collected arising from changes in estimates after acquisition, considering both the timing and amount of those expected cash flows. Provisions may be required when actual losses of unpaid principal incurred exceed previous loss expectations to date, or future cash flows previously expected to be collectible are no longer probable of collection. The provision for loan losses, acquired loans, is reflected as a valuation allowance netted against the carrying value of the acquired loans balance accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30. The provision for loan losses, acquired loans was $5.5 million for 2012, as compared to $624 thousand for 2011 and no provision for 2010. The provision for loan losses, acquired loans was initially established during the fourth quarter of 2011 as a result of valuation procedures performed during the period. The increase in the provision for loan losses, acquired loans during 2012 was a result of changes in expectations based on the periodic re-estimations performed during the year and the increased acquired loan portfolio as a result of the Bay Bank acquisition.

Table of Contents

Noninterest Income

Trustmark’s noninterest income continues to play an important role in improving net income and total shareholder value and represents 33.7%, 31.4% and 31.7% of total revenue, before securities gains, net in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Total noninterest income before securities gains, net for 2012 increased $14.4 million compared to 2011, while total noninterest income before securities gains, net for 2011 decreased $3.8 million compared to 2010. The comparative components of noninterest income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, are shown in the accompanying table.

Noninterest Income
($ in thousands)
	2012					2011					2010
	Amount		% Change			Amount		% Change			Amount		% Change
Service charges on deposit accounts	$	50,351		-2.6	%	$	51,707		-6.3	%	$	55,183		2.0	%
Mortgage banking, net		40,960		52.8	%		26,812		-8.6	%		29,345		1.6	%
Bank card and other fees		30,445		10.8	%		27,474		9.8	%		25,014		8.6	%
Insurance commissions		28,205		4.6	%		26,966		-2.6	%		27,691		-4.8	%
Wealth management		23,056		0.4	%		22,962		5.0	%		21,872		-0.9	%
Other, net		1,113		-71.1	%		3,853		-14.2	%		4,493		-20.0	%
Total Noninterest Income before securities gains, net		174,130		9.0	%		159,774		-2.3	%		163,598		0.5	%
Securities gains, net		1,059		n/m			80		-96.6	%		2,329		-57.4	%
Total Noninterest Income	$	175,189		9.6	%	$	159,854		-3.7	%	$	165,927		-1.4	%

n/m - percentage changes greater than +/- 100% are not considered meaningful

Service Charges on Deposit Accounts

Service charges on deposit accounts during 2012 totaled $50.4 million, a decrease of $1.4 million from the same time period in 2011. This decrease was due to a decrease in non-sufficient funds/overdraft fees of approximately $2.0 million, partially offset by the increase in service charges resulting from the monthly service charge fee on a personal account product Trustmark began offering during the fourth quarter of 2011. Service charges on deposit accounts during 2011 totaled $51.7 million, a decline of $3.5 million from the same time period in 2010. This decline was due to a reduction in NSF fees of $3.2 million which primarily resulted from the impact of the FRB rule (Regulation E - Electronic Fund Transfers) that went into effect during the third quarter of 2010. Regulation E prohibits financial institutions, such as Trustmark, from charging customers for paying overdrafts on ATM and one-time debit card transactions, unless the customer consents to the overdraft service for those products. In addition, on September 1, 2011, Trustmark implemented a five-item maximum per day for personal account overdrafts, which reduced noninterest income by approximately $400 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2011. The full impact of this change was a reduction in noninterest income of an estimated $1.1 million for 2012.

As previously reported, Trustmark continues to review selected components of its overdraft programs, specifically its processing sequences. Trustmark implemented a modification to the processing sequence component of its overdraft programs on October 1, 2012, which reduced noninterest income by approximately $750 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2012. Management estimates this modification could reduce service charges included in noninterest income by approximately $3.0 million in 2013.

Mortgage Banking, Net

Net revenue from mortgage banking was $41.0 million during 2012, compared with $26.8 million in 2011 and $29.3 million in 2010. Mortgage banking, net increased $14.1 million during 2012 compared to a decrease of $2.5 million during 2011 primarily due to a significant increase in gains on sales of loans during the year. Loans serviced for others totaled $5.171 billion at December 31, 2012, compared with $4.518 billion at December 31, 2011, and $4.330 billion at December 31, 2010.

Table of Contents

The following table illustrates the components of mortgage banking revenue included in noninterest income in the accompanying income statements:

Mortgage Banking Income

($ in thousands)

	2012						2011						2010
	Amount			% Change			Amount			% Change			Amount			% Change
Mortgage servicing income, net	$	16,202			9.5	%	$	14,790			6.2	%	$	13,927			-12.3	%
Change in fair value-MSR from runoff		(9,808	)		-42.0	%		(6,907	)		5.4	%		(7,305	)		14.7	%
Gain on sales of loans, net		33,919			n/m			11,952			-22.0	%		15,317			-26.2	%
Other, net		4,022			58.2	%		2,542			n/m			94			-88.6	%
Mortgage banking income before hedge ineffectiveness		44,335			98.1	%		22,377			1.6	%		22,033			-23.7	%
Change in fair value-MSR from market changes		(9,378	)		38.0	%		(15,130	)		-69.2	%		(8,943	)		n/m
Change in fair value of derivatives		6,003			-69.3	%		19,565			20.4	%		16,255			n/m
Net (negative) positive hedge ineffectiveness		(3,375	)		n/m			4,435			-39.3	%		7,312			n/m
Mortgage banking, net	$	40,960			52.8	%	$	26,812			-8.6	%	$	29,345			1.6	%

n/m - percentage changes greater than +/- 100% are not considered meaningful

Representing a significant component of mortgage banking income is gain on the sales of loans, net which equaled $33.9 million in 2012 compared with $12.0 million in 2011 and $15.3 million in 2010. The increase in the gain on sales of loans, net during 2012 resulted from growth in loan sales and higher profit margins from secondary marketing activities as customers continued to take advantage of opportunities to refinance existing mortgages at historically low interest rates. The gain on sales of loans, net decreased during 2011 as a result of a reduction in loan sales and lower profit margins when compared to 2010. Loan sales increased $846.4 million during 2012 to total $1.816 billion compared to a decrease of $179.8 million during 2011 to total $969.4 million.

As part of Trustmark’s risk management strategy, exchange-traded derivative instruments are utilized to offset changes in the fair value of MSR attributable to changes in interest rates. Changes in the fair value of these exchange-traded derivative instruments are recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by the changes in the fair value of MSR. The MSR fair value represents the present value of future cash flows, which among other things includes decay and the effect of changes in interest rates. Ineffectiveness of hedging the MSR fair value is measured by comparing the change in value of hedge instruments to the change in the fair value of the MSR asset attributable to changes in interest rates and other market driven changes in valuation inputs and assumptions. During 2012, net negative ineffectiveness of the MSR hedge was $3.4 million, which primarily resulted from the spread contraction between primary mortgage rates and yields on the ten-year Treasury note partially offset by hedge income produced by a positively-sloped yield curve and net option premium.

In comparison, during 2011, net positive ineffectiveness of the MSR hedge was $4.4 million, which primarily resulted from widening in the spread between primary mortgage rates and the yield on the ten-year Treasury note. Also contributing to the positive ineffectiveness was a modest income generated from a positively-sloped yield curve and net option premium, which are both core components of the MSR hedge strategy.

Other mortgage banking income, net increased by approximately $1.5 million during 2012 and $2.4 million during 2011 and resulted primarily from a net valuation increase in the fair value of loans held for sale, interest rate lock commitments and forward sale contracts during those years.

Bank Card and Other Fees

Bank card and other fees totaled $30.4 million during 2012, compared with $27.5 million in 2011 and $25.0 million in 2010. Bank card and other fees consist primarily of fees earned on bank card products as well as fees on various bank products and services and safe deposit box fees. The increases in both 2012 and 2011 were primarily the result of growth in fees earned on ATMs and bank card products due to increased consumer utilization and income related to the commercial borrower hedge program. For additional information on Trustmark’s commercial borrower hedge program, please see “Derivatives” included in Asset/Liability Management located elsewhere in this report.

The Dodd-Frank Act amends the Electronic Fund Transfer Act to authorize the FRB to issue regulations regarding any interchange fee that an issuer may receive or charge for an electronic debit card transaction. On June 29, 2011, the FRB issued a final rule (Regulation II - Debit Card Interchange Fees and Routing) establishing standards for debit card interchange fees. Under the final rule, the maximum permissible interchange fee that an issuer may receive for an electronic debit transaction will be the sum of 21 cents per transaction and five basis points multiplied by the value of the transaction. This provision regarding debit card interchange fees was effective as of October 1, 2011. In addition, the FRB also approved an interim rule that allows for an upward adjustment of no more than one cent to an issuer's debit card interchange fee if the issuer develops and implements policies and procedures reasonably designed to achieve the fraud-prevention standards set out in the interim rule. The fraud-prevention adjustment was effective as of October 1, 2011, concurrent with the debit card interchange fee limits.

Table of Contents

In accordance with the statute, issuers that, together with their affiliates, have assets of less than $10.0 billion on the annual measurement date (December 31) are exempt from the debit card interchange fee standards. At December 31, 2011, Trustmark had assets of less than $10.0 billion; therefore, there was no impact of the FRB final rule (Regulation II - Debit Card Interchange Fees and Routing) to Trustmark’s noninterest income during 2012. However, following the closing of the merger with BancTrust on February 15, 2013, Trustmark had assets greater than $10.0 billion. Trustmark therefore expects that it will have assets greater than $10.0 billion as of the December 31 measurement date in 2013 and will be required to comply with the debit card interchange fee standards by July 1, 2014. Management estimates that the effect of the FRB final rule could reduce noninterest income by approximately $6.0 million to $8.0 million on an annual basis given Trustmark’s current debit card volumes. For more information on the merger with BancTrust, please see Note 2 - Business Combinations located in Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. Management is continuing to evaluate Trustmark’s product structure and services to offset the anticipated impact of the FRB final rule.

Insurance Commissions

Insurance commissions were $28.2 million during 2012, compared with $27.0 million in 2011 and $27.7 million in 2010. The increase in insurance commissions experienced during 2012 was primarily due to new business commission volume and increasing premium rates on commercial property and casualty policies and group health coverage. Improvements in these business lines compensated for a small decline in personal and life insurance sales. Downward rate pressures on insurable risks have begun to subside, with most lines experiencing price increases as renewals occur. General business activity has improved slightly, resulting in a small increase in the demand for coverage on inventories, property, equipment, general liability and workers’ compensation. The decline in insurance commissions experienced during 2011 was primarily due to lower commission volume on commercial property and casualty policies, primarily in the Florida markets.

Wealth Management

Wealth management income totaled $23.1 million for 2012, compared with $23.0 million in 2011 and $21.9 million in 2010. Wealth management consists of income related to investment management, trust and brokerage services. During 2012, the slight growth in wealth management income is attributable to improved market conditions that in turn have generally improved market values in client accounts, growth in new custody business, inclusion of the trust operation of Bay Bank, brokerage activities, and growth in Trustmark’s Houston market. These improvements offset the effect of deteriorating revenue from the Performance Funds Trust (Performance Funds) prior to the reorganization and sale of the Performance Funds in the third quarter of 2012 and declines in Personal Trust revenue. The growth in wealth management income in 2011 was largely attributable to improved market conditions that in turn generally improved market values in client accounts, as well as growth in retirement planning services and brokerage activities. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, Trustmark held assets under management and administration of $6.610 billion and $7.292 billion and brokerage assets of $1.316 billion and $1.185 billion, respectively.

During the third quarter of 2012, Trustmark completed the sale and reorganization of $929.0 million of assets managed by Trustmark Investment Advisors (TIA) for the Performance Funds to Federated Investors, Inc. (Federated) and certain of Federated’s subsidiaries, pursuant to the terms of the previously announced definitive agreement between Federated, TIA, and TNB. The sale resulted in a payment of $1.2 million to Trustmark, which was recorded as other miscellaneous income.

TIA no longer serves as investment adviser or custodian to the Performance Funds. However, Performance Funds held by Trustmark wealth management clients at the time of reorganization were converted to various pre-determined Federated funds. While not a material transaction financially, this transaction will allow Trustmark to fully embrace open architecture in its wealth management business and focus additional resources on managing client relationships.

Table of Contents

Other Income, Net

The following table illustrates the components of other income, net included in noninterest income in the accompanying income statements:

Other Income, Net
($ in thousands)
	2012						2011						2010
	Amount			% Change			Amount			% Change			Amount			% Change
Partnership amortization for tax credit purposes	$	(8,417	)		32.2	%	$	(6,366	)		41.3	%	$	(4,504	)		n/m
Bargain purchase gain on acquisition		3,635			-51.2	%		7,456			n/m			-			n/m
Decrease in FDIC indemnification asset		(3,722	)		-10.5	%		(4,157	)		n/m			-			n/m
Cadence termination fee		-			0.0	%		-			n/m			2,000			n/m
Other miscellaneous income		9,617			39.0	%		6,920			-1.1	%		6,997			2.8	%
Total other, net	$	1,113			-71.1	%	$	3,853			-14.2	%	$	4,493			-20.0	%

n/m - percentage changes greater than +/- 100% are not considered meaningful

Other income, net for 2012 was $1.1 million, compared with $3.9 million in 2011 and $4.5 million in 2010. The decrease of $2.7 million during 2012 reflects an increase in partnership amortization of $2.1 million as a result of new tax credit investments entered into by Trustmark during 2012 and a writedown of the FDIC indemnification asset of $3.7 million on acquired covered loans obtained from Heritage as a result of loan payoffs, improved cash flow projections and lower loss expectations for loan pools, partially offset by the bargain purchase gain of $3.6 million resulting from Trustmark’s acquisition of Bay Bank during the first quarter of 2012. The increase in other miscellaneous income in 2012 was primarily due to the $1.2 million payment from the sale of the Performance Funds by TIA and the receipt of a $780 thousand non-refundable arranger fee as lead syndicator for a large syndicated loan. The decline in other income, net during 2011 reflected an increase in partnership amortization of $1.9 million related to tax credit investments, the writedown of the FDIC indemnification asset of $4.2 million and the absence of a corresponding income event in 2011 to balance the Cadence termination fee received in 2010 of $2.0 million. These were offset by a nonrecurring bargain purchase gain of $7.5 million resulting from TNB’s acquisition of Heritage during the second quarter of 2011.

Security Gains, Net

From time to time, Trustmark manages the risk and return profile of the securities portfolio through sales of available for sale securities prior to their maturity. During 2012, Trustmark sold approximately $33.8 million in available for sale securities, primarily in order to manage the duration risk of the securities portfolio, generating a net gain of approximately $1.0 million. Additionally, $3.9 million of securities called in 2012 prior to their maturity generated a net gain of approximately $20 thousand. Similarly, in 2011, Trustmark sold approximately $23.0 million in available for sale securities, generating a net gain of approximately $52 thousand. Additionally, $5.1 million of securities called in 2011 prior to their maturity generated a net gain of approximately $28 thousand.

Noninterest Expense

Trustmark’s noninterest expense for 2012 increased $14.7 million, or 4.4%, compared to 2011, while noninterest expense for 2011 increased $4.2 million, or 1.3%, compared to 2010. Excluding business combinations, noninterest expense for 2012 increased $7.7 million, or 2.3%, when compared to 2011, while noninterest expense for 2011 increased $2.3 million, or 0.7%, compared to 2010. The increase during 2012 was primarily attributable to growth in salaries and benefits, loan expenses and non-routine transaction expenses relating to the Bay Bank acquisition, offset by declines in other real estate writedowns and FDIC assessment expense. During 2011, the growth in noninterest expense was primarily attributable to growth in salaries and benefits and loan expenses. Management considers disciplined expense management a key area of focus in the support of improving shareholder value. The comparative components of noninterest expense for 2012, 2011 and 2010 are shown in the accompanying table.

Table of Contents

Noninterest Expense
($ in thousands)
	2012					2011					2010
	Amount		% Change			Amount		% Change			Amount		% Change
Salaries and employee benefits	$	190,519		6.7	%	$	178,556		2.3	%	$	174,582		3.1	%
Services and fees		46,751		6.6	%		43,858		4.6	%		41,949		4.1	%
Net occupancy-premises		20,267		0.1	%		20,254		2.3	%		19,808		-1.2	%
Equipment expense		20,478		1.5	%		20,177		17.8	%		17,135		4.1	%
ORE/Foreclosure expense:
Write-downs		6,874		-50.4	%		13,856		-19.1	%		17,127		n/m
Carrying costs		4,291		76.1	%		2,437		-66.4	%		7,250		34.9	%
Total ORE/Foreclosure expense		11,165		-31.5	%		16,293		-33.2	%		24,377		90.2	%
FDIC assessment expense		6,502		-18.6	%		7,984		-34.3	%		12,161		-23.1	%
Other expense		48,820		14.3	%		42,728		19.9	%		35,637		6.1	%
Total noninterest expense	$	344,502		4.4	%	$	329,850		1.3	%	$	325,649		5.6	%

n/m - percentage changes greater than +/- 100% are not considered meaningful

Salaries and Employee Benefits

Salaries and employee benefits, the largest category of noninterest expense, were $190.5 million in 2012, $178.6 million in 2011 and $174.6 million in 2010. The increase during 2012 primarily reflects modest general merit increases, higher general incentive costs resulting from improved corporate performance, increases in incentives for mortgage loan originators and higher costs for employee retirement programs, as well as $2.9 million in additional salaries and employee benefits resulting from the Bay Bank acquisition. Salaries and employee benefits expense for Bay Bank included a non-routine transaction expense of $672 thousand for change in control and severance expense.

During 2011, the increase in salaries and employee benefits primarily reflected modest general merit increases, higher general incentive costs resulting from improved corporate performance and higher costs for employee retirement programs, as well as $1.2 million in additional salaries and employee benefits resulting from the Heritage acquisition.

Services and Fees

Services and fees for 2012 increased $2.9 million, or 6.6%, when compared with 2011, while an increase of $1.9 million, or 4.6%, occurred when 2011 is compared with 2010. The growth in services and fees expense during 2012 was related to increases in processing fees, software maintenance and other services and fees offset by a decline in legal expenses. The increase in processing fees and software maintenance is due to the deployment of a new ATM fleet, which included deposit automation, and the fourth quarter implementation of new finance and human resources operating systems during 2012. The increase in services and fees during 2011 was primarily due to increased legal expenses associated with litigation and the realignment of certain business units.

ORE/Foreclosure Expense

ORE/Foreclosure expense totaled $11.2 million in 2012, compared with $16.3 million in 2011 and $24.4 million in 2010. The decline in ORE/Foreclosure expense during 2012 and 2011 can be primarily attributed to a decrease in other real estate writedowns of $7.0 million and $3.3 million, respectively. The decrease in other real estate writedowns is a result of stabilizing property values and adequate reserves established in prior periods.

FDIC Assessment Expense

FDIC insurance expense decreased $1.5 million, or 18.6%, during 2012, compared to a decrease of $4.2 million, or 34.3%, during 2011. The decrease during 2012 and 2011 resulted from the implementation of the FDIC’s revised deposit insurance assessment methodology implemented during the second quarter of 2011. As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, on April 1, 2011, the FDIC revised the deposit insurance assessment system to base assessments on the average total consolidated assets of insured depository institutions less the average tangible equity during the assessment period. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act increased the minimum reserve ratio for the Deposit Insurance Fund from 1.15% to 1.35% of estimated insurable deposits, or the comparable percentage of the assessment base, by September 30, 2020. The FDIC must offset the effect of the increase in the minimum reserve ratio on insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of less than $10.0 billion. With total assets slightly below $10.0 billion at December 31, 2011, Trustmark benefitted during 2012 from the change in the assessment methodology. As discussed above, Trustmark has assets greater than $10.0 billion following the merger with BancTrust, and thus, will lose the benefit of this offset beginning in 2014. Management estimates the change in the assessment methodology will have an immaterial impact on Trustmark’s results of operations.

Table of Contents

Other Expense

The following table illustrates the components of other expense included in noninterest expense in the accompanying income statements:

Other Expense
($ in thousands)
	2012					2011					2010
	Amount		% Change			Amount		% Change			Amount		% Change
Loan expense	$	20,248		11.1	%	$	18,229		50.4	%	$	12,118		32.1	%
Non-routine transaction expenses on acquisition		1,917		100.0	%		-		n/m			-		n/m
Amortization of intangibles		3,788		21.0	%		3,131		-11.1	%		3,520		-12.0	%
Other miscellaneous expense		22,867		7.0	%		21,368		6.8	%		19,999		-2.0	%
Total other expense	$	48,820		14.3	%	$	42,728		19.9	%	$	35,637		6.1	%

n/m - percentage changes greater than +/- 100% are not considered meaningful

During 2012, other expenses increased $6.1 million, or 14.3%, while in 2011, other expenses increased $7.1 million, or 19.9%. The growth in other expenses during 2012 was primarily due to non-routine Bay Bank acquisition transaction expenses and an increase in loan expenses of $2.0 million that resulted primarily from higher mortgage loan servicing putback expenses (further explained below). The growth in other expenses in 2011 was primarily due to increased loan expenses that resulted from higher mortgage foreclosure expenses.

During the normal course of business, Trustmark's mortgage banking operations originates and sells certain loans to investors in the secondary market. Trustmark is subject to losses in its loan servicing portfolio due to loan foreclosures. Trustmark has obligations to either repurchase the outstanding principal balance of a loan or make the purchaser whole for the economic benefits of a loan if it is determined that the loan sold was in violation of representations or warranties made by Trustmark at the time of the sale, herein referred to as mortgage loan servicing putback expenses. Such representations and warranties typically include those made regarding loans that had missing or insufficient file documentation and/or loans obtained through fraud by borrowers or other third parties. Putback requests may be made until the loan is paid in full. When a putback request is received, Trustmark evaluates the request and takes appropriate actions based on the nature of the request. Effective January 1, 2013, Trustmark is required by FNMA and FHLMC to provide a response to putback requests within 60 days of the date of receipt. Currently, putback requests primarily relate to 2005 through 2008 vintage mortgage loans and to government sponsored entity-guaranteed mortgage-backed securities.

The total mortgage loan servicing putback expenses incurred by Trustmark were $8.0 million during 2012, $5.1 million during 2011 and $2.1 million during 2010. During the second quarter of 2012, Trustmark updated its quarterly analysis of mortgage loan putback exposure. This analysis, along with recent mortgage industry trends, resulted in Trustmark providing an additional reserve of approximately $4.0 million in the second quarter. At December 31, 2012, the reserve for mortgage loan servicing putback expenses totaled $7.8 million compared to $4.3 million at December 31, 2011.

There is inherent uncertainty in reasonably estimating the requirement for reserves against future mortgage loan servicing putback expenses. Future putback expenses are dependent on many subjective factors, including the review procedures of the purchasers and the potential refinance activity on loans sold with servicing released and the subsequent consequences under the representations and warranties. Trustmark believes that it has appropriately reserved for potential mortgage loan repurchase requests.

Segment Information

Results of Segment Operations

Trustmark’s operations are managed along three operating segments: General Banking Division, Wealth Management Division and Insurance Division. A description of each segment and the methodologies used to measure financial performance are described in Note 21 – Segment Information located in Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. Net income for 2012, 2011 and 2010 by operating segment is presented below ($ in thousands):

	2012		2011		2010
General Banking	$	108,975	$	100,568	$	93,025
Wealth Management		3,823		2,810		3,975
Insurance		4,485		3,463		3,636
Consolidated Net Income	$	117,283	$	106,841	$	100,636

Table of Contents

General Banking

The General Banking Division is responsible for all traditional banking products and services including a full range of commercial and consumer banking services such as checking accounts, savings programs, overdraft facilities, commercial, installment and real estate loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, drive-in and night deposit services and safe deposit facilities offered through approximately 170 offices in Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas. The General Banking Division also consists of internal operations that include Human Resources, Executive Administration, Treasury (Funds Management), Public Affairs and Corporate Finance. Included in these operational units are expenses related to mergers, mark-to-market adjustments on loans and deposits, general incentives, stock options, supplemental retirement and amortization of core deposits. Other than Treasury, these business units are support-based in nature and are largely responsible for general overhead expenditures that are not allocated.

Trustmark’s acquisition of Bay Bank contributed approximately $5.6 million to net interest income, $4.2 million to noninterest income (primarily from bargain purchase gain of $3.6 million) and $6.2 million to noninterest expense of the General Banking Division during 2012. During 2011, TNB’s acquisition of Heritage contributed approximately $8.7 million to net interest income (including $3.8 million associated with the re-estimation of cash flows required by FASB ASC Topic 310-30 accounting guidelines), $4.2 million to noninterest income (primarily from bargain purchase gain of $7.5 million) and $1.8 million to noninterest expense of the General Banking Division. These amounts are included in the current year balances shown in the following three paragraphs.

Net interest income for the General Banking Division for 2012 decreased $8.1 million, or 2.3%, when compared with 2011. The decline in net interest income is mostly due to the downward repricing of loans and securities partially offset by modest declines in the cost of interest-bearing deposits. Net interest income during 2011 decreased $3.2 million, or 0.9%, when compared with 2010. The decrease in net interest income is primarily a result of a downward repricing of fixed rate assets, accelerated premium amortization within the investment portfolio and changes to Trustmark’s asset mix as lower yielding securities supplemented declines in higher yielding loan balances. The provision for loan losses, net during 2012 totaled $12.2 million compared with $30.2 million during 2011 and $49.6 million during 2010. For more information on this change, please see the analysis of the Provision for Loan Losses, LHFI and Provision for Loan Losses, Acquired Loans, located elsewhere in this document.

Noninterest income for the General Banking Division increased by approximately $12.8 million, or 11.7%, during 2012 compared to a decrease of $6.3 million, or 5.5%, during 2011. Noninterest income for the General Banking Division represents 26.7% of total revenues for 2012, 24.1% for 2011 and 25.0% for 2010. Noninterest income includes service charges on deposit accounts, bank card and other fees, mortgage banking, net, other, net and securities gains, net. For more information on these noninterest income items, please see the analysis of Noninterest Income located elsewhere in this document.

Noninterest expense for the General Banking Division increased $15.2 million and $1.8 million during 2012 and 2011, respectively. For more information on these noninterest expense items, please see the analysis of Noninterest Expense located elsewhere in this report.

Wealth Management

The Wealth Management Division has been strategically organized to serve Trustmark’s customers as a financial partner providing reliable guidance and sound, practical advice for accumulating, preserving, and transferring wealth. The Investment Services group and the Trust group are the primary service providers in this segment. TIA, a wholly owned subsidiary of TNB that is included in the Wealth Management Division, is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to individual and institutional accounts. During the third quarter of 2012, Trustmark completed the reorganization and sale of the Performance Funds by TIA to Federated and certain of Federated’s subsidiaries, pursuant to the terms of the previously announced definitive agreement between Federated, TIA and TNB. While TIA provided investment management services to the Performance Funds until completion of the sale to Federated, TIA no longer serves as investment advisor or custodian to the Performance Funds. For more information on the sale of the Performance Funds, please see the description included in Noninterest Income located elsewhere in this report. During 2010, TRMK Risk Management, Inc. (TRMI) acted as an agent to provide life, long-term care and disability insurance services for wealth management customers. On December 30, 2010, TRMI was merged into Fisher Brown Bottrell Insurance, Inc. (FBBI), another wholly owned subsidiary of TNB. All previous products and services provided to Wealth Management customers were provided by FBBI as part of the Insurance Division beginning in 2011.

Table of Contents

During 2012, net income for the Wealth Management Division increased $1.0 million, or 36.0%, compared to a decrease of $1.2 million, or 29.3%, during 2011. Noninterest income increased $1.3 million during 2012 compared to an increase of $1.1 million during 2011. The increase in noninterest income during 2012 was due to an increase in wealth management income of approximately $100 thousand and the $1.2 million payment from the sale of the Performance Funds by TIA included in other miscellaneous income. During 2011, the increase in noninterest income was due to a growth in revenue for investment management, trust and brokerage services. Noninterest expense decreased $247 thousand during 2012 compared to an increase of $2.8 million during 2011. The increase during 2011 was primarily due to increased legal expenses associated with litigation and the realignment of certain business units in 2011. For more information on the change in wealth management revenue, please see the analysis included in Noninterest Income located elsewhere in this document.

Insurance

Trustmark’s Insurance Division provides a full range of retail insurance products, including commercial risk management products, bonding, group benefits and personal lines coverage through FBBI, a Mississippi corporation and subsidiary of TNB.

During 2012, net income for the Insurance Division increased $1.0 million, or 29.5%, compared to a decrease of $173 thousand, or 4.8%, during 2011. The increase in net income during 2012 was primarily due to higher commission volume on commercial property and casualty policies. The decrease in 2011 was primarily due to lower commission volume on commercial property and casualty policies. For more information on the change in insurance commissions, please see the analysis included in Noninterest Income located elsewhere in this document.

During 2012, business conditions improved slightly in the markets served by FBBI. Trustmark performed an annual impairment test of the book value of capital held in the Insurance Division as of October 1, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. Based on this analysis, Trustmark concluded that no impairment charge was required. A renewed period of falling prices and suppressed demand for the products of the Insurance Division may result in impairment of goodwill in the future. FBBI’s ability in slowing a declining income trend is dependent on the success of the subsidiary’s continued initiatives to attract new business through cross referrals between practice units and bank relationships and seeking new business in other markets. FBBI is actively pursuing new business in the Houston market, utilizing Trustmark branch relationships for sources of referrals.

Income Taxes

For the year ended December 31, 2012, Trustmark’s combined effective tax rate was 26.4% compared to 28.1% in 2011 and 29.5% in 2010. Trustmark invests in partnerships that provide income tax credits on a Federal and/or State basis (i.e., new market tax credits, low income housing tax credits and historical tax credits). These investments are recorded based on the equity method of accounting, which requires the equity in partnerships losses to be recognized when incurred and are recorded as a reduction in other income. The income tax credits related to these partnerships are utilized as specifically allowed by income tax law and are recorded as a reduction in income tax expense. The decrease in Trustmark's effective tax rate in 2012 and 2011 is mainly due to increased investment in these partnerships along with the appropriate tax credits and immaterial net increase in permanent items as a percentage of pretax income.

Earning Assets

Earning assets serve as the primary revenue streams for Trustmark and are comprised of securities, loans, federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements. Average earning assets totaled $8.699 billion, or 88.7% of total assets, at December 31, 2012, compared with $8.534 billion, or 89.1% of total assets, at December 31, 2011, an increase of $164.6 million, or 1.9%.

Securities

The securities portfolio is utilized by Management to manage interest rate risk, generate interest income, provide liquidity and use as collateral for public and wholesale funding. Risk and return can be adjusted by altering duration, composition and/or balance of portfolio. The weighted-average life of the portfolio increased to 3.7 years at December 31, 2012 compared to 3.6 years at December 31, 2011.

When compared with December 31, 2011, total investment securities increased by $173.2 million during 2012. This increase resulted primarily from purchases of U.S. Government-sponsored agency (GSE) guaranteed and highly rated asset-backed securities, offset by maturities and paydowns. $26.3 million of the increase in securities can be attributed to the Bay Bank acquisition. During 2012, Trustmark sold approximately $33.8 million in securities, generating a gain of $1.0 million, compared with $23.0 million during 2011, which generated a gain of $52 thousand.

Table of Contents

The table below indicates the amortized cost of securities available for sale and held to maturity by type at year end for each of the last three years:

Amortized Cost of Securities by Type
($ in thousands)	December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Securities available for sale
U.S. Government agency obligations
Issued by U.S. Government agencies	$	10	$	3	$	12
Issued by U.S. Government sponsored agencies		105,396		64,573		124,093
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		202,877		190,868		159,418
Mortgage-backed securities
Residential mortgage pass-through securities
Guaranteed by GNMA		18,981		11,500		11,719
Issued by FNMA and FHLMC		201,493		340,839		432,162
Other residential mortgage-backed securities
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA		1,436,812		1,570,782		1,361,339
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA		380,514		216,698		54,331
Asset-backed securities		238,893		-		-
Total securities available for sale	$	2,584,976	$	2,395,263	$	2,143,074

Securities held to maturity
Obligations of states and political subdivisions	$	36,206	$	42,619	$	53,246
Mortgage-backed securities
Residential mortgage pass-through securities
Guaranteed by GNMA		3,245		4,538		6,058
Issued by FNMA and FHLMC		572		588		763
Other residential mortgage-backed securities
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA		-		7,749		78,526
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA		2,165		2,211		2,254
Total securities held to maturity	$	42,188	$	57,705	$	140,847

Available for sale (AFS) securities are carried at their estimated fair value with unrealized gains or losses recognized, net of taxes, in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of shareholders’ equity. At December 31, 2012, AFS securities at fair value totaled $2.658 billion, which represented 98.4% of the securities portfolio, compared to $2.469 billion, or 97.7%, at December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2012, unrealized gains, net on AFS securities totaled $72.8 million compared with unrealized gains, net of $73.7 million at December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2012, AFS securities consisted of obligations of states and political subdivisions, GSE guaranteed mortgage-related securities, direct obligations of GSEs and asset-backed securities.

Held to maturity (HTM) securities are carried at amortized cost and represent those securities that Trustmark both intends and has the ability to hold to maturity. At December 31, 2012, HTM securities totaled $42.2 million and represented 1.6% of the total portfolio, compared with $57.7 million, or 2.3%, at the end of 2011.

Management continues to focus on asset quality as one of the strategic goals of the securities portfolio, which is evidenced by the investment of approximately 90% of the portfolio in GSE-backed obligations and other Aaa rated securities as determined by Moody’s. None of the securities owned by Trustmark are collateralized by assets which are considered sub-prime. Furthermore, outside of membership in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas, Independent Bankers Bank of Florida and Federal Reserve Bank, Trustmark does not hold any equity investment in any GSE.

Table of Contents

The following table details the maturities of securities available for sale and held to maturity using amortized cost at December 31, 2012, and the weighted-average yield for each range of maturities (tax equivalent basis):

Maturity/Yield Analysis Table	Maturing
($ in thousands)						After One,					After Five,
	Within					But Within					But Within					After
	One Year		Yield			Five Years		Yield			Ten Years		Yield			Ten Years		Yield			Total
Securities available for sale
U.S. Government agency obligations
Issued by U.S. Government agencies	$	2		3.09	%	$	8		2.61	%	$	-		-		$	-		-		$	10
Issued by U.S. Government sponsored agencies		-		-			-		-			105,396		2.04	%		-		-			105,396
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		12,048		3.01	%		82,132		3.71	%		103,843		4.42	%		4,854		4.79	%		202,877
Mortgage-backed securities
Residential mortgage pass-through securities
Guaranteed by GNMA		-		-			6		6.44	%		691		4.20	%		18,284		4.00	%		18,981
Issued by FNMA and FHLMC		-		-			152		8.14	%		271		3.83	%		201,070		3.20	%		201,493
Other residential mortgage-backed securities
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC, or GNMA		29		2.17	%		5,306		4.63	%		40,635		2.35	%		1,390,842		2.81	%		1,436,812
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC, or GNMA		-		-			61,823		2.89	%		241,866		2.70	%		76,825		2.52	%		380,514
Asset-backed securities		-		-			-		-			197,830		2.25	%		41,063		1.63	%		238,893
Total securities available for sale	$	12,079		3.01	%	$	149,427		3.41	%	$	690,532		2.71	%	$	1,732,938		2.83	%	$	2,584,976

Securities held to maturity
Obligations of states and political subdivisions	$	1,946		6.13	%	$	16,507		6.95	%	$	16,526		8.04	%	$	1,227		7.88	%	$	36,206
Mortgage-backed securities
Residential mortgage pass-through securities
Guaranteed by GNMA		-		-			-		-			-		-			3,245		4.60	%		3,245
Issued by FNMA and FHLMC		-		-			-		-			-		-			572		4.31	%		572
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC, or GNMA		-		-			-		-			-		-			2,165		4.77	%		2,165
Total securities held to maturity	$	1,946		6.13	%	$	16,507		6.95	%	$	16,526		8.04	%	$	7,209		5.19	%	$	42,188

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations are included in maturity categories based on their stated maturity date. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations.

As of December 31, 2012, Trustmark did not hold securities of any one issuer with a carrying value exceeding ten percent of total shareholders’ equity, other than certain GSEs which are exempt from inclusion. Management continues to closely monitor the credit quality as well as the ratings of the debt and mortgage-backed securities issued by the GSEs and held in Trustmark’s securities portfolio in light of issues currently facing these entities.

Table of Contents

The following tables present Trustmark’s securities portfolio by amortized cost and estimated fair value and by credit rating at December 31, 2012:


Securities Portfolio by Credit Rating (1)
($ in thousands)
	December 31, 2012
	Amortized Cost					Estimated Fair Value
	Amount		%			Amount		%
Securities Available for Sale
Aaa	$	2,337,955		90.4	%	$	2,397,207		90.2	%
Aa1 to Aa3		142,376		5.5	%		150,894		5.7	%
A1 to A3		11,568		0.4	%		12,382		0.5	%
Baa1 to Baa3		-		0.0	%		-		0.0	%
Not Rated (2)		93,077		3.7	%		97,262		3.7	%
Total securities available for sale	$	2,584,976		100.0	%	$	2,657,745		100.0	%

Securities Held to Maturity
Aaa	$	5,982		14.2	%	$	6,498		13.9	%
Aa1 to Aa3		21,843		51.8	%		25,391		54.2	%
A1 to A3		1,224		2.9	%		1,274		2.7	%
Baa1 to Baa3		331		0.8	%		357		0.8	%
Not Rated (2)		12,808		30.3	%		13,368		28.5	%
Total securities held to maturity	$	42,188		100.0	%	$	46,888		100.0	%

(1) - Credit ratings obtained from Moody's Investors Service.

(2) - Not rated issues primarily consist of Mississippi municipal general obligations.

The table presenting the credit rating of Trustmark’s securities is formatted to show the securities according to the credit rating category. At December 31, 2012, approximately 90.2% of the available for sale securities are rated Aaa and the same is true with respect to 14.2% of held to maturity securities, which are carried at amortized cost.

Loans Held for Sale (LHFS)

At December 31, 2012, loans held for sale totaled $258.0 million, consisting of $198.2 million of residential real estate mortgage loans in the process of being sold to third parties and $59.8 million of Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) optional repurchase loans. At December 31, 2011, loans held for sale totaled $216.6 million, consisting of $157.7 million of residential real estate mortgage loans in the process of being sold to third parties and $58.8 million of GNMA optional repurchase loans. Please refer to the nonperforming assets table that follows for information on GNMA loans eligible for repurchase which are past due 90 days or more.

GNMA optional repurchase programs allow financial institutions to buy back individual delinquent mortgage loans that meet certain criteria from the securitized loan pool for which the institution provides servicing. At the servicer's option and without GNMA's prior authorization, the servicer may repurchase such a delinquent loan for an amount equal to 100 percent of the remaining principal balance of the loan. This buy-back option is considered a conditional option until the delinquency criteria are met, at which time the option becomes unconditional. When Trustmark is deemed to have regained effective control over these loans under the unconditional buy-back option, the loans can no longer be reported as sold and must be brought back onto the balance sheet as loans held for sale, regardless of whether Trustmark intends to exercise the buy-back option. These loans are reported as held for sale with the offsetting liability being reported as short-term borrowings. Trustmark did not exercise its buy-back option on any delinquent loans serviced for GNMA in either 2012 or 2011.

LHFI and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI

LHFI

LHFI at December 31, 2012 totaled $5.593 billion compared to $5.857 billion at December 31, 2011, a decrease of $264.7 million. These declines are directly attributable to paydowns in 1-4 family mortgage loans as well as the decision in prior years to discontinue indirect consumer auto loan financing. The 1-4 family mortgage loan portfolio declined $263.5 million due to paydowns in the portfolio since December 31, 2011, as many customers continued to take advantage of opportunities to refinance existing mortgages at historically low interest rates. Trustmark has elected to sell the vast majority of these lower rate longer term mortgage loans in the secondary market rather than replacing the runoff in this portfolio. Based on the interest rate spread, Management felt it was more profitable to sell these lower rate longer term mortgage loans than to record the loans on the balance sheet and add liquidity and interest rate risk. The consumer loan portfolio decrease of $72.1 million primarily represents a decrease in the indirect consumer auto portfolio. The indirect consumer auto portfolio balance at December 31, 2012 was $25.5 million compared with $86.9 million at December 31, 2011.

Table of Contents

The table below shows the carrying value of the LHFI portfolio at the end of each of the last five years:

LHFI by Type
($ in thousands)	December 31,
	2012		2011		2010		2009		2008
Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans	$	468,975	$	474,082	$	583,316	$	830,069	$	1,028,788
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		1,497,480		1,760,930		1,732,056		1,650,743		1,524,061
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties		1,410,264		1,425,774		1,498,108		1,467,307		1,422,658
Other real estate secured		189,949		204,849		231,963		197,421		186,915
Commercial and industrial loans		1,169,513		1,139,365		1,068,369		1,059,164		1,237,987
Consumer loans		171,660		243,756		402,165		606,315		895,046
Other loans		684,913		608,728		544,265		508,778		426,948
LHFI	$	5,592,754	$	5,857,484	$	6,060,242	$	6,319,797	$	6,722,403

In the following tables, LHFI reported by region (along with related nonperforming assets and net charge-offs) are associated with location of origination, except for loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties (representing traditional mortgages), credit cards and indirect consumer auto loans. These loans are included in the Mississippi Region because they are centrally decisioned and approved as part of a specific line of business located at Trustmark’s headquarters in Jackson, Mississippi.

Table of Contents

The LHFI composition by region at December 31, 2012 is illustrated in the following tables and reflects a diversified mix of loans by region.

LHFI Composition by Region
($ in thousands)

	December 31, 2012
LHFI Composition by Region (1)	Total		Florida		Mississippi (Central and Southern Regions)		Tennessee (Memphis, TN and Northern MS Regions)		Texas
Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans	$	468,975	$	85,592	$	238,182	$	38,660	$	106,541
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		1,497,480		50,598		1,281,057		141,613		24,212
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties		1,410,264		144,718		750,771		173,472		341,303
Other real estate secured		189,949		9,391		146,729		5,957		27,872
Commercial and industrial loans		1,169,513		12,058		813,331		83,215		260,909
Consumer loans		171,660		1,769		148,005		18,466		3,420
Other loans		684,913		25,329		578,046		32,411		49,127
LHFI	$	5,592,754	$	329,455	$	3,956,121	$	493,794	$	813,384


Construction, Land Development and Other Land Loans by Region (1)
Lots	$	53,370	$	33,053	$	15,833	$	1,539	$	2,945
Development		80,184		9,399		49,479		4,467		16,839
Unimproved land		147,022		41,425		62,224		14,715		28,658
1-4 family construction		77,074		1,445		59,535		2,042		14,052
Other construction		111,325		270		51,111		15,897		44,047
Construction, land development and other land loans	$	468,975	$	85,592	$	238,182	$	38,660	$	106,541


Loans Secured by Nonfarm, Nonresidential Properties by Region (1)
Income producing:
Retail	$	162,229	$	41,379	$	65,160	$	23,491	$	32,199
Office		164,624		37,033		85,004		10,415		32,172
Nursing homes/assisted living		100,018		-		91,477		4,052		4,489
Hotel/motel		86,034		1,691		24,815		32,274		27,254
Industrial		55,317		8,262		12,553		369		34,133
Health care		15,589		-		10,331		130		5,128
Convenience stores		8,846		-		4,881		1,419		2,546
Other		144,489		14,565		71,628		6,327		51,969
Total income producing loans		737,146		102,930		365,849		78,477		189,890

Owner-occupied:
Office		110,149		13,143		68,545		4,928		23,533
Churches		80,918		3,128		45,665		27,102		5,023
Industrial warehouses		85,082		1,108		43,195		1,191		39,588
Health care		97,882		14,369		52,239		15,647		15,627
Convenience stores		59,848		1,747		37,441		3,923		16,737
Retail		36,929		3,720		24,318		2,989		5,902
Restaurants		32,287		987		24,991		4,761		1,548
Auto dealerships		14,342		437		11,993		1,851		61
Other		155,681		3,149		76,535		32,603		43,394
Total owner-occupied loans		673,118		41,788		384,922		94,995		151,413
Loans secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties	$	1,410,264	$	144,718	$	750,771	$	173,472	$	341,303

(1) - Excludes Acquired Loans

Trustmark makes loans in the normal course of business to certain directors, their immediate families and companies in which they are principal owners. Such loans are made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated persons and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility at the time of the transaction.

Table of Contents

There is no industry standard definition of “subprime loans.” Trustmark categorizes certain loans as subprime for its purposes using a set of factors, which Management believes are consistent with industry practice. TNB has not originated or purchased subprime mortgages. At December 31, 2012, Trustmark held “alt A” mortgages with an aggregate principal balance of $3.1 million (0.09% of total LHFI secured by real estate at that date). These “alt A” loans have been originated by Trustmark as an accommodation to certain Trustmark customers for whom Trustmark determined that such loans were suitable under the purposes of the Fannie Mae “alt A” program and under Trustmark’s loan origination standards. Trustmark does not have any no-interest loans, other than a small number of loans made to customers that are charitable organizations, the aggregate amount of which is not material to Trustmark’s financial condition or results of operations.

Due to the short-term nature of most commercial real estate lending and the practice of annual renewal of commercial lines of credit, approximately one-third of Trustmark’s portfolio matures in less than one year. Such a short-term maturity profile is not unusual for a commercial bank and provides Trustmark the opportunity to obtain updated financial information from its borrowers and to actively monitor its borrowers’ creditworthiness. This maturity profile is well matched with many of Trustmark’s sources of funding, which are also short-term in nature.

The following table provides information regarding Trustmark’s LHFI maturities by category at December 31, 2012:

LHFI Maturities by Category (1)
($ in thousands)
	Maturing
			One Year
	Within		Through		After
	One Year		Five		Five
Loan Type	or Less		Years		Years		Total
Construction, land development and other land loans	$	279,709	$	164,653	$	24,613	$	468,975
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		495,893		196,717		804,870		1,497,480
Other loans secured by real estate		511,142		892,216		196,855		1,600,213
Commercial and industrial		572,474		549,929		47,110		1,169,513
Consumer loans		59,524		110,356		1,780		171,660
Other loans		220,461		170,732		293,720		684,913
Total	$	2,139,203	$	2,084,603	$	1,368,948	$	5,592,754

(1) - Excludes Acquired Loans

The following table provides information regarding Trustmark’s LHFI maturities by interest rate sensitivity at December 31, 2012:

LHFI Maturities by Interest Rate Sensitivity (1)
($ in thousands)
	Maturing
			One Year
	Within		Through		After
	One Year		Five		Five
Loan Type	or Less		Years		Years		Total
Predetermined interest rates	$	1,318,284	$	1,154,996	$	1,256,068	$	3,729,348
Floating interest rates:
Loans which are at contractual floor		63,774		767,404		37,846		869,024
Loans which are free to float		757,145		162,203		75,034		994,382
Total floating interest rates		820,919		929,607		112,880		1,863,406
Total	$	2,139,203	$	2,084,603	$	1,368,948	$	5,592,754

(1) - Excludes Acquired Loans

Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI

The allowance for loan losses, LHFI is established through provisions for estimated loan losses charged against net income. The allowance reflects Management’s best estimate of the probable loan losses related to specifically identified LHFI, as well as probable incurred loan losses in the remaining loan portfolio and requires considerable judgment. The allowance is based upon Management’s current judgments and the credit quality of the loan portfolio, including all internal and external factors that impact loan collectibility. Accordingly, the allowance is based upon both past events and current economic conditions.

The table below illustrates the changes in Trustmark’s allowance for loan losses, LHFI as well as Trustmark’s loan loss experience for each of the last five years:

Analysis of the Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI
($ in thousands)	Years Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010			2009			2008

Balance at beginning of period	$	89,518		$	93,510		$	103,662		$	94,922		$	79,851
Loans charged off:
Real estate loans		(16,021	)		(30,648	)		(50,395	)		(55,148	)		(48,182	)
Loans to finance agricultural production and other loans to farmers		(288	)		-			-			-			(3	)
Commercial and industrial		(6,922	)		(4,299	)		(4,186	)		(5,715	)		(3,182	)
Consumer		(3,085	)		(5,629	)		(10,234	)		(15,759	)		(15,976	)
All other loans		(5,060	)		(5,193	)		(7,082	)		(4,089	)		(4,424	)
Total charge-offs		(31,376	)		(45,769	)		(71,897	)		(80,711	)		(71,767	)
Recoveries on loans previously charged off:
Real estate loans		435			447			417			555			208
Commercial and industrial		4,298			2,739			2,245			2,935			1,137
Consumer		6,235			5,764			6,395			5,997			5,874
All other loans		2,862			3,123			3,142			2,852			3,207
Total recoveries		13,830			12,073			12,199			12,339			10,426
Net charge-offs		(17,546	)		(33,696	)		(59,698	)		(68,372	)		(61,341	)
Provision for loan losses, LHFI		6,766			29,704			49,546			77,112			76,412
Balance at end of period	$	78,738		$	89,518		$	93,510		$	103,662		$	94,922

Percentage of net charge-offs during period to average LHFI outstanding during the period		0.30	%		0.56	%		0.95	%		1.01	%		0.87	%

Trustmark’s allowance has been developed using different factors to estimate losses based upon specific evaluation of identified individual LHFI considered impaired, estimated identified losses on various pools of LHFI and/or groups of risk rated LHFI with common risk characteristics and other external and internal factors of estimated probable losses based on other facts and circumstances.

Trustmark’s allowance for loan loss methodology is based on guidance provided in SAB No. 102 as well as other regulatory guidance. The level of Trustmark’s allowance reflects Management’s continuing evaluation of specific credit risks, loan loss experience, current loan portfolio growth, present economic, political and regulatory conditions and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio. This evaluation takes into account other qualitative factors including recent acquisitions; national, regional and local economic trends and conditions; changes in industry and credit concentration; changes in levels and trends of delinquencies and nonperforming LHFI; changes in levels and trends of net charge-offs; and changes in interest rates and collateral, financial and underwriting exceptions.

Trustmark’s allowance for loan loss methodology segregates the commercial purpose and commercial construction loan portfolios into nine separate loan types (or pools) which have similar characteristics such as repayment, collateral and risk profiles. The nine basic loan pools are further segregated into Trustmark’s four key market regions, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas, to take into consideration the uniqueness of each market. A 10-point risk rating system is utilized for each separate loan pool to apply a reserve factor consisting of quantitative and qualitative components to determine the needed allowance by each loan type. As a result, there are 360 risk rate factors for commercial loan types. The nine separate pools are shown below:

Table of Contents

Commercial Purpose Loans

Real Estate – Owner Occupied

Real Estate – Non-Owner Occupied

Working Capital

Non-Working Capital

Land

Lots and Development

Political Subdivisions

Commercial Construction Loans

1 to 4 Family

Non-1 to 4 Family

During 2011, Trustmark altered the quantitative factors of the allowance methodology to reflect a twelve-quarter rolling average of net charge-offs, one quarter in arrears, by loan type within each key market region. This change allows for a greater sensitivity to current trends, such as economic changes, as well as current loss profiles and creates a more accurate depiction of historical losses. Prior to this change, the quantitative factors reflected a three-year rolling average for Trustmark’s commercial loans.

During 2012, Trustmark revised the quantitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for consumer and residential LHFI. Trustmark converted the historical loss factor from a 20-quarter net charge-off rolling average to a 12-quarter rolling average and developed a separate reserve for junior liens on 1-4 family LHFI. The quantitative change allow the bank to more readily correlate portfolio risk to the current market environment as the impact of more recent experience is emphasized. This change also allows for a greater sensitivity to current trends such as economic and performance changes, which includes current loss profiles, and creates a more accurate depiction of historical losses. Loans and lines of credit secured by junior liens on 1-4 family residential properties are being reserved for separately in light of continued uncertainty in the economy and the housing market in particular. An additional provision of approximately $1.4 million was recorded as a result of this revision to the quantitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for consumer and residential LHFI.

The allowance for loan loss methodology segregates the consumer loan portfolio into homogeneous pools of loans that contain similar structure, repayment, collateral and risk profiles. These homogeneous pools of loans are shown below:

Residential Mortgage

Direct Consumer

Auto Finance

Junior Lien on 1-4 Family Residential Properties

Credit Cards

Overdrafts

Qualitative factors used in the allowance methodology include the following:

National and regional economic trends and conditions

Impact of recent performance trends

Experience, ability and effectiveness of management

Adherence to Trustmark’s loan policies, procedures and internal controls

Collateral, financial and underwriting exception trends

Credit concentrations

Acquisitions

Catastrophe

Each qualitative factor is converted to a scale ranging from 0 (No risk) to 100 (High Risk), other than the last two factors, which are applied on a dollar-for-dollar basis, to ensure that the combination of such factors is proportional. The resulting ratings from the individual factors are weighted and summed to establish the weighted average qualitative factor of a specific loan portfolio within each key market region. This weighted average qualitative factor is then distributed over the nine primary loan pools within each key market region based on the ranking by risk of each.

Table of Contents

At December 31, 2012, the allowance for loan losses, LHFI was $78.7 million, a decrease of $10.8 million when compared with December 31, 2011. Total allowance coverage of nonperforming LHFI, excluding impaired LHFI, at December 31, 2012, was 174.46%, compared to 194.2% at December 31, 2011. Allocation of Trustmark’s $78.7 million allowance for loan losses, LHFI represents 1.59% of commercial LHFI and 0.97% of consumer and home mortgage LHFI, resulting in an allowance to total LHFI of 1.41% at December 31, 2012. This compares with an allowance to total LHFI of 1.53% at December 31, 2011, which was allocated to commercial LHFI at 1.91% and to consumer and mortgage LHFI at 0.76%.

Net charge-offs for 2012 totaled $17.5 million, or 0.30% of average loans, compared to $33.7 million, or 0.56% in 2011, and $59.7 million, or 0.95% in 2010. This decrease can be primarily attributed to a slowing in the decline of property values in commercial developments of residential real estate along with a substantial reduction in auto finance charge-offs. The net charge-offs exceeded the provisions for Florida and Mississippi during 2012 and for Florida, Tennessee and Texas during 2011 because a large portion of charge-offs had been fully reserved in prior periods. Management continues to monitor the impact of real estate values on borrowers and is proactively managing these situations.

Net Charge-Offs (1)
($ in thousands)	Years Ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Florida	$	5,261	$	18,843	$	28,650
Mississippi (2)		7,602		8,355		18,963
Tennessee (3)		1,154		2,575		6,578
Texas		3,529		3,923		5,507
Total net charge-offs	$	17,546	$	33,696	$	59,698

(1) - Excludes Acquired Loans

(2) - Mississippi includes Central and Southern Mississippi Regions

(3) - Tennessee includes Memphis, Tennessee and Northern Mississippi Regions

Trustmark’s loan policy dictates the guidelines to be followed in determining when a loan is charged-off. Commercial purpose loans are charged-off when a determination is made that the loan is uncollectible and continuance as a bankable asset is not warranted. Consumer loans secured by 1-4 family residential real estate are generally charged-off or written down when the credit becomes severely delinquent, and the balance exceeds the fair value of the property less costs to sell. Non-real estate consumer purpose loans, including both secured and unsecured, are generally charged-off in full during the month in which the loan becomes 120 days past due. Credit card loans are generally charged-off in full when the loan becomes 180 days past due.

Nonperforming Assets, excluding Acquired Loans and Covered Other Real Estate

Nonperforming assets, excluding acquired loans and covered other real estate, totaled $160.6 million at December 31, 2012, a decrease of $29.0 million relative to December 31, 2011. Collectively, total nonperforming assets to total nonacquired loans and noncovered other real estate at December 31, 2012 was 2.71% compared to 3.08% at December 31, 2011. During 2012, nonperforming LHFI decreased $28.1 million, or 25.4%, relative to December 31, 2011 to total $82.4 million, or 1.41% of total nonacquired loans. Foreclosed real estate, excluding covered other real estate, decreased $864 thousand during 2012 to total $78.2 million.

Table of Contents

Nonperforming Assets (1)
($ in thousands)	December 31,
	2012			2011			2010			2009			2008
Nonaccrual LHFI
Florida	$	19,314		$	23,002		$	53,773		$	74,159		$	75,092
Mississippi (2)		38,960			46,746			39,803			31,050			18,703
Tennessee (3)		8,401			15,791			14,703			12,749			3,638
Texas		15,688			24,919			34,644			23,204			16,605
Total nonaccrual LHFI		82,363			110,458			142,923			141,162			114,038
Other real estate
Florida		18,569			29,963			32,370			45,927			21,265
Mississippi (2)		27,771			19,483			24,181			22,373			6,113
Tennessee (3)		17,589			16,879			16,407			10,105			8,862
Texas		14,260			12,728			13,746			11,690			2,326
Total other real estate		78,189			79,053			86,704			90,095			38,566
Total nonperforming assets	$	160,552		$	189,511		$	229,627		$	231,257		$	152,604

Nonperforming assets/total loans (including loans held for sale) and ORE		2.71	%		3.08	%		3.64	%		3.48	%		2.18	%

Loans Past Due 90 days or more
LHFI	$	6,378		$	4,230		$	3,608		$	8,901		$	5,139

LHFS - Serviced GNMA loans eligible for repurchase (4)	$	43,073		$	39,379		$	15,777		$	46,661		$	18,095

(1) - Excludes Acquired Loans and Covered Other Real Estate

(2) - Mississippi includes Central and Southern Mississippi Regions

(3) - Tennessee includes Memphis, Tennessee and Northern Mississippi Regions

(4) - No obligation to repurchase

See the previous discussion of Loans Held for Sale for more information on Trustmark’s serviced GNMA loans eligible for repurchase and the impact of Trustmark’s repurchases of delinquent mortgage loans under the GNMA optional repurchase program.

Total nonaccrual LHFI decreased $28.1 million during 2012 to $82.4 million, or 1.41% of total loans including loans held for sale, due primarily to improvements in all of Trustmark’s key market regions. At December 31, 2011, nonaccrual LHFI were $110.5 million, or 1.82% of total loans including loans held for sale, a decrease of $32.5 million when compared to December 31, 2010. The decrease during 2011 was due primarily to an improvement in Trustmark’s Florida market.

The following table illustrates nonaccrual LHFI by loan type for the past five years:

Nonaccrual LHFI by Loan Type (1)
($ in thousands)
	December 31,
	2012		2011		2010		2009		2008
Construction, land development and other land loans	$	27,105	$	40,413	$	57,831	$	81,805	$	72,582
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		27,114		24,348		30,313		31,464		11,699
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties		18,289		23,981		29,013		18,056		10,775
Other loans secured by real estate		3,956		5,871		6,154		2,097		3,351
Commercial and industrial		4,741		14,148		16,107		6,630		14,617
Consumer loans		360		825		2,112		973		976
Other loans		798		872		1,393		137		38
Total Nonaccrual LHFI by Type	$	82,363	$	110,458	$	142,923	$	141,162	$	114,038

(1) - Excludes Acquired Loans

Table of Contents

Other real estate includes assets that have been acquired through foreclosure and is recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less the estimated cost of disposition. Fair value is based on independent appraisals and other relevant factors. Valuation adjustments required at foreclosure are charged to the allowance for loan losses. At December 31, 2012, total other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, was $78.2 million a decrease of $864 thousand when compared with December 31, 2011. However, other real estate, excluding nonfarm, nonresidential properties, declined $9.7 million and $11.7 million during 2012 and 2011, respectively. The increase in nonfarm, nonresidential other real estate during 2012 was primarily due to the foreclosure of three commercial properties in Mississippi which totaled $8.0 million. The increase in nonfarm, nonresidential other real estate during 2011 was primarily due to the foreclosure of one commercial property in Mississippi and two commercial properties in Florida which totaled $4.9 million. The decline in construction, land development and other land properties and 1-4 family residential properties was primarily a result of other real estate properties sold or revalued during 2012 and 2011.

The following table illustrates other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, by type of property for the past five years:

Other Real Estate by Property Type (1)
($ in thousands)
	December 31,
	2012		2011		2010		2009		2008
Construction, land development and other land properties	$	46,957	$	53,834	$	61,963	$	60,276	$	28,824
1-4 family residential properties		8,134		10,557		13,509		11,001		8,443
Nonfarm, nonresidential properties		22,760		13,883		9,820		7,285		1,220
Other real estate properties		338		779		1,412		11,533		79
Total other real estate	$	78,189	$	79,053	$	86,704	$	90,095	$	38,566

(1) - Excludes Covered Other Real Estate

Other real estate is revalued on an annual basis or more often if market conditions necessitate. Subsequent to foreclosure, losses on the periodic revaluation of the property are charged against an ORE specific reserve or net income in ORE/Foreclosure expense, if a reserve does not exist. Writedowns of other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, decreased $7.3 million and $3.3 million during 2012 and 2011, respectively. The decrease in other real estate writedowns is a result of stabilizing property values and adequate reserves established in prior periods.

The following table illustrates writedowns of other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, by region for the past three years:

Writedowns of Other Real Estate by Region (1)
($ in thousands)
	Years Ended December 31,
	2012		2011			2010

Florida	$	3,048	$	5,651		$	11,033
Mississippi (2)		2,102		6,782			4,844
Tennessee (3)		517		(67	)		935
Texas		936		1,490			315
Total writedowns of other real estate	$	6,603	$	13,856		$	17,127

(1) - Excludes Covered Other Real Estate

(2) - Mississippi includes Central and Southern Mississippi Regions

(3) - Tennessee includes Memphis, Tennessee and Northern Mississippi Regions

Table of Contents

Acquired Loans

The acquired loan portfolio consisted of the following at the end of each of the last two years:

Acquired Loans
($ in thousands)
	December 31,
	2012				2011
	Covered		Noncovered		Covered		Noncovered (1)
Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans	$	3,924	$	10,056	$	4,209	$	-
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		23,990		19,404		31,874		76
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties		18,407		45,649		30,889		-
Other real estate secured		3,567		669		5,126		-
Commercial and industrial loans		747		3,035		2,971		69
Consumer loans		177		2,610		290		4,146
Other loans		1,229		100		1,445		72
Acquired loans		52,041		81,523		76,804		4,363
Less allowance for loan losses, acquired loans		4,190		1,885		502		-
Net acquired loans	$	47,851	$	79,638	$	76,302	$	4,363

(1) Acquired noncovered loans were reported in LHFI at December 31, 2011.

On March 16, 2012, Trustmark completed its merger with Bay Bank. Loans acquired in the Bay Bank acquisition were evaluated for evidence of credit deterioration since origination and collectability of contractually required payments. TNB elected to account for all loans acquired in the Bay Bank acquisition as acquired impaired loans under FASB ASC Topic 310-30, except for $5.9 million of acquired loans with revolving privileges, which are outside the scope of the guidance. While not all loans acquired from Bay Bank exhibited evidence of significant credit deterioration, accounting for these acquired loans under ASC Topic 310-30 would have materially the same result as the alternative accounting treatment. The purchase price allocation was deemed preliminary as of March 31, 2012 and was finalized in the second quarter of 2012.

On April 15, 2011, TNB entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with the FDIC in which TNB agreed to assume all of the deposits and essentially all of the assets of Heritage. Loans comprise the majority of the assets acquired and $97.8 million, or 91% of total loans acquired, are subject to the loss-share agreement with the FDIC whereby TNB is indemnified against a portion of the losses on covered loans and covered other real estate. The loans acquired from Heritage that are covered by loss-share agreement are presented as covered loans in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

TNB accounts for acquired impaired loans under FASB ASC Topic 310-30. An acquired loan is considered impaired when there is evidence of credit deterioration since the origination and it is probable at the date of acquisition that TNB will be unable to collect all contractually required payments. Revolving credit agreements such as home equity lines are excluded from acquired impaired loan accounting requirements. TNB acquired $5.9 million and $3.8 million of revolving credit agreements, at fair value, in the Bay Bank and Heritage acquisitions, respectively, consisting mainly of home equity loans and commercial asset-based lines of credit, where the borrower had revolving privileges on the acquisition date. As such, TNB has accounted for such revolving covered loans in accordance with accounting requirements for acquired nonimpaired loans.

Table of Contents

The following table illustrates changes in the carrying value, net of the acquired loans for each of the last two years:

Acquired Loans Carrying Value
($ in thousands)

	Covered						Noncovered (1)
	Acquired			Acquired			Acquired			Acquired
	Impaired			Not ASC 310-30 (2)			Impaired			Not ASC 310-30 (2)
Carrying value, net at January 1, 2011	$	-		$	-		$	-		$	-
Loans acquired		93,940			3,830			9,468			176
Accretion to interest income		4,347			543			349			4
Payments received, net (3)		(25,764	)		(202	)		(5,076	)		(47	)
Other		110			-			(391	)		(120	)
Less allowance for loan losses, acquired loans		(502	)		-			-			-
Carrying value, net at December 31, 2011		72,131			4,171			4,350			13
Loans acquired (4)		-			-			91,987			5,927
Accretion to interest income		8,031			367			4,138			161
Payments received, net		(27,496	)		(2,107	)		(24,330	)		868
Other		(3,085	)		29			(1,318	)		(273	)
Less allowance for loan losses, acquired loans		(4,190	)		-			(1,885	)		-
Carrying value, net at December 31, 2012	$	45,391		$	2,460		$	72,942		$	6,696

(1)	Acquired noncovered loans were included in LHFI at December 31, 2011.

(2)	"Acquired Not ASC 31-30" loans consist of revolving credit agreements that are not in scope for FASB ASC Topic 310-30.

(3)	Includes $4.3 million for loan recoveries and an adjustment to payments recorded for covered acquired impaired loans, which was reported as "Changes in expected cash flows" at December 31, 2011.

(4)	Fair value of loans acquired from Bay Bank on March 16, 2012.

Covered Other Real Estate

The following table illustrates covered other real estate by type of property at the end of each of the past two years:

Covered Other Real Estate by Property Type
($ in thousands)
	December 31,
	2012		2011
Construction, land development and other land properties	$	1,284	$	1,304
1-4 family residential properties		1,306		889
Nonfarm, nonresidential properties		3,151		4,022
Other real estate properties		-		116
Total covered other real estate	$	5,741	$	6,331

Table of Contents

The following table illustrates changes and gains, net on covered other real estate for the past two years:

Change in Covered Other Real Estate
($ in thousands)
	December 31,
	2012			2011
Balance at January 1,	$	6,331		$	-
Covered other real estate acquired		-			7,485
Transfers from covered loans		1,424			632
FASB ASC 310-30 adjustment for the residual recorded investment		(112	)		(264	)
Net transfers from covered loans		1,312			368
Disposals		(1,631	)		(1,489	)
Writedowns		(271	)		(33	)
Balance at December 31,	$	5,741		$	6,331

Gain, net on the sale of covered other real estate included in ORE/Foreclosure expenses	$	485		$	286

FDIC Indemnification Asset

Trustmark periodically re-estimates the expected cash flows on the acquired loans of Heritage as required by FASB ASC Topic 310-30. For both 2012 and 2011, the analysis resulted in improvements in the estimated future cash flows of the acquired loans that remain outstanding as well as lower expected remaining losses on those loans. The improvements in the estimated expected cash flows of the covered loans resulted in a reduction of the expected loss-share receivable from the FDIC. During 2012, other income included a writedown of the FDIC indemnification asset of $3.7 million, compared to $4.2 million in 2011, on covered loans as a result of loan pay offs, improved cash flow projections and lower loss expectations for loan pools.

The following table illustrates changes in the FDIC indemnification asset for the each of the last two years:

FDIC Indemnification Asset
($ in thousands)

Balance at January 1, 2011	$	-
Additions from acquisition		33,333
Accretion		185
Loss-share payments received from FDIC		(986	)
Change in expected cash flows (1)		(4,157	)
Change in FDIC true-up provision		(27	)
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	28,348
Accretion		245
Transfers to FDIC claims receivable		(2,544	)
Change in expected cash flows (1)		(3,761	)
Change in FDIC true-up provision		(514	)
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	21,774

(1) The decrease was due to loan payoffs, improved cash flow projections and lower loss expectations for covered loans.

Pursuant to the provisions of the Heritage loss-share agreement, TNB may be required to make a true-up payment to the FDIC at the termination of the loss-share agreement should actual losses be less than certain thresholds established in the agreement. TNB calculates the projected true-up payable to the FDIC quarterly and records a FDIC true-up provision for the present value of the projected true-up payable to the FDIC at the termination of the loss-share agreement. TNB’s FDIC true-up provision totaled $1.1 million and $601 thousand at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Table of Contents

Other Earning Assets

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements were $7.0 million at December 31, 2012, a decrease of $2.2 million when compared with December 31, 2011. Trustmark utilizes these products as offerings for its correspondent banking customers as well as a short-term investment alternative whenever it has excess liquidity.

Deposits and Other Interest-Bearing Liabilities

Trustmark’s deposit base is its primary source of funding and consists of core deposits from the communities Trustmark serves. Deposits include interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing demand accounts, savings, money market, certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts. Total deposits were $7.897 billion at December 31, 2012, compared with $7.566 billion at December 31, 2011, an increase of $330.2 million, or 4.4%. Deposit growth was driven by increases in both noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing deposits of $220.8 million and $109.4 million, respectively. Trustmark experienced noninterest-bearing deposit growth among all categories, with the Bay Bank acquisition contributing $46.2 million. The increase in interest-bearing deposits resulted primarily from growth in personal checking and savings accounts, with Bay Bank contributing $132.7 million in various types of interest-bearing deposits. However, time deposit account balances, excluding Bay Bank, declined by $222.2 million as Trustmark continued its efforts to reduce high-cost deposit balances. A portion of the decline in time deposit balances was offset by growth in money market balances due to customer preference for liquidity in today’s interest rate environment.

Trustmark uses short-term borrowings to fund growth of earning assets in excess of deposit growth. Short-term borrowings consist of federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements and short-term FHLB advances. Short-term borrowings totaled $375.7 million at December 31, 2012, a decrease of $316.4 million, when compared with $692.1 million at December 31, 2011. Of these amounts, $285.1 million and $239.4 million, respectively, were customer related transactions, such as commercial sweep repo balances. The decrease in short-term borrowings resulted primarily from declines of $263.5 million in federal funds purchased as funding pressures lessened due to strong deposit growth.

The table below presents information concerning qualifying components of Trustmark’s short-term borrowings for each of the last three years ($ in thousands):

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements:	2012			2011			2010
Amount outstanding at end of period	$	288,829		$	604,500		$	700,138
Weighted average interest rate at end of period		0.10	%		0.12	%		0.19	%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month end during each period	$	713,975		$	845,234		$	827,162
Average amount outstanding during each period	$	370,283		$	507,925		$	580,427
Weighted average interest rate during each period		0.16	%		0.19	%		0.20	%

Short-term borrowings:
Amount outstanding at end of period	$	86,920		$	87,628		$	425,343
Weighted average interest rate at end of period		1.42	%		1.77	%		0.57	%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month end during each period	$	93,162		$	308,072		$	425,343
Average amount outstanding during each period	$	83,042		$	142,984		$	209,550
Weighted average interest rate during each period		1.45	%		1.12	%		0.86	%

Benefit Plans

Capital Accumulation Plan

As disclosed in Note 15 – Defined Benefit and Other Postretirement Benefits included in Item 8 - Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Trustmark maintains a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan, which covers substantially all associates employed prior to 2007. The plan provides retirement benefits that are based on the length of credited service and final average compensation, as defined in the plan and vest upon three years of service. In an effort to control expenses, the Board voted to freeze plan benefits effective May 15, 2009, with the exception of certain associates covered through plans obtained by acquisitions. Associates will not earn additional benefits, except for interest as required by the IRS regulations, after the effective date. Associates will retain their previously earned pension benefits.

At December 31, 2012, the fair value of plan assets totaled $76.7 million and was exceeded by the plan projected benefit obligation of $103.2 million by $26.6 million. Net periodic benefit cost equaled $3.7 million in 2012 compared with $3.2 million in 2011 and $2.8 million in 2010.

Table of Contents

The fair value of plan assets is determined utilizing current market quotes, while the benefit obligation and periodic benefit costs are determined utilizing actuarial methodology with certain weighted-average assumptions. For 2012, 2011 and 2010, the process used to select the discount rate assumption under FASB ASC Topic 715 takes into account the benefit cash flow and the segmented yields on high-quality corporate bonds that would be available to provide for the payment of the benefit cash flow. Assumptions, which have been chosen to represent the estimate of a particular event as required by GAAP, have been reviewed and approved by Management based on recommendations from its actuaries. Please refer to “Defined Benefit Plans” in the Critical Accounting Policies for additional information regarding the assumptions used by Management.

The acceptable range of contributions to the plan is determined each year by the plan's actuary. Trustmark's policy is to fund amounts allowable for federal income tax purposes. The actual amount of the contribution is determined based on the plan's funded status and return on plan assets as of the measurement date, which is December 31. In July 2012, the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act (“MAP-21”) became effective. Through MAP-21, Congress provides pension sponsors with funding relief by stabilizing interest rates used to determine required funding contributions to defined benefit plans. Under MAP-21, instead of using a two-year average of these rates, plan sponsors determine required pension funding contributions based on a 25-year average of these rates with a cap and a floor. For 2012, the cap is set at 110% and the floor is set at 90% of the 25-year average of these rates as of September 30, 2011. As a result, for the plan years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, Trustmark’s minimum required contributions were $1.5 million and $896 thousand, respectively. During 2012, Trustmark made a contribution of $1.5 million for the plan year ended December 31, 2012 while during 2011, Trustmark made a contribution of $1.0 million for the plan year ended December 31, 2011. For the plan year ending December 31, 2013, Trustmark’s minimum required contribution is expected to be $1.5 million; however, Management and the Board of Directors will monitor the plan throughout 2013 to determine any additional funding requirements by the plan’s measurement date.

Supplemental Retirement Plan

Trustmark maintains a nonqualified supplemental retirement plan covering directors who elect to defer fees, key executive officers and senior officers. The plan provides for defined death benefits and/or retirement benefits based on a participant’s covered salary. Trustmark has acquired life insurance contracts on the participants covered under the plan, which are anticipated to fund future payments under the plan.

At December 31, 2012, the accrued benefit obligation equaled $56.6 million, while the net periodic benefit cost equaled $3.9 million in 2012, $3.6 million in 2011 and $3.5 million in 2010. The net periodic benefit cost and projected benefit obligation are determined using actuarial assumptions as of the plan’s measurement date, which is December 31. The process used to select the discount rate assumption under FASB ASC Topic 715 takes into account the benefit cash flow and the segmented yields on high-quality corporate bonds that would be available to provide for the payment of the benefit cash flow. At December 31, 2012, unrecognized actuarial losses and unrecognized prior service costs continue to be amortized over future service periods.

Legal Environment

Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Trustmark makes commitments to extend credit and issues standby and commercial letters of credit in the normal course of business in order to fulfill the financing needs of its customers. These loan commitments and letters of credit are off-balance sheet arrangements.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend money to customers pursuant to certain specified conditions. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. Since many of these commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Trustmark applies the same credit policies and standards as it does in the lending process when making these commitments. The collateral obtained is based upon the assessed creditworthiness of the borrower. At both December 31, 2012 and 2011, Trustmark had commitments to extend credit of $1.909 billion and $1.690 billion, respectively.

Standby and commercial letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by Trustmark to ensure the performance of a customer to a third party. When issuing letters of credit, Trustmark uses essentially the same policies regarding credit risk and collateral that are followed in the lending process. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, Trustmark’s maximum exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party for letters of credit was $140.5 million and $156.7 million, respectively. These amounts consist primarily of commitments with maturities of less than three years. Trustmark holds collateral to support certain letters of credit when deemed necessary.

Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

Trustmark is obligated under certain contractual arrangements. The amount of the payments due under those obligations as of December 31, 2012 is shown in the table below:

Contractual Obligations
($ in thousands)

	Less than		One to Three		Three to Five		After
	One Year		Years		Years		Five Years		Total
Time deposits	$	1,347,371	$	433,993	$	57,156	$	324	$	1,838,844
Securities sold under repurchase agreements		156,124		-		-		-		156,124
Subordinated notes		-		-		49,871		-		49,871
Junior subordinated debt securities		-		-		-		61,856		61,856
Operating lease obligations		6,482		10,176		4,329		7,275		28,262
Total	$	1,509,977	$	444,169	$	111,356	$	69,455	$	2,134,957

Capital Resources

At December 31, 2012, Trustmark’s total shareholders’ equity was $1.287 billion, an increase of $72.3 million from December 31, 2011. During 2012, shareholders’ equity increased primarily as a result of net income of $117.3 million and the $12.0 million of common stock issued in the Bay Bank acquisition, and was partially offset by common stock dividends of $60.0 million. Trustmark utilizes a capital model in order to provide Management with a monthly tool for analyzing changes in its strategic capital ratios. This allows Management to hold sufficient capital to provide for growth opportunities, protect the balance sheet against sudden adverse market conditions while maintaining an attractive return on equity to shareholders.

Regulatory Capital

Trustmark and TNB are subject to minimum capital requirements, which are administered by various federal regulatory agencies. These capital requirements, as defined by federal guidelines, involve quantitative and qualitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet instruments. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial statements of both Trustmark and TNB. Trustmark aims to exceed the well-capitalized guidelines for regulatory capital. As of December 31, 2012, Trustmark and TNB have exceeded all of the minimum capital standards for the parent company and its primary banking subsidiary as established by regulatory requirements. In addition, TNB has met applicable regulatory guidelines to be considered well-capitalized at December 31, 2012. To be categorized in this manner, TNB must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the accompanying table. There are no significant conditions or events that have occurred since December 31, 2012, which Management believes have affected TNB’s present classification.

During 2006, Trustmark enhanced its capital structure with the issuance of trust preferred securities and Subordinated Notes. For regulatory capital purposes, the trust preferred securities currently qualify as Tier 1 capital while the Subordinated Notes qualify as Tier 2 capital. The addition of these capital instruments provided Trustmark a cost effective manner in which to manage shareholders’ equity and enhance financial flexibility. For so long as Trustmark’s assets are less than $15 billion, it will be permitted to include the trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital. See “Capital Adequacy” included in Supervision and Regulation located elsewhere in this report.

Table of Contents

Regulatory Capital Table
($ in thousands)
	Actual Regulatory Capital					Minimum Regulatory Capital Required					Minimum Regulatory Provision to be Well-Capitalized
At December 31, 2012:	Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
Trustmark Corporation	$	1,157,838		17.22	%	$	537,861		8.00	%		n/a		n/a
Trustmark National Bank		1,119,438		16.85	%		531,577		8.00	%	$	664,472		10.00	%
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
Trustmark Corporation	$	1,043,865		15.53	%	$	268,930		4.00	%		n/a		n/a
Trustmark National Bank		1,007,775		15.17	%		265,789		4.00	%	$	398,683		6.00	%
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)
Trustmark Corporation	$	1,043,865		10.97	%	$	285,556		3.00	%		n/a		n/a
Trustmark National Bank		1,007,775		10.72	%		281,984		3.00	%	$	469,974		5.00	%

At December 31, 2011:
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
Trustmark Corporation	$	1,096,213		16.67	%	$	526,156		8.00	%		n/a		n/a
Trustmark National Bank		1,057,932		16.28	%		519,709		8.00	%	$	649,636		10.00	%
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
Trustmark Corporation	$	974,034		14.81	%	$	263,078		4.00	%		n/a		n/a
Trustmark National Bank		938,122		14.44	%		259,855		4.00	%	$	389,782		6.00	%
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)
Trustmark Corporation	$	974,034		10.43	%	$	280,162		3.00	%		n/a		n/a
Trustmark National Bank		938,122		10.18	%		276,502		3.00	%	$	460,837		5.00	%

Dividends on Common Stock

Dividends per common share for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were $0.92. Trustmark’s dividend payout ratio for 2012, 2011 and 2010 was 50.8%, 55.1%, and 58.2%, respectively. Approval by TNB’s regulators is required if the total of all dividends declared in any calendar year exceeds the total of its net income for that year combined with its retained net income of the preceding two years. TNB will have available in 2013 approximately $92.0 million plus its net income for that year to pay as dividends to Trustmark. The actual amount of any dividends declared in 2013 by Trustmark will be determined by Trustmark’s Board of Directors.

Liquidity

Liquidity is the ability to ensure that sufficient cash flow and liquid assets are available to satisfy current and future financial obligations, including demand for loans and deposit withdrawals, funding operating costs and other corporate purposes. Consistent cash flows from operations and adequate capital provide internally generated liquidity. Furthermore, Management maintains funding capacity from a variety of external sources to meet daily funding needs, such as those required to meet deposit withdrawals, loan disbursements and security settlements. Liquidity strategy also includes the use of wholesale funding sources to provide for the seasonal fluctuations of deposit and loan demand and the cyclical fluctuations of the economy that impact the availability of funds. Management keeps excess funding capacity available to meet potential demands associated with adverse circumstances.

The asset side of the balance sheet provides liquidity primarily through maturities and cash flows from loans and securities, as well as the ability to sell certain loans and securities while the liability portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity primarily through noninterest and interest-bearing deposits. Trustmark utilizes federal funds purchased, FHLB advances, securities sold under repurchase agreements as well as the Federal Reserve Discount Window (Discount Window) and, on a limited basis as discussed below, brokered deposits to provide additional liquidity. Access to these additional sources represents Trustmark’s incremental borrowing capacity.

Deposit accounts represent Trustmark’s largest funding source. Average deposits totaled to $7.859 billion for 2012 and represented approximately 80.2% of average liabilities and shareholders’ equity when compared to average deposits of $7.525 billion, which represented 78.5% of average liabilities and shareholders’ equity for 2011.

Table of Contents

Trustmark utilizes a limited amount of brokered deposits to supplement other wholesale funding sources. At December 31, 2012, brokered sweep Money Market Deposit Account (MMDA) deposits totaled $42.9 million compared to $42.1 million at December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2012, Trustmark had $49.9 million in term fixed-rate brokered CDs outstanding compared with $49.7 million outstanding brokered CDs at December 31, 2011. The addition of brokered CDs during 2011 was part of an interest rate risk management strategy, and represented the lowest cost alternative for term fixed-rate funding.

At December 31, 2012, Trustmark had $68.0 million of upstream federal funds purchased, compared to $365.0 million at December 31, 2011. Trustmark maintains adequate federal funds lines in excess of the amount utilized to provide sufficient short-term liquidity. Trustmark also maintains a relationship with the FHLB, which provided no advances at December 31, 2012, compared with $2.5 million in advances at December 31, 2011. Under the existing borrowing agreement, Trustmark had sufficient qualifying collateral to increase FHLB advances by $1.882 billion at December 31, 2012.

Additionally, Trustmark has the ability to enter into wholesale funding repurchase agreements as a source of borrowing by utilizing its unencumbered investment securities as collateral. At December 31, 2012, Trustmark had approximately $467.0 million available in repurchase agreement capacity compared to $603.0 million at December 31, 2011. The decrease in the repurchase agreement capacity at December 31, 2012, was primarily due to Trustmark’s investment in highly rated asset-backed securities, which are not used as collateral for repurchase transactions.

Another borrowing source is the Discount Window. At December 31, 2012, Trustmark had approximately $798.2 million available in collateral capacity at the Discount Window from pledges of loans and securities, compared with $777.4 million at December 31, 2011.

TNB has outstanding $50.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Subordinated Notes (the Notes) due December 15, 2016. At December 31, 2012, the carrying amount of the Notes was $49.9 million. The Notes were sold pursuant to the terms of regulations issued by the OCC and in reliance upon an exemption provided by the Securities Act of 1933. The Notes are unsecured and subordinate and junior in right of payment to TNB’s obligations to its depositors, its obligations under bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit, its obligations to any Federal Reserve Bank or the FDIC and its obligations to its other creditors, and to any rights acquired by the FDIC as a result of loans made by the FDIC to TNB.

During 2006, Trustmark completed a private placement of $60.0 million of trust preferred securities through a newly formed Delaware trust affiliate, Trustmark Preferred Capital Trust I, (the Trust). The trust preferred securities mature September 30, 2036 and are redeemable at Trustmark’s option at any time. The proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities were used by the Trust to purchase $61.856 million in aggregate principal amount of Trustmark’s junior subordinated debentures.

Another funding mechanism set into place in 2006 was Trustmark’s grant of a Class B banking license from the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority. Subsequently, Trustmark established a branch in the Cayman Islands through an agent bank. The branch was established as a mechanism to attract dollar denominated foreign deposits (i.e., Eurodollars) as an additional source of funding. At December 31, 2012, Trustmark had $75.0 million in Eurodollar deposits outstanding.

The Board of Directors currently has the authority to issue up to 20.0 million preferred shares with no par value. The ability to issue preferred shares in the future will provide Trustmark with additional financial and management flexibility for general corporate and acquisition purposes. At December 31, 2012, Trustmark has no shares of preferred stock issued.

Liquidity position and strategy are reviewed regularly by the Asset/Liability Committee and continuously adjusted in relationship to Trustmark’s overall strategy. Management believes that Trustmark has sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet presently known cash flow requirements arising from ongoing business transactions.

Asset/Liability Management

Overview

Market risk reflects the potential risk of loss arising from adverse changes in interest rates and market prices. Trustmark has risk management policies to monitor and limit exposure to market risk. Trustmark’s primary market risk is interest rate risk created by core banking activities. Interest rate risk is the potential variability of the income generated by Trustmark’s financial products or services, which results from changes in various market interest rates. Market rate changes may take the form of absolute shifts, variances in the relationships between different rates and changes in the shape or slope of the interest rate term structure.

Management continually develops and applies cost-effective strategies to manage these risks. The Asset/Liability Committee sets the day-to-day operating guidelines, approves strategies affecting net interest income and coordinates activities within policy limits established by the Board of Directors. A key objective of the asset/liability management program is to quantify, monitor and manage interest rate risk and to assist Management in maintaining stability in the net interest margin under varying interest rate environments.

Table of Contents

Derivatives

Trustmark uses financial derivatives for management of interest rate risk. The Asset/Liability Committee, in its oversight role for the management of interest rate risk, approves the use of derivatives in balance sheet hedging strategies. The most common derivatives employed by Trustmark are interest rate lock commitments, forward contracts (both futures contracts and options on futures contracts), interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and interest rate floors. In addition, Trustmark has entered into derivative contracts as counterparty to one or more customers in connection with loans extended to those customers. These transactions are designed to hedge interest rate, currency or other exposures of the customers and are not entered into by Trustmark for speculative purposes. Increased federal regulation of the derivative markets may increase the cost to Trustmark to administer derivative programs.

As part of Trustmark’s risk management strategy in the mortgage banking area, various derivative instruments such as interest rate lock commitments and forward sales contracts are utilized. Rate lock commitments are residential mortgage loan commitments with customers, which guarantee a specified interest rate for a specified period of time. Trustmark’s obligations under forward contracts consist of commitments to deliver mortgage loans, originated and/or purchased, in the secondary market at a future date. These derivative instruments are designated as fair value hedges under FASB ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging.” The gross, notional amount of Trustmark’s off-balance sheet obligations under these derivative instruments totaled $497.2 million at December 31, 2012, with a positive valuation adjustment of $1.5 million, compared to $317.0 million, with a negative valuation adjustment of $1.5 million as of December 31, 2011. The growth during 2012 has been driven by record low mortgage rates, which has stimulated higher mortgage loan refinancing activity.

Trustmark utilizes a portfolio of exchange-traded derivative instruments, such as Treasury note futures contracts and option contracts, to achieve a fair value return that offsets the changes in fair value of MSR attributable to interest rates. These transactions are considered freestanding derivatives that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting under GAAP. Changes in the fair value of these exchange-traded derivative instruments are recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by the changes in the fair value of MSR. The MSR fair value represents the present value of future cash flows, which among other things includes decay and the effect of changes in interest rates. Ineffectiveness of hedging the MSR fair value is measured by comparing the change in value of hedge instruments to the change in the fair value of the MSR asset attributable to changes in interest rates and other market driven changes in valuation inputs and assumptions. The impact of this strategy resulted in a net negative ineffectiveness of $3.4 million for 2012 compared with a net positive ineffectiveness of $4.4 million for 2011. The net negative ineffectiveness is a result of the spread contraction between primary mortgage rates and yields on the ten-year Treasury note partially offset by hedge income produced by a positively-sloped yield curve and net option premium.

In the first quarter of 2011, Trustmark began offering certain derivatives products directly to qualified commercial borrowers seeking to manage their interest rate risk. Trustmark economically hedges interest rate swap transactions executed with commercial borrowers by entering into offsetting interest rate swap transactions with third parties. Derivative transactions executed as part of this program are not designated as qualifying hedging relationships and are, therefore, carried at fair value with the change in fair value recorded in noninterest income in bank card and other fees. Because these derivatives have mirror-image contractual terms, in addition to collateral provisions which mitigate the impact of non-performance risk, the changes in fair value substantially offset. As of December 31, 2012, Trustmark had interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $321.3 million related to this program, compared to $71.2 million as of December 31, 2011. The increase in the aggregate notional amount in 2012 was attributable to the increase in the number of transactions as Trustmark realized its first full year of operation.

Trustmark has agreements with its financial institution counterparties that contain provisions where if Trustmark defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then Trustmark could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations.

As of December 31, 2012, the termination value of interest rate swaps in a liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $5.4 million compared to $1.8 million as of December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2012, Trustmark had posted collateral with a market value of $1.4 million against its obligations because of negotiated thresholds and minimum transfer amounts under these agreements. If Trustmark had breached any of these triggering provisions at December 31, 2012, it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at the termination value.

Credit risk participation agreements arise when Trustmark contracts with other financial institutions, as a guarantor or beneficiary, to share credit risk associated with certain interest rate swaps. These agreements provide for reimbursement of losses resulting from a third party default on the underlying swap. As of December 31, 2012, Trustmark had entered into two risk participation agreements as a beneficiary with an aggregate notional amount of $10.1 million, compared to no transactions as of December 31, 2011. The fair values of these risk participation agreements were immaterial at December 31, 2012.

Table of Contents

Accounting Policies Recently Adopted and Pending Accounting Pronouncements

ASU 2012-06, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Subsequent Accounting for an Indemnification Asset Recognized at the Acquisition Date as a Result of a Government-Assisted Acquisition of a Financial Institution (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force).” Issued in October 2012, ASU 2012-06 addresses the diversity in practice about how to subsequently measure an indemnification asset recognized as a result of a government-assisted acquisition of a financial institution. The amendments in ASU 2012-06 require a reporting entity to subsequently account for a change in the measurement of the indemnification asset on the same basis as the change in the assets subject to indemnification. ASU 2012-06 further requires that any amortization of changes in value be limited to the lesser of the term of the indemnification agreement and the remaining life of the indemnified assets. The amendments in ASU 2012-06 are effective prospectively for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2012, and early adoption is permitted. Adoption of ASU 2012-06 is not expected to have a significant impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2012-02, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment.” Issued in July 2012, ASU 2012-02 amends the guidance in ASC 350-30 on testing indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill for impairment. Under the revised guidance, entities testing indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment have the option of performing a qualitative assessment before calculating the fair value of the reporting unit (i.e., step 1 of the indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment test). If entities determine, on the basis of qualitative factors, that the fair value of the reporting unit is more likely than not less than the carrying amount, the two-step impairment test would be required. The ASU does not change how indefinite-lived intangible assets are calculated or assigned to reporting units, nor does it revise the requirement to test indefinite-lived intangible assets annually for impairment. In addition, the ASU does not amend the requirement to test indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment between annual tests if events or circumstances warrant; however, it does revise the examples of events and circumstances that an entity should consider. The amendments of ASU 2012-02 are effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. As Trustmark does not have any indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill, the adoption of ASU 2012-02 will have no impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2011-12, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassification of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05.” ASU 2011-12 defers the effective date of the requirement of ASU 2011-05 to present separate line items on the income statement for reclassification adjustments of items out of accumulated other comprehensive income into net income. ASU 2011-12 was issued to allow the FASB time to redeliberate whether to present on the face of the financial statements the effects of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the components of net income and other comprehensive income for all periods presented. Entities are still required to present reclassification adjustments within other comprehensive income either on the face of the statement that reports other comprehensive income or in the notes to the financial statements. All other requirements of ASU 2011-05 are not affected by ASU 2011-12. The requirements of ASU 2011-05, as amended by ASU 2011-12, became effective for Trustmark’s financial statements beginning January 1, 2012. For Trustmark, the impact of the ASU is a change in presentation only and did not have a significant impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2011-08, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment.” Issued in September 2011, ASU 2011-08 amends the guidance in ASC 350-202 on testing goodwill for impairment. Under the revised guidance, entities testing goodwill for impairment have the option of performing a qualitative assessment before calculating the fair value of the reporting unit (i.e., step 1 of the goodwill impairment test). If entities determine, on the basis of qualitative factors, that the fair value of the reporting unit is more likely than not less than the carrying amount, the two-step impairment test would be required. The ASU does not change how goodwill is calculated or assigned to reporting units, nor does it revise the requirement to test goodwill annually for impairment. In addition, the ASU does not amend the requirement to test goodwill for impairment between annual tests if events or circumstances warrant; however, it does revise the examples of events and circumstances that an entity should consider. The amendments became effective for Trustmark’s annual goodwill impairment tests beginning January 1, 2012. The adoption of ASU 2011-08 did not have an impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income.” ASU 2011-05 amends the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (Codification) to allow an entity the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In both choices, an entity is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders' equity. The amendments to the Codification in the ASU do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. ASU 2011-05 should be applied retrospectively. Early adoption is permitted. The ASU became effective for Trustmark’s financial statements beginning January 1, 2012. For Trustmark, the impact of the ASU is a change in presentation only and did not have a significant impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

ASU 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement: Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs.” The ASU is the result of joint efforts by the FASB and IASB to develop a single, converged fair value framework on how to measure fair value and on what disclosures to provide about fair value measurements. While the ASU is largely consistent with existing fair value measurement principles in U.S. GAAP, it expands existing disclosure requirements for fair value measurements and makes other amendments. Many of these amendments were made to eliminate unnecessary wording differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRSs. However, some could change how fair value measurement guidance is applied. The ASU became effective for Trustmark’s financial statements beginning January 1, 2012, and did not have a significant impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements. The required disclosures are reported in Note 19 – Fair Value.

ASU 2011-03, “Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860): Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements.” The ASU eliminates from U.S. GAAP the requirement for entities to consider whether a transferor has the ability to repurchase the financial assets in a repurchase agreement. This requirement was one of the criteria that entities used to determine whether the transferor maintained effective control. Although entities must consider all the effective-control criteria under ASC 860, the elimination of this requirement may lead to more conclusions that a repurchase arrangement should be accounted for as a secured borrowing rather than as a sale. The guidance should be applied prospectively to transactions or modifications of existing transactions that occur on or after the effective date. The ASU became effective for Trustmark’s financial statements beginning January 1, 2012, and did not have a significant impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market/Interest Rate Risk Management

The primary purpose in managing interest rate risk is to invest capital effectively and preserve the value created by the core banking business. This is accomplished through the development and implementation of lending, funding, pricing and hedging strategies designed to maximize net interest income performance under varying interest rate environments subject to specific liquidity and interest rate risk guidelines.

Financial simulation models are the primary tools used by Trustmark’s Asset/Liability Committee to measure interest rate exposure. Using a wide range of scenarios, Management is provided with extensive information on the potential impact to net interest income caused by changes in interest rates. Models are structured to simulate cash flows and accrual characteristics of Trustmark’s balance sheet. Assumptions are made about the direction and volatility of interest rates, the slope of the yield curve and the changing composition of Trustmark’s balance sheet, resulting from both strategic plans and customer behavior. In addition, the model incorporates Management’s assumptions and expectations regarding such factors as loan and deposit growth, pricing, prepayment speeds and spreads between interest rates.

Based on the results of the simulation models using static balances, it is estimated that net interest income may increase 0.5% and decrease 1.8% in a one-year, shocked, up 200 basis point rate shift scenario, compared to a base case, flat rate scenario at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. In the event of a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates using static balances at December 31, 2012, it is estimated net interest income may decrease by 4.9% compared to a 5.4% decrease at December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the impact of a 200 basis point drop scenario was not calculated due to the historically low interest rate environment.

The table below summarizes the effect various rate shift scenarios would have on net interest income at December 31, 2012 and 2011:

Interest Rate Exposure Analysis	Estimated Annual % Change
	in Net Interest Income
	2012			2011
Change in Interest Rates
+200 basis points		0.5	%		-1.8	%
+100 basis points		-0.1	%		-0.8	%
-100 basis points		-4.9	%		-5.4	%

As shown in the table above, the interest rate shocks for 2012 illustrate little to no change in net interest income in rising rate scenarios while displaying modest exposure to a falling rate environment. The exposure to falling rates is primarily due to a repricing downward of various earning assets with minimal contribution from liabilities given the already low cost of deposits in the base scenario. Management cannot provide any assurance about the actual effect of changes in interest rates on net interest income. The estimates provided do not include the effects of possible strategic changes in the balances of various assets and liabilities throughout 2013 or additional actions Trustmark could undertake in response to changes in interest rates. Management will continue to prudently manage the balance sheet in an effort to control interest rate risk and maintain profitability over the long term.

Table of Contents

Another component of interest rate risk management is measuring the economic value-at-risk for a given change in market interest rates. The economic value-at-risk may indicate risks associated with longer-term balance sheet items that may not affect net interest income at risk over shorter time periods. Trustmark also uses computer-modeling techniques to determine the present value of all asset and liability cash flows (both on-and off-balance sheet), adjusted for prepayment expectations, using a market discount rate. The economic value of equity (EVE), also known as net portfolio value, is defined as the difference between the present value of asset cash flows and the present value of liability cash flows. The resulting change in EVE in different market rate environments, from the base case scenario, is the amount of EVE at risk from those rate environments. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the EVE at risk for an instantaneous up 200 basis point shift in rates produced an increase in net portfolio value of 2.4%. An instantaneous 100 basis point decrease in interest rates produced a decline in net portfolio value of 3.2%, compared to a decline of 6.5% at December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the impact of a 200 basis point drop scenario was not calculated due to the historically low interest rate environment. The following table summarizes the effect that various rate shifts would have on net portfolio value at December 31, 2012 and 2011:

Economic Value - at - Risk	Estimated % Change
	in Net Portfolio Value
	2012			2011
Change in Interest Rates
+200 basis points		2.4	%		2.4	%
+100 basis points		2.1	%		2.9	%
-100 basis points		-3.2	%		-6.5	%

Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Trustmark Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Trustmark Corporation and subsidiaries (the Corporation) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Trustmark Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on the criteria established in Internal Control –Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 27, 2013, expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Jackson, Mississippi

February 27, 2013

Table of Contents

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
($ in thousands except share data)

	December 31,
	2012		2011
Assets
Cash and due from banks (noninterest-bearing)	$	231,489	$	202,625
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements		7,046		9,258
Securities available for sale (at fair value)		2,657,745		2,468,993
Securities held to maturity (fair value: $46,888-2012; $62,515-2011)		42,188		57,705
Loans held for sale (LHFS)		257,986		216,553
Loans held for investment (LHFI)		5,592,754		5,857,484
Less allowance for loan losses, LHFI		78,738		89,518
Net LHFI		5,514,016		5,767,966
Acquired Loans:
Noncovered loans		81,523		-
Covered loans		52,041		76,804
Allowance for loan losses, acquired loans		6,075		502
Net acquired loans		127,489		76,302
Net LHFI and acquired loans		5,641,505		5,844,268
Premises and equipment, net		154,841		142,582
Mortgage servicing rights		47,341		43,274
Goodwill		291,104		291,104
Identifiable intangible assets		17,306		14,076
Other real estate, excluding covered other real estate		78,189		79,053
Covered other real estate		5,741		6,331
FDIC indemnification asset		21,774		28,348
Other assets		374,412		322,837
Total Assets	$	9,828,667	$	9,727,007

Liabilities
Deposits:
Noninterest-bearing	$	2,254,211	$	2,033,442
Interest-bearing		5,642,306		5,532,921
Total deposits		7,896,517		7,566,363
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements		288,829		604,500
Short-term borrowings		86,920		87,628
Subordinated notes		49,871		49,839
Junior subordinated debt securities		61,856		61,856
Other liabilities		157,305		141,784
Total Liabilities		8,541,298		8,511,970

Commitments and Contingencies

Shareholders' Equity
Common stock, no par value:
Authorized: 250,000,000 shares
Issued and outstanding: 64,820,414 shares - 2012; 64,142,498 shares - 2011		13,506		13,364
Capital surplus		285,905		266,026
Retained earnings		984,563		932,526
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax		3,395		3,121
Total Shareholders' Equity		1,287,369		1,215,037
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity	$	9,828,667	$	9,727,007

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Income
($ in thousands except per share data)
	Years Ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Interest Income
Interest and fees on loans	$	297,918	$	309,240	$	324,118
Interest on securities:
Taxable		66,950		75,843		77,078
Tax exempt		5,423		5,545		5,577
Interest on federal funds sold and securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements		26		30		36
Other interest income		1,342		1,321		1,409
Total Interest Income		371,659		391,979		408,218
Interest Expense
Interest on deposits		24,604		36,294		48,657
Interest on federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements		588		965		1,183
Other interest expense		5,477		5,777		6,355
Total Interest Expense		30,669		43,036		56,195
Net Interest Income		340,990		348,943		352,023
Provision for loan losses, LHFI		6,766		29,704		49,546
Provision for loan losses, acquired loans		5,528		624		-
Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan Losses		328,696		318,615		302,477
Noninterest Income
Service charges on deposit accounts		50,351		51,707		55,183
Bank card and other fees		30,445		27,474		25,014
Mortgage banking, net		40,960		26,812		29,345
Insurance commissions		28,205		26,966		27,691
Wealth management		23,056		22,962		21,872
Other, net		1,113		3,853		4,493
Securities gains, net		1,059		80		2,329
Total Noninterest Income		175,189		159,854		165,927
Noninterest Expense
Salaries and employee benefits		190,519		178,556		174,582
Services and fees		46,751		43,858		41,949
Equipment expense		20,478		20,177		17,135
Net occupancy - premises		20,267		20,254		19,808
ORE/Foreclosure expense		11,165		16,293		24,377
FDIC assessment expense		6,502		7,984		12,161
Other expense		48,820		42,728		35,637
Total Noninterest Expense		344,502		329,850		325,649
Income Before Income Taxes		159,383		148,619		142,755
Income taxes		42,100		41,778		42,119
Net Income	$	117,283	$	106,841	$	100,636

Earnings Per Common Share
Basic	$	1.81	$	1.67	$	1.58
Diluted	$	1.81	$	1.66	$	1.57

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
($ in thousands)
	Years Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010

Net income per consolidated statements of income	$	117,283		$	106,841		$	100,636
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities:
Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the period		60			24,475			(9,529	)
Less: adjustment for net gains realized in net income		(654	)		(49	)		(1,438	)
Pension and other postretirement benefit plans:
Net change in prior service costs		32			(591	)		76
Net decrease (increase) in loss arising during the period		836			(9,288	)		1,089
Other comprehensive income (loss)		274			14,547			(9,802	)
Comprehensive income	$	117,557		$	121,388		$	90,834

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
($ in thousands except per share data)
											Accumulated
											Other
	Common Stock										Comprehensive
	Shares				Capital			Retained			Income
	Outstanding		Amount		Surplus			Earnings			(Loss)			Total
Balance, January 1, 2010		63,673,839	$	13,267	$	244,864		$	853,553		$	(1,624	)	$	1,110,060
Net income per consolidated statements of income		-		-		-			100,636			-			100,636
Other comprehensive loss		-		-		-			-			(9,802	)		(9,802	)
Cash dividends paid on common stock ($0.92 per share)		-		-		-			(59,302	)		-			(59,302	)
Common stock issued, long-term incentive plan		243,752		51		7,047			(3,970	)		-			3,128
Compensation expense, long-term incentive plan		-		-		4,824			-			-			4,824
Other		-		-		(60	)		-			-			(60	)
Balance, December 31, 2010		63,917,591		13,318		256,675			890,917			(11,426	)		1,149,484
Net income per consolidated statements of income		-		-		-			106,841			-			106,841
Other comprehensive income		-		-		-			-			14,547			14,547
Cash dividends paid on common stock ($0.92 per share)		-		-		-			(59,485	)		-			(59,485	)
Common stock issued, long-term incentive plan		224,907		46		5,560			(5,747	)		-			(141	)
Compensation expense, long-term incentive plan		-		-		3,791			-			-			3,791
Balance, December 31, 2011		64,142,498		13,364		266,026			932,526			3,121			1,215,037
Net income per consolidated statements of income		-		-		-			117,283			-			117,283
Other comprehensive income		-		-		-			-			274			274
Cash dividends paid on common stock ($0.92 per share)		-		-		-			(59,961	)		-			(59,961	)
Common stock issued, long-term incentive plan		167,715		36		4,012			(5,285	)		-			(1,237	)
Common stock issued, business combination		510,201		106		11,894			-			-			12,000
Compensation expense, long-term incentive plan		-		-		3,973			-			-			3,973
Balance, December 31, 2012		64,820,414	$	13,506	$	285,905		$	984,563		$	3,395		$	1,287,369

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
($ in thousands)	Years Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Operating Activities
Net income	$	117,283		$	106,841		$	100,636
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Provision for loan losses, net		12,294			30,328			49,546
Depreciation and amortization		29,275			25,273			25,646
Net amortization of securities		7,008			9,187			3,264
Securities gains, net		(1,059	)		(80	)		(2,329	)
Gains on sales of loans, net		(33,918	)		(11,952	)		(15,317	)
Bargain purchase gain on acquisitions		(3,635	)		(7,456	)		-
Deferred income tax benefit		(8,452	)		(9,683	)		(6,389	)
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale		1,849,712			981,349			1,164,541
Purchases and originations of loans held for sale		(1,856,293	)		(1,003,803	)		(1,127,346	)
Originations and sales of mortgage servicing rights, net		(23,253	)		(14,160	)		(16,885	)
Net (increase) decrease in other assets		(35,816	)		34,423			1,588
Net increase in other liabilities		16,482			2,609			736
Other operating activities, net		22,497			30,713			29,087
Net cash provided by operating activities		92,125			173,589			206,778

Investing Activities
Proceeds from calls and maturities of securities held to maturity		15,534			83,219			92,324
Proceeds from calls and maturities of securities available for sale		917,316			749,149			650,419
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale		34,826			22,996			65,074
Purchases of securities available for sale		(1,122,480	)		(1,026,936	)		(1,227,199	)
Net decrease (increase) in federal funds sold and securities
purchased under reverse repurchase agreements		2,212			3,515			(5,399	)
Net decrease in loans		250,508			141,988			138,071
Purchases of premises and equipment		(17,172	)		(12,184	)		(6,720	)
Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment		4			537			183
Proceeds from sales of other real estate		34,992			54,104			48,019
Net cash received in business combination		78,151			78,896			-
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		193,891			95,284			(245,228	)

Financing Activities
Net increase (decrease) in deposits		121,358			317,447			(143,898	)
Net (decrease) increase in federal funds purchased and
securities sold under repurchase agreements		(315,671	)		(95,638	)		47,106
Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings		(1,641	)		(389,666	)		147,689
Payments from calls of long-term FHLB advances		-			(309	)		-
Redemption of junior subordinated debt securities		-			-			(8,248	)
Common stock dividends		(59,961	)		(59,485	)		(59,302	)
Common stock issued-net, long-term incentive plan		(1,318	)		(595	)		1,273
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation arrangements		81			454			1,855
Net cash used in financing activities		(257,152	)		(227,792	)		(13,525	)

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		28,864			41,081			(51,975	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		202,625			161,544			213,519
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	231,489		$	202,625		$	161,544

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

Note 1 – Significant Accounting Policies

Business

Trustmark Corporation (Trustmark) is a multi-bank holding company headquartered in Jackson, Mississippi. Through its subsidiaries, Trustmark operates as a financial services organization providing banking and financial solutions to corporate institutions and individual customers through approximately 170 offices in Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas.

Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Trustmark and all other entities in which Trustmark has a controlling financial interest. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current period presentation.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with these accounting principles requires Management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and income and expense during the reporting period and the related disclosures. Although Management’s estimates contemplate current conditions and how they are expected to change in the future, it is reasonably possible that in 2013 actual conditions could vary from those anticipated, which could affect our results of operations and financial condition. The allowance for loan losses, the amount and timing of expected cash flows from acquired loans and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) indemnification asset, the valuation of other real estate, the fair value of mortgage servicing rights, the valuation of goodwill and other identifiable intangibles, the status of contingencies and the fair values of financial instruments are particularly subject to change. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Securities

Securities are classified as either held to maturity, available for sale or trading. Securities are classified as held to maturity and carried at amortized cost when Management has the positive intent and the ability to hold them until maturity. Securities to be held for indefinite periods of time are classified as available for sale and carried at fair value, with the unrealized holding gains and losses reported as a component of other comprehensive income, net of tax. Securities available for sale are used as part of Trustmark’s interest rate risk management strategy and may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, changes in prepayment rates and other factors. Securities held for resale in anticipation of short-term market movements are classified as trading and are carried at fair value, with changes in unrealized holding gains and losses included in other interest income. Management determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase. Trustmark currently has no securities classified as trading.

The amortized cost of debt securities classified as securities held to maturity or securities available for sale is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity over the estimated life of the security using the interest method. Such amortization or accretion is included in interest on securities. Realized gains and losses are determined using the specific identification method and are included in noninterest income as securities gains (losses), net.

Trustmark reviews securities for impairment quarterly. Declines in the fair value of held to maturity and available for sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses to the extent the impairment is related to credit losses. The amount of the impairment related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, Management considers, among other things, the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer and Trustmark’s intent and ability to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

Table of Contents

Loans Held for Sale (LHFS)

Primarily, all mortgage loans purchased from wholesale customers or originated in Trustmark’s General Banking Division are considered to be held for sale. In certain circumstances, Trustmark will retain a mortgage loan in its portfolio based on banking relationships or certain investment strategies. Mortgage loans held for sale in the secondary market that are hedged using fair value hedges are carried at estimated fair value on an aggregate basis. Substantially, all mortgage loans held for sale are hedged. These loans are primarily first-lien mortgage loans originated or purchased by Trustmark. Deferred loan fees and costs are reflected in the basis of loans held for sale and, as such, impact the resulting gain or loss when loans are sold. Adjustments to reflect fair value and realized gains and losses upon ultimate sale of the loans are recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net.

Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) optional repurchase programs allow financial institutions to buy back individual delinquent mortgage loans that meet certain criteria from the securitized loan pool for which the institution provides servicing. At the servicer’s option and without GNMA’s prior authorization, the servicer may repurchase such a delinquent loan for an amount equal to 100 percent of the remaining principal balance of the loan. This buy-back option is considered a conditional option until the delinquency criteria are met, at which time the option becomes unconditional. When Trustmark is deemed to have regained effective control over these loans under the unconditional buy-back option, the loans can no longer be reported as sold and must be brought back onto the balance sheet as loans held for sale, regardless of whether Trustmark intends to exercise the buy-back option. These loans are reported as held for sale with the offsetting liability being reported as short-term borrowings.

Loans Held for Investment (LHFI)

LHFI are stated at the amount of unpaid principal, adjusted for the net amount of direct costs and nonrefundable loan fees associated with lending. The net amount of nonrefundable loan origination fees and direct costs associated with the lending process, including commitment fees, is deferred and accreted to interest income over the lives of the loans using a method that approximates the interest method. Interest on LHFI is accrued and recorded as interest income based on the outstanding principal balance.

Trustmark has established acceptable ranges or limits for specific types of credit. Within these categories, the overall risk of individual credits is restrained by defined maximum advance rates and repayment periods, minimum debt service coverage ratios, and continuous monitoring of these measures throughout the life of the loan. These policy directives are periodically reviewed to ensure that they continue to reflect underwriting considerations deemed essential to maintaining a sound loan portfolio. It is recognized that not all extensions of credit will fully comply with policy limitations. Accordingly, such exceptions to loan policy must be justified by other mitigating features of the loan and must receive proper approval as designated in the loan policy.

Past due LHFI are loans contractually past due 30 days or more as to principal or interest payments. A LHFI is classified as nonaccrual, and the accrual of interest on such loan is discontinued, when the contractual payment of principal or interest becomes 90 days past due on commercial credits and 120 days past due on non-business purpose credits. In addition, a credit may be placed on nonaccrual at any other time Management has serious doubts about further collectibility of principal or interest according to the contractual terms, even though the loan is currently performing. A LHFI may remain on accrual status if it is in the process of collection and well secured. When a LHFI is placed on nonaccrual status, unpaid interest is reversed against interest income. Interest received on nonaccrual LHFI is applied against principal. LHFI are restored to accrual status when the obligation is brought current or has performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time and the ultimate collectibility of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt.

A LHFI is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that Trustmark will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. If a LHFI is impaired, a specific valuation allowance is allocated, if necessary, so that the loan is reported net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. All classes of commercial LHFI at $500,000 or more, which are classified as nonaccrual, are identified for impairment analysis. Interest payments on impaired LHFI are typically applied to principal unless collectibility of the principal amount is reasonably assured, in which case interest is recognized on a cash basis. The policy for recognizing income on impaired LHFI is consistent with the nonaccrual policy. Impaired LHFI, or portions thereof, are charged off when deemed uncollectible.

Commercial purpose LHFI are charged off when a determination is made that the loan is uncollectible, and continuance as a bankable asset is not warranted. Consumer LHFI secured by 1-4 family residential real estate are generally charged off or written down to the fair value of the collateral less cost to sell at no later than 180 days of delinquency. Non-real estate consumer purpose term LHFI, including both secured and unsecured loans, are generally charged off by 120 days of delinquency. Consumer revolving lines of credit and credit card debt are generally charged off on or prior to 180 days of delinquency.

Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI

Trustmark's allowance methodology is based on guidance provided in Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 102, "Selected Loan Loss Allowance Methodology and Documentation Issues," as well as other regulatory guidance. The allowance for loan losses, LHFI consists of three components: (i) a historical valuation allowance determined in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 450, "Contingencies," based on historical loan loss experience for LHFI with similar characteristics and trends, (ii) a specific valuation allowance determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 310 "Receivables," based on probable losses on specific LHFI, and (iii) a qualitative risk valuation allowance determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 450 based on general economic conditions and other specific internal and external qualitative risk factors. Each of these components calls for estimates, assumptions, and judgments as described below.

Table of Contents

Historical Valuation Allowance

Loans-Specific Valuation Allowance

Qualitative Risk Valuation Allowance

Acquired Loans

Trustmark National Bank (TNB) accounts for acquired impaired loans under FASB ASC Topic 310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality.” An acquired loan is considered impaired when there is evidence of credit deterioration since origination and it is probable at the date of acquisition that TNB will be unable to collect all contractually required payments. Acquired loans accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30 are referred to as “acquired impaired loans.” Revolving credit agreements such as home equity lines are excluded from acquired impaired loan accounting requirements.

For acquired impaired loans, TNB (a) calculates the contractual amount and timing of undiscounted principal and interest payments (the “undiscounted contractual cash flows”) and (b) estimates the amount and timing of undiscounted expected principal and interest payments (the “undiscounted expected cash flows”). Under FASB ASC Topic 310-30, the difference between the undiscounted contractual cash flows and the undiscounted expected cash flows is the nonaccretable difference. The nonaccretable difference represents an estimate of the loss exposure of principal and interest related to the acquired impaired loan portfolio, and such amount is subject to change over time based on the performance of such loans.

Table of Contents

TNB aggregates certain acquired loans into pools of loans with common credit risk characteristics such as loan type and risk rating. To establish accounting pools of acquired loans, loans are first categorized by similar purpose, collateral and geographic region. Within each category, loans are further segmented by ranges of risk determinants observed at the time of acquisition. For commercial loans, the primary risk determinant is the risk rating as assigned by TNB. For consumer loans, the risk determinants include delinquency, FICO and loan-to-value ratios. Statistical comparison of the pools reflect that each pool is comprised of loans generally of similar characteristics, including loan type, loan risk and weighted average life. Each pool is then reviewed for similarity of the pool constituents, including standard deviation of purchase price, weighted average life and concentration of the largest loans. Loan pools are initially booked at the aggregate fair value of the loan pool constituents, based on the present value of TNB's expected cash flows from the loans. An acquired loan will be removed from a pool of loans only if the loan is sold, foreclosed, or payment is received in full satisfaction of the loan. The acquired loan will be removed from the pool at its carrying value. If an individual acquired loan is removed from a pool of loans, the difference between its relative carrying amount and its cash, fair value of the collateral, or other assets received will be recognized as a gain or loss immediately in interest income on loans and would not affect the effective yield used to recognize the accretable yield on the remaining pool. Certain acquired loans are not pooled and are accounted for individually. Such loans are withheld from pools due to the inherent uncertainty of the timing and amount of their cash flows or because they are not a suitable similar constituent to the established pools.

Covered Loans

Loans acquired in an FDIC-assisted transaction and covered under loss-share agreements, such as those acquired from Heritage, are referred to as “covered loans” and are reported separately in Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements. The covered loans are recorded at their estimated fair value at the time of acquisition exclusive of the expected reimbursement cash flows from the FDIC.

FDIC Indemnification Asset

TNB has elected to account for amounts receivable under a loss-share agreement as an indemnification asset in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations.” The FDIC indemnification asset is initially recorded at fair value, based on the discounted value of expected future cash flows under the loss-share agreement. The difference between the present value at the acquisition date and the undiscounted cash flows TNB expects to collect from the FDIC is accreted into noninterest income over the life of the FDIC indemnification asset. Pursuant to the provisions of the loss-share agreement, the FDIC indemnification asset is presented net of any true-up provision due to the FDIC at the termination of the loss-share agreement. Please refer to Note 2 – Business Combinations for additional information regarding the FDIC true-up provision under the loss-share agreement.

Table of Contents

Premises and Equipment, Net

Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is charged to expense over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which are up to thirty-nine years for buildings and three to ten years for furniture and equipment. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the terms of the respective leases or the estimated useful lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter. In cases where Trustmark has the right to renew the lease for additional periods, the lease term for the purpose of calculating amortization of the capitalized cost of the leasehold improvements is extended when Trustmark is “reasonably assured” that it will renew the lease. Depreciation and amortization expenses are computed using the straight-line method. Trustmark continually evaluates whether events and circumstances have occurred that indicate that such long-lived assets have become impaired. Measurement of any impairment of such long-lived assets is based on the fair values of those assets. There were no impairment losses on premises and equipment recorded during 2012, 2011 or 2010.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

Trustmark recognizes as assets the rights to service mortgage loans based on the estimated fair value of the mortgage servicing rights (MSR) when loans are sold and the associated servicing rights are retained. Trustmark has elected to account for MSR at fair value. Trustmark also incorporates an economic hedging strategy, which utilizes a portfolio of exchange-traded derivative instruments that are accounted for at fair value with changes recorded in the results of operations, such as interest rate futures contracts and option contracts. Changes in the fair value of these derivative instruments are recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by the changes in the fair value of MSR.

The fair value of MSR is determined using discounted cash flow techniques benchmarked against third-party valuations. Estimates of fair value involve several assumptions, including the key valuation assumptions about market expectations of future prepayment rates, interest rates and discount rates, which are provided by a third party firm. Prepayment rates are projected using an industry standard prepayment model. The model considers other key factors, such as a wide range of standard industry assumptions tied to specific portfolio characteristics such as remittance cycles, escrow payment requirements, geographic factors, foreclosure loss exposure, VA no-bid exposure, delinquency rates and cost of servicing, including base cost and cost to service delinquent mortgages. Prevailing market conditions at the time of analysis are factored into the accumulation of assumptions and determination of servicing value.

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets

Goodwill, which represents the excess of cost over the fair value of the net assets of an acquired business, is not amortized but tested for impairment on an annual basis, which is October 1 for Trustmark, or more often if events or circumstances indicate that there may be impairment.

Identifiable intangible assets are acquired assets that lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or legal rights or because the assets are capable of being sold or exchanged either on their own or in combination with a related contract, asset or liability. Trustmark’s identifiable intangible assets primarily relate to core deposits, insurance customer relationships and borrower relationships. These intangibles, which have definite useful lives, are amortized on an accelerated basis over their estimated useful lives. In addition, these intangibles are evaluated annually for impairment or whenever events and changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount should be reevaluated. Trustmark has also purchased banking charters in order to facilitate its entry into the states of Florida and Texas. These identifiable intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line method over 20 years.

Other Real Estate

Other real estate (ORE) includes assets that have been acquired in satisfaction of debt through foreclosure and is recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less the estimated cost of disposition. Fair value is based on independent appraisals and other relevant factors. Valuation adjustments required at foreclosure are charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent to foreclosure, losses on the periodic revaluation of the property are charged against an ORE specific reserve or net income in ORE/Foreclosure expense, if a reserve does not exist. Costs of operating and maintaining the properties as well as gains (losses) on their disposition are also included in ORE/Foreclosure expense as incurred. Improvements made to properties are capitalized if the expenditures are expected to be recovered upon the sale of the properties.

Table of Contents

Covered Other Real Estate

All other real estate acquired in a FDIC-assisted acquisition, such as Heritage, that is subject to a FDIC loss-share agreement is referred to as “covered other real estate” and reported separately in Trustmark’s consolidated balance sheets. Covered other real estate is reported exclusive of expected reimbursement cash flows from the FDIC. Foreclosed covered loan collateral is transferred into covered other real estate at the collateral’s net realizable value.

Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Stock

Securities with limited marketability, such as stock in the Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) and the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB), are carried at cost and totaled $25.6 million at December 31, 2012 and $31.8 million at December 31, 2011. Trustmark’s investment in FRB and FHLB stock is included in other assets because these equity securities do not have a readily determinable fair value, which places them outside the scope of FASB ASC Topic 320, “Investments – Debt and Equity Securities.” The carrying value of Trustmark’s stock in the FHLB of Dallas gave rise to no other-than-temporary impairment for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

Insurance Commissions

Commission revenue is recognized as of the effective date of the insurance policy or the date the customer is billed, whichever is later. Trustmark also receives contingent commissions from insurance companies as additional incentive for achieving specified premium volume goals and/or the loss experience of the insurance placed by Trustmark. Contingent commissions from insurance companies are recognized through the calendar year using reasonable estimates that are continuously reviewed and revised to reflect current experience. Trustmark maintains reserves for commission adjustments and doubtful accounts receivable which were not considered significant at December 31, 2012 or 2011.

Wealth Management

Assets under administration held by Trustmark in a fiduciary or agency capacity for customers are not included in the consolidated balance sheets. Investment management and trust income is recorded on a cash basis, which because of the regularity of the billing cycles, approximates the accrual method, in accordance with industry practice.

Derivative Financial Instruments

Trustmark maintains an overall interest rate risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings and cash flows caused by interest rate volatility. Trustmark’s interest rate risk management strategy involves modifying the repricing characteristics of certain assets and liabilities so that changes in interest rates do not adversely affect the net interest margin and cash flows. Under the guidelines of FASB ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging,” all derivative instruments are required to be recognized as either assets or liabilities and carried at fair value on the balance sheet. The fair value of derivative positions outstanding is included in other assets and/or other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and in the net change in these financial statement line items in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows as well as included in noninterest income in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments

Derivatives not Designated as Hedging Instruments

Trustmark utilizes a portfolio of exchange-traded derivative instruments, such as Treasury note futures contracts and option contracts, to achieve a fair value return that attempts to economically offset the changes in fair value of MSR attributable to interest rates. These transactions are considered freestanding derivatives that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value of these exchange-traded derivative instruments, including administrative costs, are recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by the changes in the fair value of MSR. The MSR fair value represents the present value of future cash flows, which among other things includes decay and the effect of changes in interest rates. Ineffectiveness of hedging the MSR fair value is measured by comparing the change in value of hedge instruments to the change in the fair value of the MSR asset attributable to changes in interest rates and other market driven changes in valuation inputs and assumptions.

Table of Contents

Trustmark offers certain derivatives products such as interest rate swaps directly to qualified commercial borrowers seeking to manage their interest rate risk. Trustmark economically hedges interest rate swap transactions executed with commercial borrowers by entering into offsetting interest rate swap transactions with third parties. Derivative transactions executed as part of this program are not designated as qualifying hedging relationships and are, therefore, carried at fair value with the change in fair value recorded in noninterest income in bank card and other fees. Because these derivatives have mirror-image contractual terms, in addition to collateral provisions which mitigate the impact of non-performance risk, the changes in fair value substantially offset.

Income Taxes

Trustmark accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes,” which clarifies the accounting and disclosure for uncertainty in tax positions. Under the guidance of FASB ASC Topic 740, Trustmark accounts for deferred income taxes using the liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are based on temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of Trustmark’s assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be realized or settled and are presented net in the balance sheet in other assets.

Stock-Based Compensation

Trustmark accounts for the stock and incentive compensation under the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718, “Compensation – Stock Compensation.” Under this accounting guidance, fair value is established as the measurement objective in accounting for stock awards and requires the application of a fair value based measurement method in accounting for compensation cost, which is recognized over the requisite service period.

Statements of Cash Flows

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and amounts due from banks. The following table reflects specific transaction amounts for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

	Years Ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Income taxes paid	$	57,834	$	37,604	$	53,628
Interest expense paid on deposits and borrowings		31,496		44,060		59,858
Noncash transfers from loans to foreclosed properties (1)		37,635		57,297		61,786
Transfer of long-term FHLB advance to short-term		-		-		75,000
Assets acquired in business combination		234,960		207,243		-
Liabilities assumed in business combination		209,322		228,236		-

(1) Includes transfers from covered loans to foreclosed properties.

Per Share Data

Trustmark accounts for per share data in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share,” which provides that unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method. Trustmark has determined that its outstanding nonvested stock awards and deferred stock units are not participating securities. Based on this determination, no change has been made to Trustmark’s current computation for basic and diluted earnings per share.

Table of Contents

Basic earnings per share (EPS) is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, adjusted for the effect of potentially dilutive stock awards outstanding during the period. The following table reflects weighted-average shares used to calculate basic and diluted EPS for the periods presented (in thousands):

	Years Ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Basic shares		64,659		64,066		63,849
Dilutive shares		192		195		190
Diluted shares		64,851		64,261		64,039

Weighted-average antidilutive shares awards were excluded in determining diluted earnings per share. The following table reflects weighted-average antidilutive shares awards for the periods presented (in thousands):

	Years Ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010

Weighted-average antidilutive shares		653		1,226		1,259

Fair Value Measurements

FASB ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and requires certain disclosures about fair value measurements. The fair value of an asset or liability is the price that would be received to sell that asset or paid to transfer that liability in an orderly transaction occurring in the principal market (or most advantageous market in the absence of a principal market) for such asset or liability. Depending on the nature of the asset or liability, Trustmark uses various valuation techniques and assumptions when estimating fair value. Inputs to valuation techniques include the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. FASB ASC Topic 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

Level 1 Inputs – Valuation is based upon quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that Trustmark has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2 Inputs – Valuation is based upon quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability such as interest rates, yield curves, volatilities and default rates and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3 Inputs – Unobservable inputs reflecting the reporting entity’s own determination about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on the best information available.

In instances where the determination of the fair value measurement is based on inputs from different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety is classified is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. Trustmark’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.

Accounting Policies Recently Adopted and Pending Accounting Pronouncements

Table of Contents

Note 2 – Business Combinations

BancTrust Financial Group, Inc.

On May 29, 2012, Trustmark and BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. (BancTrust) announced the signing of a definitive agreement pursuant to which BancTrust would merge into Trustmark. BancTrust had 49 offices throughout Alabama and the Florida Panhandle with $1.2 billion in loans and $1.7 billion in deposits at December 31, 2012.

BancTrust shareholders approved the merger on September 26, 2012. On January 24, 2013, Trustmark announced that all required regulatory approvals had been received in connection with the proposed merger of BancTrust, and the transaction was effective as of the close of business on Friday, February 15, 2013.

In accordance with the terms of the definitive agreement, the holders of BancTrust common stock received 0.125 of a share of Trustmark common stock for each share of BancTrust common stock in a tax-free exchange. Trustmark issued approximately 2.25 million shares of its common stock for all issued and outstanding shares of BancTrust common stock. At closing, Trustmark repurchased the $50.0 million of BancTrust preferred stock and associated warrant issued to the U.S. Department of Treasury under the Capital Purchase Program.

Trustmark’s initial accounting for the merger is incomplete at the date of the issuance of the financial statements due to the close proximity of the consummation date and the issuance date. As a result, the disclosure requirements pertaining to revenue and earnings since the acquisition date, combined revenue and earnings as though the business combination occurred at the beginning of fiscal years 2012 and 2011, and the nature and amount of any material, nonrecurring pro forma adjustments directly attributable to the acquisition have not been provided as it is not practicable to do so.

Bay Bank & Trust Company

On March 16, 2012, Trustmark completed its merger with Bay Bank & Trust Co. (Bay Bank), a 76-year old financial institution headquartered in Panama City, Florida. Trustmark acquired all outstanding common stock of Bay Bank for approximately $22 million in cash and stock, comprised of $10 million in cash and the issuance of approximately 510 thousand shares of Trustmark common stock valued at $12 million. This acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 805. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities, both tangible and intangible, are recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The purchase price allocation was deemed preliminary as of March 31, 2012 and was finalized in the second quarter of 2012.

Table of Contents

The statement of assets purchased and liabilities assumed in the Bay Bank acquisition is presented below at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date of March 16, 2012 ($ in thousands):


Assets:
Cash and due from banks	$	88,154
Securities available for sale		26,369
Acquired noncovered loans		97,914
Premises and equipment, net		9,466
Identifiable intangible assets		7,017
Other real estate		2,569
Other assets		3,471
Total Assets		234,960

Liabilities:
Deposits		208,796
Other liabilities		526
Total Liabilities		209,322

Net assets acquired at fair value		25,638
Consideration paid to Bay Bank		22,003

Bargain purchase gain		3,635
Income taxes		-
Bargain purchase gain, net of taxes	$	3,635

The bargain purchase gain represents the excess of the net of the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed over the consideration paid to Bay Bank. Initially, Trustmark recognized a bargain purchase gain of $2.8 million during the first quarter of 2012 and subsequently increased the bargain purchase gain $881 thousand during the second quarter of 2012 as the fair values associated with the Bay Bank acquisition were finalized. The gain of $3.6 million recognized by Trustmark is considered a gain from a bargain purchase under FASB ASC Topic 805 and is included in other noninterest income. Included in noninterest expense during the first quarter of 2012 are non-routine Bay Bank transaction expenses totaling approximately $2.6 million (change in control and severance expense of $672 thousand included in salaries and benefits; contract termination and other expenses of $1.9 million included in other expense).

The identifiable intangible assets represent the core deposit intangible at fair value at the acquisition date. The core deposit intangible is being amortized on an accelerated basis over the estimated useful life, currently expected to be approximately 10 years.

Loans acquired from Bay Bank were evaluated under a fair value process involving various degrees of deterioration in credit quality since origination, and also for those loans for which it was probable at acquisition that TNB would not be able to collect all contractually required payments. These loans, with the exception of revolving credit agreements, are referred to as acquired impaired loans and are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 310-30. Refer to Note 6 – Acquired Loans for further information on acquired loans.

The operations of Bay Bank are included in Trustmark’s operating results from March 16, 2012 and added revenue of $13.8 million and net income available to common shareholders of $1.7 million through December 31, 2012. Such operating results are not necessarily indicative of future operating results.

Heritage Banking Group

On April 15, 2011, the Mississippi Department of Banking and Consumer Finance closed the Heritage Banking Group (Heritage), a 90-year old financial institution headquartered in Carthage, Mississippi, and appointed the FDIC as receiver. On the same date, TNB entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with the FDIC in which TNB agreed to assume all of the deposits and purchased essentially all of the assets of Heritage. The FDIC and TNB entered into a loss-share transaction on approximately $151.9 million of Heritage assets, which covers substantially all loans and all other real estate. Under the loss-share agreement, the FDIC will cover 80% of covered loan and other real estate losses incurred. Because of the loss protection provided by the FDIC, the risk characteristics of the Heritage loans and other real estate covered by the loss-share agreement are significantly different from those assets not covered by this agreement. As a result, Trustmark will refer to loans and other real estate subject to the loss-share agreement as “covered” while loans and other real estate that are not subject to the loss-share agreement will be referred to as “noncovered” or “excluding covered.” The loss-share agreement applicable to single family residential mortgage loans and related foreclosed real estate provides for FDIC loss sharing and TNB’s reimbursement to the FDIC for recoveries of covered losses for ten years from the date on which the loss-share agreement was entered. The loss-share agreement applicable to commercial loans and related foreclosed real estate provides for FDIC loss sharing for five years from the date on which the loss-share agreement was entered and TNB’s reimbursement to the FDIC for recoveries of covered losses for an additional three years thereafter.

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the provisions of the Heritage loss-share agreement, TNB may be required to make a true-up payment to the FDIC at the termination of the loss-share agreement should actual losses be less than certain thresholds established in the agreement. To the extent that actual losses on covered loans and covered other real estate are less than estimated losses, the applicable true-up payable to the FDIC upon termination of the loss-share agreement will increase. To the extent that actual losses on covered loans and covered other real estate are more than estimated losses, the applicable true-up payable to the FDIC upon termination of the loss-share agreement will decrease. TNB calculates the projected true-up payable to the FDIC quarterly and records a FDIC true-up provision for the present value of the projected true-up payable to the FDIC at the termination of the loss-share agreement. The FDIC indemnification asset is presented net of the FDIC true-up provision. Changes in the FDIC true-up provision are recorded to noninterest income.

The assets purchased and liabilities assumed for the Heritage acquisition have been accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. The assets and liabilities, both tangible and intangible, are recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date.

The statement of assets purchased and liabilities assumed in the Heritage acquisition are presented below at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date of April 15, 2011 ($ in thousands):

Assets:
Cash and due from banks	$	50,447
Federal funds sold		1,000
Securities available for sale		6,389
Acquired noncovered loans		9,644
Acquired covered loans		97,770
Premises and equipment, net		55
Identifiable intangible assets		902
Covered other real estate		7,485
FDIC indemnification asset		33,333
Other assets		218
Total Assets		207,243

Liabilities:
Deposits		204,349
Short-term borrowings		23,157
Other liabilities		730
Total Liabilities		228,236

Net assets acquired at fair value		(20,993	)
Cash received on acquisition		28,449

Bargain purchase gain		7,456
Income taxes		2,852
Bargain purchase gain, net of taxes	$	4,604

The bargain purchase gain represents the net of the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed and is influenced significantly by the FDIC-assisted transaction process. Under the FDIC-assisted transaction process, only certain assets and liabilities are transferred to the acquirer and, depending on the nature and amount of the acquirer's bid, the FDIC may be required to make a cash payment to the acquirer. The pretax gain of $7.5 million recognized by Trustmark is considered a bargain purchase transaction under FASB ASC Topic 805. The gain was recognized as other noninterest income in Trustmark’s consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Fair Value of Acquired Financial Instruments

For financial instruments measured at fair value, TNB utilized Level 2 inputs to determine the fair value of securities available for sale, time deposits (included in deposits above) and FHLB advances (shown as short-term borrowings above). Level 3 inputs were used to determine the fair value of acquired loans, identifiable intangible assets, other real estate, including covered other real estate and the FDIC indemnification asset. The methodology and significant assumptions used in estimating the fair values of these financial assets and liabilities are as follows:

Table of Contents

Securities Available for Sale

Estimated fair values for securities available for sale are based on quoted market prices where available. If quoted market prices are not available, estimated fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.

Acquired Loans

Fair value of acquired loans is determined using a discounted cash flow model based on assumptions regarding the amount and timing of principal and interest payments, estimated prepayments, estimated default rates, estimated loss severity in the event of defaults and current market rates.

Identifiable Intangible Assets

The fair value assigned to the identifiable intangible assets, in this case core deposit intangibles, represent the future economic benefit of the potential cost savings from acquiring core deposits in the acquisition compared to the cost of obtaining alternative funding from market sources.

Other Real Estate, Including Covered Other Real Estate

Other real estate, including covered other real estate, was initially recorded at its estimated fair value on the acquisition date based on similar market comparable valuations less estimated selling costs.

FDIC Indemnification Asset

The FDIC indemnification asset was initially recorded at fair value, based on the discounted value of expected future cash flows under the loss-share agreement.

Time Deposits

Time deposits were valued by projecting expected cash flows into the future based on each account’s contracted rate and then determining the present value of those expected cash flows using current rates for deposits with similar maturities.

FHLB Advances

FHLB advances were valued by projecting expected cash flows into the future based on each account’s contracted rate and then determining the present value of those expected cash flows using current rates for advances with similar maturities.

Please refer to Note 19 – Fair Value for more information on Trustmark’s classification of financial instruments based on valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy.

Note 3 – Cash and Due from Banks

Trustmark is required to maintain average reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank based on a percentage of deposits. The average amounts of those reserves for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 were $47.7 million and $36.6 million, respectively.

Table of Contents

Note 4 – Securities Available for Sale and Held to Maturity

The following table is a summary of the amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available for sale and held to maturity at December 31, 2012 and 2011 ($ in thousands):

	Securities Available for Sale									Securities Held to Maturity
			Gross		Gross			Estimated				Gross		Gross			Estimated
	Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized			Fair		Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized			Fair
December 31, 2012	Cost		Gains		(Losses)			Value		Cost		Gains		(Losses)			Value
U.S. Government agency obligations
Issued by U.S. Government agencies	$	10	$	-	$	-		$	10	$	-	$	-	$	-		$	-
Issued by U.S. Government sponsored agencies		105,396		339		-			105,735		-		-		-			-
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		202,877		12,900		(16	)		215,761		36,206		4,184		-			40,390
Mortgage-backed securities
Residential mortgage pass-through securities
Guaranteed by GNMA		18,981		921		-			19,902		3,245		227		-			3,472
Issued by FNMA and FHLMC		201,493		7,071		-			208,564		572		52		-			624
Other residential mortgage-backed securities
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA		1,436,812		29,574		(20	)		1,466,366		-		-		-			-
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA		380,514		19,420		(154	)		399,780		2,165		237		-			2,402
Asset-backed securities		238,893		2,755		(21	)		241,627		-		-		-			-
Total	$	2,584,976	$	72,980	$	(211	)	$	2,657,745	$	42,188	$	4,700	$	-		$	46,888


December 31, 2011
U.S. Government agency obligations
Issued by U.S. Government agencies	$	3	$	-	$	-		$	3	$	-	$	-	$	-		$	-
Issued by U.S. Government sponsored agencies		64,573		229		-			64,802		-		-		-			-
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		190,868		11,971		(12	)		202,827		42,619		4,131		(2	)		46,748
Mortgage-backed securities
Residential mortgage pass-through securities
Guaranteed by GNMA		11,500		945		-			12,445		4,538		336		-			4,874
Issued by FNMA and FHLMC		340,839		7,093		-			347,932		588		28		-			616
Other residential mortgage-backed securities
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA		1,570,782		44,183		-			1,614,965		7,749		133		(1	)		7,881
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA		216,698		9,497		(176	)		226,019		2,211		185		-			2,396
Total	$	2,395,263	$	73,918	$	(188	)	$	2,468,993	$	57,705	$	4,813	$	(3	)	$	62,515

Table of Contents

Temporarily Impaired Securities

The table below includes securities with gross unrealized losses segregated by length of impairment ($ in thousands):

	Less than 12 Months					12 Months or More					Total
			Gross					Gross					Gross
	Estimated		Unrealized			Estimated		Unrealized			Estimated		Unrealized
December 31, 2012	Fair Value		(Losses)			Fair Value		(Losses)			Fair Value		(Losses)
Obligations of states and political subdivisions	$	5,878	$	(16	)	$	-	$	-		$	5,878	$	(16	)
Mortgage-backed securities
Other residential mortgage-backed securities
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA		3,055		(20	)		-		-			3,055		(20	)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA		-		-			16,339		(154	)		16,339		(154	)
Asset-backed securities		16,412		(21	)		-		-			16,412		(21	)
Total	$	25,345	$	(57	)	$	16,339	$	(154	)	$	41,684	$	(211	)

December 31, 2011
Obligations of states and political subdivisions	$	3,368	$	(12	)	$	202	$	(2	)	$	3,570	$	(14	)
Mortgage-backed securities
Other residential mortgage-backed securities
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA		1,069		(1	)		-		-			1,069		(1	)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA		46,890		(176	)		-		-			46,890		(176	)
Total	$	51,327	$	(189	)	$	202	$	(2	)	$	51,529	$	(191	)

Declines in the fair value of held to maturity and available for sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses to the extent the impairment is related to credit losses. The amount of the impairment related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss). In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, Management considers, among other things, the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer and the intent and ability of Trustmark to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. The unrealized losses shown above are primarily due to increases in market rates over the yields available at the time of purchase of the underlying securities and not credit quality. Because Trustmark does not intend to sell these securities and it is more likely than not that Trustmark will not be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be maturity, Trustmark does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2012. There were no other-than-temporary impairments for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

Security Gains and Losses

Gains and losses as a result of calls and disposition of securities were as follows ($ in thousands):

	Years Ended December 31,
Available for Sale	2012			2011			2010
Proceeds from calls and sales of securities	$	38,364		$	24,471		$	65,074
Gross realized gains		1,052			57			2,216
Gross realized (losses)		(2	)		(11	)		-

Held to Maturity
Proceeds from calls of securities	$	335		$	3,645		$	11,305
Gross realized gains		9			34			113

Securities Pledged

Securities with a carrying value of $1.813 billion and $1.787 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, were pledged to collateralize public deposits and securities sold under repurchase agreements and for other purposes as permitted by law. Of the amount pledged at December 31, 2012, $16.1 million was pledged to the Federal Reserve Discount Window to provide additional contingency funding capacity. At year-end, these securities were not required to collateralize any borrowings from the FRB.

Table of Contents

Contractual Maturities

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available for sale and held to maturity at December 31, 2012, by contractual maturity, are shown below ($ in thousands). Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

	Securities				Securities
	Available for Sale				Held to Maturity
			Estimated				Estimated
	Amortized		Fair		Amortized		Fair
	Cost		Value		Cost		Value
Due in one year or less	$	12,048	$	12,120	$	1,946	$	1,962
Due after one year through five years		82,132		86,233		16,507		17,863
Due after five years through ten years		407,078		417,300		16,526		19,262
Due after ten years		45,918		47,480		1,227		1,303
		547,176		563,133		36,206		40,390
Mortgage-backed securities		2,037,800		2,094,612		5,982		6,498
Total	$	2,584,976	$	2,657,745	$	42,188	$	46,888

Note 5 –Loans Held for Investment (LHFI) and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, LHFI consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

	2012		2011
Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans	$	468,975	$	474,082
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		1,497,480		1,760,930
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties		1,410,264		1,425,774
Other		189,949		204,849
Commercial and industrial loans		1,169,513		1,139,365
Consumer loans		171,660		243,756
Other loans		684,913		608,728
LHFI		5,592,754		5,857,484
Less allowance for loan losses, LHFI		78,738		89,518
Net LHFI	$	5,514,016	$	5,767,966

Loan Concentrations

Trustmark does not have any loan concentrations other than those reflected in the preceding table, which exceed 10% of total LHFI. At December 31, 2012, Trustmark's geographic loan distribution was concentrated primarily in its four key market regions, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee, and Texas. A substantial portion of construction, land development and other land loans are secured by real estate in markets in which Trustmark is located. Accordingly, the ultimate collectability of a substantial portion of these loans and the recovery of a substantial portion of the carrying amount of other real estate are susceptible to changes in market conditions in these areas.

Related Party Loans

Trustmark makes loans in the normal course of business to certain executive officers and directors, including their immediate families and companies in which they are principal owners. Such loans are made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated persons and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability at the time of the transaction. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, total loans to these borrowers were $91.7 million and $54.4 million, respectively. During 2012, $530.8 million of new loan advances were made, while repayments were $518.8 million, as well as increases from changes in executive officers and directors of $25.3 million.

Nonaccrual/Impaired LHFI

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the carrying amounts of nonaccrual LHFI, which are individually evaluated for impairment, were $82.4 million and $110.5 million, respectively. Of this total, all commercial nonaccrual LHFI over $500 thousand were specifically evaluated for impairment (specifically evaluated impaired LHFI) using a fair value approach. The remaining nonaccrual LHFI were not all specifically reviewed and written down to fair value less cost to sell. No material interest income was recognized in the income statement on nonaccrual LHFI for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012.

Table of Contents

All of Trustmark’s specifically evaluated impaired LHFI are collateral dependent loans. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, specifically evaluated impaired LHFI totaled $40.6 million and $68.9 million, respectively. In addition, these specifically evaluated impaired LHFI had a related allowance of $5.9 million and $8.8 million at the end of the respective periods. For collateral dependent loans, when a loan is deemed impaired, the full difference between the carrying amount of the loan and the most likely estimate of the asset’s fair value less cost to sell is charged off. Charge-offs related to specifically evaluated impaired LHFI totaled $13.1 million and $21.5 million while the provisions charged to net income for these loans totaled $1.1 million and $7.5 million for 2012 and 2011, respectively. For 2010, charge-offs related to specifically evaluated impaired LHFI totaled $33.0 million while the provisions charged to net income during the year for these loans totaled $11.5 million.

Fair value estimates for specifically evaluated impaired LHFI are derived from appraised values based on the current market /as is value of the property, normally from recently received and reviewed appraisals. If an appraisal with an inspection date within the past 12 months using the necessary assumptions is not in the file, a new appraisal is ordered. Appraisals are obtained from state-certified appraisers and are based on certain assumptions, which may include construction or development status and the highest and best use of the property. These appraisals are reviewed by the Appraisal Review Department to ensure they are acceptable, and values are adjusted down for costs associated with asset disposal. Once this estimated net realizable value has been determined, the value used in the impairment assessment is updated. At the time a specifically evaluated impaired LHFI is deemed to be impaired, the full difference between book value and the most likely estimate of the asset’s net realizable value is charged off. As subsequent events dictate and estimated net realizable values decline, required reserves may be established or further adjustments recorded.

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, nonaccrual LHFI not specifically reviewed for impairment and written down to fair value less cost to sell, totaled $41.8 million and $41.6 million, respectively. In addition, these nonaccrual LHFI had allocated allowance for loan losses of $4.6 million and $3.9 million at the end of the respective periods. No material interest income was recognized in the income statement on impaired or nonaccrual LHFI for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012.

The following table details LHFI individually and collectively evaluated for impairment at December 31, 2012 and 2011 ($ in thousands):

	December 31, 2012
	LHFI Evaluated for Impairment
	Individually		Collectively		Total

Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans	$	27,105	$	441,870	$	468,975
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		27,114		1,470,366		1,497,480
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties		18,289		1,391,975		1,410,264
Other		3,956		185,993		189,949
Commercial and industrial loans		4,741		1,164,772		1,169,513
Consumer loans		360		171,300		171,660
Other loans		798		684,115		684,913
Total	$	82,363	$	5,510,391	$	5,592,754

	December 31, 2011
	LHFI Evaluated for Impairment
	Individually		Collectively		Total

Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans	$	40,413	$	433,669	$	474,082
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		24,348		1,736,582		1,760,930
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties		23,981		1,401,793		1,425,774
Other		5,871		198,978		204,849
Commercial and industrial loans		14,148		1,125,217		1,139,365
Consumer loans		825		242,931		243,756
Other loans		872		607,856		608,728
Total	$	110,458	$	5,747,026	$	5,857,484

Table of Contents

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the carrying amount of LHFI individually evaluated for impairment consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

	December 31, 2012
	LHFI
	Unpaid		With No Related		With an		Total				Average
	Principal		Allowance		Allowance		Carrying		Related		Recorded
	Balance		Recorded		Recorded		Amount		Allowance		Investment

Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans	$	46,558	$	9,571	$	17,534	$	27,105	$	4,992	$	33,759
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		35,155		2,533		24,581		27,114		1,469		25,731
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties		23,337		8,184		10,105		18,289		2,296		21,135
Other		6,036		566		3,390		3,956		760		4,914
Commercial and industrial loans		7,251		2,336		2,405		4,741		640		9,444
Consumer loans		624		-		360		360		5		592
Other loans		857		-		798		798		342		835
Total	$	119,818	$	23,190	$	59,173	$	82,363	$	10,504	$	96,410

	December 31, 2011
	LHFI
	Unpaid		With No Related		With an		Total				Average
	Principal		Allowance		Allowance		Carrying		Related		Recorded
	Balance		Recorded		Recorded		Amount		Allowance		Investment

Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans	$	58,757	$	11,123	$	29,290	$	40,413	$	6,547	$	49,122
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		33,746		1,560		22,788		24,348		1,348		27,330
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties		27,183		13,770		10,211		23,981		2,431		26,497
Other		7,158		1,548		4,323		5,871		1,007		6,013
Commercial and industrial loans		16,102		8,724		5,424		14,148		1,137		15,127
Consumer loans		1,097		-		825		825		9		1,468
Other loans		2,559		220		652		872		185		1,132
Total	$	146,602	$	36,945	$	73,513	$	110,458	$	12,664	$	126,689

A troubled debt restructuring (TDR) occurs when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, and for related economic or legal reasons, a concession is granted to the borrower that Trustmark would not otherwise consider. Whatever the form of a concession granted by Trustmark, the objective is to make the best of a difficult situation by obtaining more cash or other value from the borrower or by increasing the probability of receipt by granting the concession than by not granting it. Other concessions may arise from court proceedings or may be imposed by law. In addition, TDRs also include those credits that are extended or renewed to a borrower who is not able to obtain funds from sources other than Trustmark at a market interest rate for new debt with similar risk.

A formal TDR may include, but is not necessarily limited to, one or a combination of the following situations:

Trustmark accepts a third-party receivable or other asset(s) of the borrower, in lieu of the receivable from the borrower.

Trustmark accepts an equity interest in the borrower in lieu of the receivable.

Trustmark accepts modification of the terms of the debt including but not limited to:

Reduction of (absolute or contingent) the stated interest rate to below the current market rate.

Extension of the maturity date or dates at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk.

Reduction (absolute or contingent) of the face amount or maturity amount of the debt as stated in the note or other agreement.

Reduction (absolute or contingent) of accrued interest.

100

Table of Contents

Troubled debt restructurings are addressed in Trustmark’s loan policy, and in accordance with that policy, any modifications or concessions that may result in a TDR are subject to a special approval process which allows for control, identification, and monitoring of these arrangements. Prior to granting a concession, a revised borrowing arrangement is proposed which is structured so as to improve collectability of the loan in accordance with a reasonable repayment schedule with any loss promptly identified. It is supported by a thorough evaluation of the borrower’s financial condition and prospects for repayment under those revised terms. Other TDRs arising from renewals or extensions of existing debt are routinely identified through the processes utilized in the Problem Loan Committees and in the Credit Quality Review Committee. All TDRs are subsequently reported to the Director Credit Policy Committee on a quarterly basis and are disclosed in Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP and regulatory reporting guidance.

All loans whose terms have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring are evaluated for impairment under FASB ASC Topic 310. Accordingly, Trustmark measures any loss on the restructuring in accordance with that guidance. A TDR in which Trustmark receives physical possession of the borrower’s assets, regardless of whether formal foreclosure or repossession proceedings take place, is accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Subtopic 310-40, “Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors.” Thus, the loan is treated as if assets have been received in satisfaction of the loan and reported as a foreclosed asset.

A TDR may be returned to accrual status if Trustmark is reasonably assured of repayment of principal and interest under the modified terms and the borrower has demonstrated sustained performance under those terms for a period of at least six months. Otherwise, the restructured loan must remain on nonaccrual.

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, LHFI classified as TDRs totaled $24.3 million and $34.2 million, respectively, and were primarily comprised of credits with interest-only payments for an extended period of time totaling $21.6 million and $34.2 million, respectively. The remaining TDRs at December 31, 2012 were real estate loans discharged through Chapter 7 bankruptcy.

For TDRs, Trustmark had a related loan loss allowance of $4.3 million at December 31, 2012 and $4.5 million at December 31, 2011. Specific charge-offs related to TDRs totaled $6.0 million and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. LHFI that are TDRs are charged down to the most likely fair value estimate less an estimated cost to sell for collateral dependent loans, which would approximate net realizable value.

101

Table of Contents

The following table illustrates the impact of modifications classified as TDRs for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 as well as those TDRs modified within the last 12 months for which there was a payment default during 2012 ($ in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31, 2012
Troubled Debt Restructurings	Number of Contracts		Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment		Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Construction, land development and other land loans		12	$	4,092	$	4,092
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		48		5,399		5,383
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties		2		1,210		1,210
Other loans secured by real estate		1		199		199
Commercial and industrial		1		148		-
Total		64	$	11,048	$	10,884

	Year Ended December 31, 2011
Troubled Debt Restructurings	Number of Contracts		Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment		Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Construction, land development and other land loans		26	$	16,200	$	13,984
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		17		3,843		3,793
Commercial and industrial		2		11,997		11,503
Total		45	$	32,040	$	29,280

	Years Ended December 31,
	2012				2011
Troubled Debt Restructurings that Subsequently Defaulted	Number of Contracts		Recorded Investment		Number of Contracts		Recorded Investment
Construction, land development and other land loans		7	$	1,881		5	$	3,058
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		16		1,469		1		179
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties		1		862		-		-
Total		24	$	4,212		6	$	3,237

Trustmark’s TDRs have resulted primarily from allowing the borrower to pay interest-only for an extended period of time rather than from forgiveness. Accordingly, as shown above, these TDRs have a similar recorded investment for both the pre-modification and post-modification disclosure. Trustmark has utilized loans 90 days or more past due to define payment default in determining TDRs that have subsequently defaulted.

102

Table of Contents

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the following table details LHFI classified as TDRs by loan type ($ in thousands):

	December 31, 2012
	Accruing		Nonaccrual		Total
Construction, land development and other land loans	$	233	$	12,073	$	12,306
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		1,280		5,908		7,188
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties		-		4,582		4,582
Other loans secured by real estate		-		197		197
Total Troubled Debt Restructurings by Type	$	1,513	$	22,760	$	24,273


	December 31, 2011
	Accruing		Nonaccrual		Total
Construction, land development and other land loans	$	241	$	14,041	$	14,282
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		782		3,485		4,267
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties		-		4,135		4,135
Commercial and industrial		-		11,503		11,503
Total Troubled Debt Restructurings by Type	$	1,023	$	33,164	$	34,187

Credit Quality Indicators

Trustmark’s loan portfolio credit quality indicators focus on six key quality ratios that are compared against bank tolerances. The loan indicators are total classified outstanding, total criticized outstanding, nonperforming loans, nonperforming assets, delinquencies and net loan losses. Due to the homogenous nature of consumer loans, Trustmark does not assign a formal internal risk rating to each credit and therefore the criticized and classified measures are unique to commercial loans.

In addition to monitoring portfolio credit quality indicators, Trustmark also measures how effectively the lending process is being managed and risks are being identified. As part of an ongoing monitoring process, Trustmark grades the commercial portfolio as it relates to credit file completion and financial statement exceptions, total policy exceptions, collateral exceptions and violations of law as shown below:

Credit File Completeness and Financial Statement Exceptions – evaluates the quality and condition of credit files in terms of content, completeness and organization and focuses on efforts to obtain and document sufficient information to determine the quality and status of credits. Also included is an evaluation of the systems/procedures used to insure compliance with policy such as financial statements, review memos and loan agreements.

Underwriting/Policy – evaluates whether credits are adequately analyzed, appropriately structured and properly approved within requirements of bank loan policy. A properly approved credit is approved by adequate authority in a timely manner with all conditions of approval fulfilled. Total policy exceptions measures the level of underwriting and other policy exceptions within a loan portfolio.

Collateral Documentation – focuses on the adequacy of documentation to support the obligation, perfect Trustmark’s collateral position and protect collateral value. There are two parts to this measure:

Collateral exceptions where certain collateral documentation is either not present, is not considered current or has expired.

90 days and over collateral exceptions are where certain collateral documentation is either not present, is not considered current or has expired and the exception has been identified in excess of 90 days.

Compliance with Law – focuses on underwriting, documentation, approval and reporting in compliance with banking laws and regulations. Primary emphasis is directed to Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA) and Regulation O requirements.

Commercial Credits

Trustmark has established a loan grading system that consists of ten individual credit risk grades (risk ratings) that encompass a range from loans where the expectation of loss is negligible to loans where loss has been established. The model is based on the risk of default for an individual credit and establishes certain criteria to delineate the level of risk across the ten unique credit risk grades. Credit risk grade definitions are as follows:

103

Table of Contents

Risk Rate (RR) 1 through RR 6 – Grades one through six represent groups of loans that are not subject to adverse criticism as defined in regulatory guidance. Loans in these groups exhibit characteristics that represent low to moderate risk measured by using a variety of credit risk criteria such as cash flow coverage, debt service coverage, balance sheet leverage, liquidity, management experience, industry position, prevailing economic conditions, support from secondary sources of repayment and other credit factors that may be relevant to a specific loan. In general, these loans are supported by properly margined collateral and guarantees of principal parties.

Other Assets Especially Mentioned (OAEM) - (RR 7) – a loan that has a potential weakness that if not corrected will lead to a more severe rating. This rating is for credits that are currently protected but potentially weak because of an adverse feature or condition that if not corrected will lead to a further downgrade.

Substandard (RR 8) – a loan that has at least one identified weakness that is well defined. This rating is for credits where the primary sources of repayment are not viable at this time or where either the capital or collateral is not adequate to support the loan and the secondary means of repayment do not provide a sufficient level of support to offset the identified weakness. Loss potential exists in the aggregate amount of substandard loans but does not necessarily exist in individual loans.

Doubtful (RR 9) – a loan with an identified weakness that does not have a valid secondary source of repayment. Generally these credits have an impaired primary source of repayment and secondary sources are not sufficient to prevent a loss in the credit. The exact amount of the loss has not been determined at this time.

Loss (RR 10) – a loan or a portion of a loan that is deemed to be uncollectible.

By definition, credit risk grades OAEM (RR 7), substandard (RR 8), doubtful (RR 9) and loss (RR 10) are criticized loans while substandard (RR 8), doubtful (RR 9) and loss (RR 10) are classified loans. These definitions are standardized by all bank regulatory agencies and are generally equally applied to each individual lending institution. The remaining credit risk grades are considered pass credits and are solely defined by Trustmark.

The credit risk grades represent the probability of default (PD) for an individual credit and as such are not a direct indication of loss given default (LGD). The LGD aspect of the subject risk ratings is neither uniform across the nine primary commercial loan groups or constant between the geographic areas. To account for the variance in the LGD aspects of the risk rate system, the loss expectations for each risk rating is integrated into the allowance for loan loss methodology where the calculated LGD is allotted for each individual risk rating with respect to the individual loan group and unique geographic area. The LGD aspect of the reserve methodology is calculated each quarter as a component of the overall reserve factor for each risk grade by loan group and geographic area.

To enhance this process, loans of a certain size that are rated in one of the criticized categories are routinely reviewed to establish an expectation of loss, if any, and if such examination indicates that the level of reserve is not adequate to cover the expectation of loss, a special reserve or impairment is generally applied.

The distribution of the losses is accomplished by means of a loss distribution model that assigns a loss factor to each risk rating (1 to 9) in each commercial loan pool. A factor is not applied to risk rate 10 (Loss) as loans classified as Losses are not carried on the bank’s books over each quarter end as they are charged off within the period that the loss is determined.

The expected loss distribution is spread across the various risk ratings by the perceived level of risk for loss. The nine grade scale above ranges from a negligible risk of loss to an identified loss across its breadth. The loss distribution factors are graduated through the scale on a basis proportional to the degree of risk that appears manifest in each individual rating and assumes that migration through the loan grading system will occur.

Each loan officer assesses the appropriateness of the internal risk rating assigned to their credits on an ongoing basis. Trustmark’s Asset Review area conducts independent credit quality reviews of the majority of the bank’s commercial loan portfolio concentrations both on the underlying credit quality of each individual loan portfolio as well as the adherence to bank loan policy and the loan administration process. In general, Asset Review conducts reviews of each lending area within a six to eighteen month window depending on the overall credit quality results of the individual area.

In addition to the ongoing internal risk rate monitoring described above, Trustmark conducts monthly credit quality reviews (CQR) for the credits described below, as well as semi-annual analysis and stress testing on all residential real estate development credits and non-owner occupied commercial real estate (CRE) credits of $1.0 million or more as described below:

Trustmark’s Credit Quality Review Committee meets monthly and performs the following functions: detailed review and evaluation of all loans of $100 thousand or more that are either delinquent thirty days or more or on nonaccrual, including determination of appropriate risk ratings, accrual status, and appropriate servicing officer; review of risk rate changes for relationships of $100 thousand or more; quarterly review of all nonaccruals less than $100 thousand to determine whether the credit should be charged off, returned to accrual, or remain in nonaccrual status; monthly/quarterly review of continuous action plans for all credits rated seven or worse for relationships of $100 thousand or more; monthly review of all commercial charge-offs of $25 thousand or more for the preceding month.

104

Table of Contents

Residential real estate developments - a development project analysis is performed on all projects regardless of size. Performance of the development is assessed through an evaluation of the number of lots remaining, the payout ratios, and the loan-to-value ratios. Results are stress tested as to absorption and price of lots. This information is reviewed by each senior credit officer for that market to determine the need for any risk rate or accrual status changes.

Non-owner occupied commercial real estate – a cash flow analysis is performed on all projects with an outstanding balance of $1.0 million or more. In addition, credits are stress tested for vacancies and rate sensitivity. Confirmation is obtained that guarantor financial statements are current, taxes have been paid, and that there are no other issues that need to be addressed. This information is reviewed by each senior credit officer for that market to determine the need for any risk rate or accrual status changes.

Consumer Credits

Loans that do not meet a minimum custom credit score are reviewed quarterly by Management. The Retail Credit Review Committee reviews the volume and percentage of approvals that did not meet the minimum passing custom score by region, individual location, and officer. To assure that Trustmark continues to originate quality loans, this process allows Management to make necessary changes such as revisions to underwriting procedures and credit policies, or changes in loan authority to Trustmark personnel.

Trustmark monitors the levels and severity of past due consumer loans on a daily basis through its collection activities. A detailed assessment of consumer loan delinquencies is performed monthly at both a product and market level by delivery channel, which incorporates the perceived level of risk at time of underwriting. Trustmark also monitors its consumer loan delinquency trends by comparing them to quarterly industry averages.

105

Table of Contents

The table below illustrates the carrying amount of LHFI by credit quality indicator at December 31, 2012 and 2011 ($ in thousands):

	December 31, 2012
		Commercial Loans
		Pass -		Special Mention -			Substandard -			Doubtful -
		Categories 1-6		Category 7			Category 8			Category 9			Subtotal
Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans		$	335,179		$	23,812		$	63,832		$	143		$	422,966
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties			110,333			1,012			13,303			432			125,080
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties			1,298,820			12,156			98,082			-			1,409,058
Other			178,790			444			5,768			-			185,002
Commercial and industrial loans			1,091,356			36,992			39,479			1,334			1,169,161
Consumer loans			404			-			-			-			404
Other loans			676,618			59			1,714			784			679,175
		$	3,691,500		$	74,475		$	222,178		$	2,693		$	3,990,846

	Consumer Loans
			Past Due		Past Due Greater
	Current		30-89 Days		Than 90 days		Nonaccrual		Subtotal		Total LHFI
Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans	$	44,131	$	1,109	$	-	$	769	$	46,009	$	468,975
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		1,339,000		10,332		2,630		20,438		1,372,400		1,497,480
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties		1,206		-		-		-		1,206		1,410,264
Other		4,746		150		-		51		4,947		189,949
Commercial and industrial loans		313		29		-		10		352		1,169,513
Consumer loans		167,131		3,481		285		359		171,256		171,660
Other loans		5,738		-		-		-		5,738		684,913
	$	1,562,265	$	15,101	$	2,915	$	21,627	$	1,601,908	$	5,592,754

	December 31, 2011
		Commercial Loans
		Pass -		Special Mention -			Substandard -			Doubtful -
		Categories 1-6		Category 7			Category 8			Category 9			Subtotal
Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans		$	308,618		$	26,273		$	90,175		$	116		$	425,182
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties			119,155			142			16,324			-			135,621
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties			1,287,886			26,232			110,472			51			1,424,641
Other			188,772			130			9,312			-			198,214
Commercial and industrial loans			1,048,556			32,046			56,577			405			1,137,584
Consumer loans			643			25			-			-			668
Other loans			600,411			-			1,834			600			602,845
		$	3,554,041		$	84,848		$	284,694		$	1,172		$	3,924,755

	Consumer Loans
			Past Due		Past Due Greater
	Current		30-89 Days		Than 90 days		Nonaccrual		Subtotal		Total LHFI
Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans	$	47,253	$	353	$	-	$	1,294	$	48,900	$	474,082
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		1,596,800		8,477		1,306		18,726		1,625,309		1,760,930
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties		1,133		-		-		-		1,133		1,425,774
Other		6,405		201		-		29		6,635		204,849
Commercial and industrial loans		1,626		118		-		37		1,781		1,139,365
Consumer loans		234,593		7,172		498		825		243,088		243,756
Other loans		5,848		35		-		-		5,883		608,728
	$	1,893,658	$	16,356	$	1,804	$	20,911	$	1,932,729	$	5,857,484

106

Table of Contents

Past Due LHFI and LHFS

LHFI past due 90 days or more totaled $6.4 million and $4.2 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The following table provides an aging analysis of past due and nonaccrual LHFI by class at December 31, 2012 and 2011 ($ in thousands):

	December 31, 2012
	Past Due
			Greater than						Current
	30-89 Days		90 Days (1)		Total		Nonaccrual		Loans		Total LHFI

Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans	$	4,957	$	438	$	5,395	$	27,105	$	436,475	$	468,975
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		12,626		3,131		15,757		27,114		1,454,609		1,497,480
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties		9,460		-		9,460		18,289		1,382,515		1,410,264
Other		172		-		172		3,956		185,821		189,949
Commercial and industrial loans		4,317		2,525		6,842		4,741		1,157,930		1,169,513
Consumer loans		3,480		284		3,764		360		167,536		171,660
Other loans		181		-		181		798		683,934		684,913
Total past due LHFI	$	35,193	$	6,378	$	41,571	$	82,363	$	5,468,820	$	5,592,754

(1) - Past due greater than 90 days but still accruing interest.

	December 31, 2011
	Past Due
			Greater than						Current
	30-89 Days		90 Days (1)		Total		Nonaccrual		Loans		Total LHFI

Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans	$	1,784	$	1,657	$	3,441	$	40,413	$	430,228	$	474,082
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		9,755		1,306		11,061		24,348		1,725,521		1,760,930
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties		9,925		-		9,925		23,981		1,391,868		1,425,774
Other		879		-		879		5,871		198,099		204,849
Commercial and industrial loans		1,646		769		2,415		14,148		1,122,802		1,139,365
Consumer loans		7,172		498		7,670		825		235,261		243,756
Other loans		3,104		-		3,104		872		604,752		608,728
Total past due LHFI	$	34,265	$	4,230	$	38,495	$	110,458	$	5,708,531	$	5,857,484

(1) - Past due greater than 90 days but still accruing interest.

LHFS past due 90 days or more totaled $43.1 million and $39.4 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. LHFS past due 90 days or more are serviced loans eligible for repurchase, which are fully guaranteed by GNMA. GNMA optional repurchase programs allow financial institutions to buy back individual delinquent mortgage loans that meet certain criteria from the securitized loan pool for which the institution provides servicing. At the servicer's option and without GNMA's prior authorization, the servicer may repurchase such a delinquent loan for an amount equal to 100 percent of the remaining principal balance of the loan. This buy-back option is considered a conditional option until the delinquency criteria are met, at which time the option becomes unconditional. When Trustmark is deemed to have regained effective control over these loans under the unconditional buy-back option, the loans can no longer be reported as sold and must be brought back onto the balance sheet as loans held for sale, regardless of whether Trustmark intends to exercise the buy-back option. These loans are reported as held for sale with the offsetting liability being reported as short-term borrowings. Trustmark did not exercise its buy-back option on any delinquent loans serviced for GNMA during 2012 or 2011.

Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI

Trustmark’s allowance for loan loss methodology for commercial loans is based upon regulatory guidance from its primary regulator and GAAP. The methodology segregates the commercial purpose and commercial construction loan portfolios into nine separate loan types (or pools) which have similar characteristics such as repayment, collateral and risk profiles. The nine basic loan pools are further segregated into Trustmark’s four key market regions, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas, to take into consideration the uniqueness of each market. A 10-point risk rating system is utilized for each separate loan pool to apply a reserve factor consisting of quantitative and qualitative components to determine the needed allowance by each loan type. As a result, there are 360 risk rate factors for commercial loan types. The nine separate pools are shown below:

107

Table of Contents

Commercial Purpose Loans

Real Estate – Owner Occupied

Real Estate – Non-Owner Occupied

Working Capital

Non-Working Capital

Land

Lots and Development

Political Subdivisions

Commercial Construction Loans

1 to 4 Family

Non-1 to 4 Family

During the third quarter of 2011, Trustmark altered the quantitative factors of the allowance methodology to reflect a twelve-quarter rolling average of net charge-offs, one quarter in arrears, by loan type within each key market region. This change allows for a greater sensitivity to current trends, such as economic changes, as well as current loss profiles and creates a more accurate depiction of historical losses. Prior to this change, the quantitative factors reflected a three-year rolling average for Trustmark’s commercial loans.

Qualitative factors used in the allowance methodology include the following:

National and regional economic trends and conditions

Impact of recent performance trends

Experience, ability and effectiveness of management

Adherence to Trustmark’s loan policies, procedures and internal controls

Collateral, financial and underwriting exception trends

Credit concentrations

Acquisitions

Catastrophe

Each qualitative factor is converted to a scale ranging from 0 (No risk) to 100 (High Risk), other than the last two factors, which are applied on a dollar-for-dollar basis to ensure that the combination of such factors is proportional. The resulting ratings from the individual factors are weighted and summed to establish the weighted average qualitative factor of a specific loan portfolio within each key market region. This weighted average qualitative factor is then distributed over the nine primary loan pools within each key market region based on the ranking by risk of each.

During 2012, Trustmark revised the quantitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for consumer and residential LHFI. Trustmark converted the historical loss factor from a 20-quarter net charge-off rolling average to a 12-quarter rolling average and developed a separate reserve for junior liens on 1-4 family LHFI. The quantitative change allow the bank to more readily correlate portfolio risk to the current market environment as the impact of more recent experience is emphasized. This change also allows for a greater sensitivity to current trends such as economic and performance changes, which includes current loss profiles and creates a more accurate depiction of historical losses. Loans and lines of credit secured by junior liens on 1-4 family residential properties are being reserved for separately in light of continued uncertainty in the economy and the housing market in particular. An additional provision of approximately $1.4 million was recorded as a result of this revision to the quantitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for consumer and residential LHFI.

Residential Mortgage

Direct Consumer

Auto Finance

Junior Lien on 1-4 Family Residential Properties

Credit Cards

Overdrafts

108

Table of Contents

The historical loss experience for these pools is determined by calculating a 12-quarter rolling average of net charge-offs, which is applied to each pool to establish the quantitative aspect of the methodology. Where, in Management’s estimation, the calculated loss experience does not fully cover the anticipated loss for a pool, an estimate is also applied to each pool to establish the qualitative aspect of the methodology, which represents the perceived risks across the loan portfolio at the current point in time. This qualitative methodology utilizes five separate factors made up of unique components that when weighted and combined produce an estimated level of reserve for each of the loan pools. The five qualitative factors include the following:

Economic indicators

Performance trends

Management experience

Lending policy measures

Credit concentrations

The risk measure for each factor is converted to a scale ranging from 0 (No risk) to 100 (High Risk) to ensure that the combination of such factors is proportional. The determination of the risk measurement for each qualitative factor is done for all four markets combined. The resulting estimated reserve factor is then applied to each pool.

The resulting ratings from the individual factors are weighted and summed to establish the weighted average qualitative factor of a specific loan portfolio. This weighted average qualitative factor is then applied over the six loan pools.

Changes in the allowance for loan losses, LHFI were as follows ($ in thousands):


	2012			2011			2010
Balance at January 1,	$	89,518		$	93,510		$	103,662
Loans charged-off		(31,376	)		(45,769	)		(71,897	)
Recoveries		13,830			12,073			12,199
Net charge-offs		(17,546	)		(33,696	)		(59,698	)
Provision for loan losses, LHFI		6,766			29,704			49,546
Balance at December 31,	$	78,738		$	89,518		$	93,510

109

Table of Contents

The following tables detail the balance in the allowance for loan losses, LHFI by portfolio segment at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively ($ in thousands):

	2012
								Provision for
	January 1,		Charge-offs			Recoveries		Loan Losses			December 31,
Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans	$	27,220	$	(3,480	)	$	-	$	(1,902	)	$	21,838
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		12,650		(5,532	)		435		5,404			12,957
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties		24,358		(5,410	)		-		2,148			21,096
Other		3,079		(1,601	)		-		719			2,197
Commercial and industrial loans		15,868		(6,922	)		3,916		1,457			14,319
Consumer loans		3,656		(3,082	)		6,211		(3,698	)		3,087
Other loans		2,687		(5,349	)		3,268		2,638			3,244
Total allowance for loan losses, LHFI	$	89,518	$	(31,376	)	$	13,830	$	6,766		$	78,738


						Disaggregated by Impairment Method
						Individually		Collectively			Total
Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans						$	4,992	$	16,846		$	21,838
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties							1,469		11,488			12,957
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties							2,296		18,800			21,096
Other							760		1,437			2,197
Commercial and industrial loans							640		13,679			14,319
Consumer loans							5		3,082			3,087
Other loans							342		2,902			3,244
Total allowance for loan losses, LHFI						$	10,504	$	68,234		$	78,738

110

Table of Contents

	2011
								Provision for
	January 1,		Charge-offs			Recoveries		Loan Losses			December 31,
Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans	$	35,562	$	(16,399	)	$	-	$	8,057		$	27,220
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		13,051		(9,271	)		447		8,423			12,650
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties		20,980		(3,896	)		-		7,274			24,358
Other		1,582		(1,082	)		-		2,579			3,079
Commercial and industrial loans		14,775		(4,299	)		2,703		2,689			15,868
Consumer loans		5,400		(5,629	)		5,749		(1,864	)		3,656
Other loans		2,160		(5,193	)		3,174		2,546			2,687
Total allowance for loan losses, LHFI	$	93,510	$	(45,769	)	$	12,073	$	29,704		$	89,518


						Disaggregated by Impairment Method
						Individually		Collectively			Total
Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans						$	6,547	$	20,673		$	27,220
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties							1,348		11,302			12,650
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties							2,431		21,927			24,358
Other							1,007		2,072			3,079
Commercial and industrial loans							1,137		14,731			15,868
Consumer loans							9		3,647			3,656
Other loans							185		2,502			2,687
Total allowance for loan losses, LHFI						$	12,664	$	76,854		$	89,518

Note 6 – Acquired Loans

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, acquired loans consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

	December 31, 2012				December 31, 2011
	Covered		Noncovered		Covered		Noncovered (1)
Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans	$	3,924	$	10,056	$	4,209	$	-
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		23,990		19,404		31,874		76
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties		18,407		45,649		30,889		-
Other		3,567		669		5,126		-
Commercial and industrial loans		747		3,035		2,971		69
Consumer loans		177		2,610		290		4,146
Other loans		1,229		100		1,445		72
Acquired loans		52,041		81,523		76,804		4,363
Less allowance for loan losses, acquired loans		4,190		1,885		502		-
Net acquired loans	$	47,851	$	79,638	$	76,302	$	4,363

(1) Acquired noncovered loans were included in LHFI at December 31, 2011.

On March 16, 2012, Trustmark completed its merger with Bay Bank. Loans acquired in the Bay Bank acquisition were evaluated for evidence of credit deterioration since origination and collectability of contractually required payments. TNB elected to account for all loans acquired in the Bay Bank acquisition as acquired impaired loans under FASB ASC Topic 310-30 except for $5.9 million of acquired loans with revolving privileges, which are outside the scope of the guidance. While not all loans acquired from Bay Bank exhibited evidence of significant credit deterioration, accounting for these acquired loans under ASC Topic 310-30 would have materially the same result as the alternative accounting treatment. The purchase price allocation was deemed preliminary as of March 31, 2012 and was finalized in the second quarter of 2012.

111

Table of Contents

The following table presents the fair value of loans acquired as of the date of the Bay Bank acquisition ($ in thousands):

At acquisition date:	March 16, 2012
Contractually required principal and interest	$	134,615
Nonaccretable difference		20,161
Cash flows expected to be collected		114,454
Accretable yield (1)		16,540
Fair value of loans at acquisition	$	97,914

(1) Includes $1.002 million of accretable yield relating to acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30.

On April 15, 2011, TNB entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with the FDIC in which TNB agreed to assume all of the deposits and essentially all of the assets of Heritage. Loans comprised the majority of the assets acquired and $97.8 million, or 91% of total loans acquired, are subject to the loss-share agreement with the FDIC whereby TNB is indemnified against a portion of the losses on covered loans and covered other real estate.

The following table presents changes in the carrying value, net of the acquired loans for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

	Covered						Noncovered (1)
	Acquired			Acquired			Acquired			Acquired
	Impaired			Not ASC 310-30 (2)			Impaired			Not ASC 310-30 (2)
Carrying value, net at January 1, 2011	$	-		$	-		$	-		$	-
Loans acquired		93,940			3,830			9,468			176
Accretion to interest income		4,347			543			349			4
Payments received, net (3)		(25,764	)		(202	)		(5,076	)		(47	)
Other		110			-			(391	)		(120	)
Less allowance for loan losses, acquired loans		(502	)		-			-			-
Carrying value, net at December 31, 2011		72,131			4,171			4,350			13
Loans acquired (4)		-			-			91,987			5,927
Accretion to interest income		8,031			367			4,138			161
Payments received, net		(27,496	)		(2,107	)		(24,330	)		868
Other		(3,085	)		29			(1,318	)		(273	)
Less allowance for loan losses, acquired loans		(4,190	)		-			(1,885	)		-
Carrying value, net at December 31, 2012	$	45,391		$	2,460		$	72,942		$	6,696

(1) Acquired noncovered loans were included in LHFI at December 31, 2011.

(2) "Acquired Not ASC 310-30" loans consist of revolving credit agreements that are not in scope for FASB ASC Topic 310-30.

(3) Includes $4.3 million for loan recoveries and an adjustment to payments recorded for covered acquired impaired loans, which was reported as "Changes in expected cash flows" at December 31, 2011.

(4) Fair value of loans acquired from Bay Bank on March 16, 2012.

112

Table of Contents

The following table presents changes in the accretable yield for the year ended December 31, 2012 ($ in thousands):

Accretable yield at January 1, 2012 (1)	$	(17,653	)
Additions due to acquisition (2)		(15,538	)
Accretion to interest income		12,169
Disposals		3,757
Reclassification to / (from) nonaccretable difference		(9,118	)
Accretable yield at December 31, 2012	$	(26,383	)

(1)	Accretable yield at January 1, 2012, includes $777 thousand of accretable yield for noncovered loans acquired from Heritage and accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30.

(2)	Accretable yield on loans acquired from Bay Bank on March 16, 2012.

No allowance for loan losses was brought forward on any of the acquired loans as any credit deterioration evident in the loans was included in the determination of the fair value of the loans at the acquisition date. Updates to expected cash flows for acquired impaired loans accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30 may result in a provision for loan losses and the establishment of an allowance for loan losses to the extent the amount and timing of expected cash flows decrease compared to those originally estimated at acquisition. TNB initially established an allowance for loan losses associated with covered acquired impaired loans during the fourth quarter of 2011 as a result of valuation procedures performed during the period.

The following table presents the components of the allowance for loan losses on acquired loans for the year ended December 31, 2012 ($ in thousands):

	Covered			Noncovered			Total
Balance at January 1, 2012	$	502		$	-		$	502
Loans charged-off		(81	)		(290	)		(371	)
Recoveries		157			259			416
Net charge-offs		76			(31	)		45
Provision for loan losses, acquired loans		3,612			1,916			5,528
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	4,190		$	1,885		$	6,075

As discussed in Note 5 - Loans Held for Investment (LHFI) and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI, TNB has established a loan grading system that consists of ten individual credit risk grades (risk ratings) that encompass a range from loans where the expectation of loss is negligible to loans where loss has been established. The model is based on the risk of default for an individual credit and establishes certain criteria to segregate the level of risk across the ten unique risk ratings. These credit quality measures are unique to commercial loans. Credit quality for consumer loans is based on individual credit scores, aging status of the loan and payment activity.

113

Table of Contents

The tables below illustrate the carrying amount of acquired loans by credit quality indicator at December 31, 2012 and 2011 ($ in thousands):

			December 31, 2012
			Commercial Loans
			Pass -		Special Mention -		Substandard -		Doubtful -
			Categories 1-6		Category 7		Category 8		Category 9		Subtotal
Covered Loans: (1)
Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans			$	1,341	$	18	$	1,489	$	744	$	3,592
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties				3,128		810		2,940		85		6,963
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties				5,857		1,052		9,839		798		17,546
Other				443		318		1,231		-		1,992
Commercial and industrial loans				82		458		207		-		747
Consumer loans				-		-		-		-		-
Other loans				245		-		345		535		1,125
Total covered loans				11,096		2,656		16,051		2,162		31,965

Noncovered loans:
Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans				3,259		119		4,915		921		9,214
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties				7,325		-		3,708		23		11,056
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties				22,453		3,596		18,682		831		45,562
Other				236		-		417		-		653
Commercial and industrial loans				2,853		89		93		-		3,035
Consumer loans				-		-		-		-		-
Other loans				86		-		-		-		86
Total noncovered loans				36,212		3,804		27,815		1,775		69,606
Total acquired loans			$	47,308	$	6,460	$	43,866	$	3,937	$	101,571

	Consumer Loans
			Past Due		Past Due Greater						Total
	Current		30-89 Days		Than 90 Days		Nonaccrual		Subtotal		Acquired Loans
Covered Loans: (1)
Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans	$	306	$	26	$	-	$	-	$	332	$	3,924
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		14,311		1,028		1,650		38		17,027		23,990
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties		692		169		-		-		861		18,407
Other		1,468		48		52		7		1,575		3,567
Commercial and industrial loans		-		-		-		-		-		747
Consumer loans		177		-		-		-		177		177
Other loans		104		-		-		-		104		1,229
Total covered loans		17,058		1,271		1,702		45		20,076		52,041

Noncovered loans:
Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans		802		-		40		-		842		10,056
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		7,715		357		215		61		8,348		19,404
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties		87		-		-		-		87		45,649
Other		16		-		-		-		16		669
Commercial and industrial loans		-		-		-		-		-		3,035
Consumer loans		2,394		164		52		-		2,610		2,610
Other loans		14		-		-		-		14		100
Total noncovered loans		11,028		521		307		61		11,917		81,523
Total acquired loans	$	28,086	$	1,792	$	2,009	$	106	$	31,993	$	133,564

(1)	Total dollar balances are presented in this table; however, these loans are covered by the loss-share agreement with the FDIC. TNB is at risk for only 20% of the losses incurred on these loans.

114

Table of Contents

			December 31, 2011
			Commercial Loans
			Pass -			Special Mention -		Substandard -		Doubtful -
			Categories 1-6			Category 7		Category 8		Category 9		Subtotal
Covered Loans: (1)
Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans			$	1,212		$	194	$	1,425	$	909	$	3,740
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties				6,402			1,256		1,943		19		9,620
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties				13,302			5,275		8,932		2,134		29,643
Other				878			429		658		86		2,051
Commercial and industrial loans				1,780			1,109		82		-		2,971
Consumer loans				-			-		-		-		-
Other loans				212			63		402		535		1,212
Total covered loans				23,786			8,326		13,442		3,683		49,237

Noncovered loans: (2)
Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans				-			-		-		-		-
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties				-			-		-		-		-
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties				-			-		-		-		-
Other				-			-		-		-		-
Commercial and industrial loans				27			-		42		-		69
Consumer loans				-			-		-		-		-
Other loans				(3	)		-		-		-		(3	)
Total noncovered loans				24			-		42		-		66
Total acquired loans			$	23,810		$	8,326	$	13,484	$	3,683	$	49,303

	Consumer Loans
			Past Due			Past Due Greater						Total
	Current		30-89 Days			Than 90 Days		Nonaccrual		Subtotal		Acquired Loans
Covered Loans: (1)
Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans	$	448	$	18		$	3	$	-	$	469	$	4,209
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		19,159		1,044			2,013		38		22,254		31,874
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties		1,246		-			-		-		1,246		30,889
Other		2,953		108			14		-		3,075		5,126
Commercial and industrial loans		-		-			-		-		-		2,971
Consumer loans		290		-			-		-		290		290
Other loans		230		3			-		-		233		1,445
Total covered loans		24,326		1,173			2,030		38		27,567		76,804

Noncovered loans: (2)
Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans		-		-			-		-		-		-
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		71		5			-		-		76		76
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties		-		-			-		-		-		-
Other		-		-			-		-		-		-
Commercial and industrial loans		-		-			-		-		-		69
Consumer loans		3,943		202			1		-		4,146		4,146
Other loans		75		-			-		-		75		72
Total noncovered loans		4,089		207			1		-		4,297		4,363
Total acquired loans	$	28,415	$	1,380		$	2,031	$	38	$	31,864	$	81,167

(1)	Total dollar balances are presented in this table; however, these loans are covered by the loss-share agreement with the FDIC. TNB is at risk for only 20% of the losses incurred on these loans.

(2)	Acquired noncovered loans were included in LHFI at December 31, 2011.

Under FASB ASC Topic 310-30, acquired impaired loans are generally considered accruing and performing loans as the loans accrete interest income over the estimated life of the loan when expected cash flows can be reasonably estimated. Accordingly, acquired impaired loans that are contractually past due are still considered to be accruing and performing loans as long as the estimated cash flows are received as expected. If the timing and amount of cash flows cannot be reasonably estimated, the loans may be classified as nonaccrual loans and interest income may be recognized on a cash basis or as a reduction of the principal amount outstanding. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were no acquired impaired loans accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30 classified as nonaccrual loans. At December 31, 2012, approximately $1.1 million of acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30 were classified as nonaccrual loans, compared to approximately $491 thousand of acquired loans at December 31, 2011.

115

Table of Contents

The following table provides an aging analysis of contractually past due and nonaccrual acquired loans, by class at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 ($ in thousands):

	December 31, 2012
	Past Due
			Greater than						Current		Total Acquired
	30-89 Days		90 Days (1)		Total		Nonaccrual (2)		Loans		Loans
Covered loans:
Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans	$	240	$	246	$	486	$	445	$	2,993	$	3,924
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		1,705		1,883		3,588		234		20,168		23,990
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties		3,953		1,539		5,492		-		12,915		18,407
Other		221		52		273		9		3,285		3,567
Commercial and industrial loans		94		4		98		39		610		747
Consumer loans		-		-		-		-		177		177
Other loans		-		-		-		-		1,229		1,229
Total past due covered loans		6,213		3,724		9,937		727		41,377		52,041

Noncovered loans:
Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans		-		3,622		3,622		-		6,434		10,056
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		458		1,392		1,850		243		17,311		19,404
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties		3,526		1,217		4,743		133		40,773		45,649
Other		30		44		74		-		595		669
Commercial and industrial loans		217		23		240		-		2,795		3,035
Consumer loans		164		52		216		-		2,394		2,610
Other loans		-		-		-		-		100		100
Total past due noncovered loans		4,395		6,350		10,745		376		70,402		81,523
Total past due acquired loans	$	10,608	$	10,074	$	20,682	$	1,103	$	111,779	$	133,564

(1) - Past due greater than 90 days but still accruing interest.

(2) - Acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30.

	December 31, 2011
	Past Due
			Greater than						Current		Total Acquired
	30-89 Days		90 Days (1)		Total		Nonaccrual (2)		Loans		Loans
Covered loans:
Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans	$	253	$	1,004	$	1,257	$	386	$	2,566	$	4,209
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		1,339		2,159		3,498		92		28,284		31,874
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties		4,464		2,463		6,927		-		23,962		30,889
Other		176		14		190		-		4,936		5,126
Commercial and industrial loans		37		45		82		13		2,876		2,971
Consumer loans		-		-		-		-		290		290
Other loans		3		-		3		-		1,442		1,445
Total past due covered loans		6,272		5,685		11,957		491		64,356		76,804

Noncovered loans: (3)
Loans secured by real estate:
Construction, land development and other land loans		-		-		-		-		-		-
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		5		-		5		-		71		76
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties		-		-		-		-		-		-
Other		-		-		-		-		-		-
Commercial and industrial loans		19		-		19		-		50		69
Consumer loans		202		2		204		-		3,942		4,146
Other loans		-		-		-		-		72		72
Total past due noncovered loans		226		2		228		-		4,135		4,363
Total past due acquired loans	$	6,498	$	5,687	$	12,185	$	491	$	68,491	$	81,167

(1) - Past due greater than 90 days but still accruing interest.

(2) - Acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30.

(3) - Acquired noncovered loans were included in LHFI at December 31, 2011.

116

Table of Contents

Note 7 – Premises and Equipment, Net

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, premises and equipment are summarized as follows ($ in thousands):

	2012		2011
Land	$	40,327	$	39,724
Buildings and leasehold improvements		163,638		155,506
Furniture and equipment		142,771		127,762
Total cost of premises and equipment		346,736		322,992
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		191,895		180,410
Premises and equipment, net	$	154,841	$	142,582

Note 8 – Mortgage Banking

Mortgage Servicing Rights

The activity in MSR is detailed in the table below ($ in thousands):

	2012			2011
Balance at beginning of period	$	43,274		$	51,151
Origination of servicing assets		23,253			14,160
Change in fair value:
Due to market changes		(9,378	)		(15,130	)
Due to runoff		(9,808	)		(6,907	)
Balance at end of period	$	47,341		$	43,274

In the determination of the fair value of MSR at the date of securitization, certain key economic assumptions are made. At December 31, 2012, the fair value of MSR included an assumed average prepayment speed of 16.98 CPR and an average discount rate of 10.71%. By way of example, an increase in either the prepayment speed or discount rate assumption will result in a decrease in the fair value of the MSR, while a decrease in either assumption will result in an increase in the fair value of the MSR. In recent years, there have been significant market-driven fluctuations in loan prepayment speeds and discount rates. These fluctuations can be rapid and may continue to be significant. Therefore, estimating prepayment speed and/or discount rates within ranges that market participants would use in determining the fair value of MSR requires significant management judgment.

Mortgage Loans Sold/Serviced

During 2012 and 2011, Trustmark sold $1.816 billion and $969.4 million of residential mortgage loans. Pretax gains on these sales were recorded in mortgage banking noninterest income and totaled $33.9 million in 2012, $12.0 million in 2011 and $15.3 million in 2010. Trustmark receives annual servicing fee income approximating 0.33% of the outstanding balance of the underlying loans. Trustmark's total mortgage loans serviced for others totaled $5.158 billion at December 31, 2012, compared with $4.518 billion at December 31, 2011. The investors and the securitization trusts have no recourse to the assets of Trustmark for failure of debtors to pay when due.

Trustmark is subject to losses in its loan servicing portfolio due to loan foreclosures. Trustmark has obligations to either repurchase the outstanding principal balance of a loan or make the purchaser whole for the economic benefits of a loan if it is determined that the loan sold was in violation of representations or warranties made by Trustmark at the time of the sale, herein referred to as mortgage loan servicing putback expenses. Such representations and warranties typically include those made regarding loans that had missing or insufficient file documentation and/or loans obtained through fraud by borrowers or other third parties. Putback requests may be made until the loan is paid in full. When a putback request is received, Trustmark evaluates the request and takes appropriate actions based on the nature of the request. Effective January 1, 2013, Trustmark is required by FNMA and FHLMC to provide a response to putback requests within 60 days of the date of receipt. Currently, putback requests primarily relate to 2005 through 2008 vintage mortgage loans and to government sponsored entity-guaranteed mortgage-backed securities.

The total mortgage loan servicing putback expenses incurred by Trustmark were $8.0 million during 2012, $5.1 million during 2011 and $2.1 million during 2010. During the second quarter of 2012, Trustmark updated its quarterly analysis of mortgage loan putback exposure. This analysis, along with recent mortgage industry trends, resulted in Trustmark providing an additional reserve of approximately $4.0 million in the second quarter. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the reserve for mortgage loan servicing putback expenses totaled $7.8 million and $4.3 million, respectively.

117

Table of Contents

Note 9 – Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets

Goodwill

The table below illustrates goodwill by segment for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 ($ in thousands).


	General
	Banking		Insurance		Total
Balance as of December 31, 2012 and 2011	$	246,736	$	44,368	$	291,104

Trustmark's General Banking segment delivers a full range of banking services to consumer, corporate, small and middle-market businesses through its extensive branch network. The Insurance segment includes TNB’s wholly-owned retail insurance subsidiaries that offer a diverse mix of insurance products and services. Trustmark performed an impairment test of goodwill of reporting units in both the General Banking and Insurance segments during 2012, 2011 and 2010, which indicated that no impairment charge was required. Based on this analysis, Trustmark concluded that no impairment charge was required.

Identifiable Intangible Assets

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, identifiable intangible assets consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

	2012						2011
	Gross Carrying		Accumulated		Net Carrying		Gross Carrying		Accumulated		Net Carrying
	Amount		Amortization		Amount		Amount		Amortization		Amount

Core deposit intangibles	$	52,327	$	38,532	$	13,795	$	45,309	$	35,730	$	9,579
Insurance intangibles		11,693		9,188		2,505		11,693		8,330		3,363
Banking charters		1,325		612		713		1,325		546		779
Borrower relationship intangible		690		397		293		690		335		355
Total	$	66,035	$	48,729	$	17,306	$	59,017	$	44,941	$	14,076

In 2012, 2011 and 2010, Trustmark recorded $3.8 million, $3.1 million and $3.5 million, respectively, of amortization of identifiable intangible assets. Trustmark estimates that amortization expense for identifiable intangible assets will be $3.7 million in 2013, $3.2 million in 2014, $2.7 million in 2015, $2.3 million in 2016 and $2.0 million in 2017. Fully amortized intangibles are excluded from the table above. Trustmark continually evaluates whether events and circumstances have occurred that indicate that identifiable intangible assets have become impaired. Measurement of any impairment of such identifiable intangible assets is based on the fair values of those assets. There were no impairment losses on identifiable intangible assets recorded during 2012, 2011 or 2010.

118

Table of Contents

The following table illustrates the carrying amounts and remaining weighted-average amortization periods of identifiable intangible assets ($ in thousands):

	2012
			Remaining
			Weighted-
			Average
	Net Carrying		Amortization
	Amount		Period in Years

Core deposit intangibles	$	13,795		7.8
Insurance intangibles		2,505		6.1
Banking charters		713		10.7
Borrower relationship intangible		293		4.7
Total	$	17,306		7.6

Note 10 – Other Real Estate and Covered Other Real Estate

Other Real Estate, excluding Covered Other Real Estate

Other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, is recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less the estimated cost of disposition. Fair value is based on independent appraisals and other relevant factors. Valuation adjustments required at foreclosure are charged to the allowance for loan losses. At December 31, 2012, Trustmark's geographic other real estate distribution was concentrated primarily in its four key market regions, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas. The ultimate recovery of a substantial portion of the carrying amount of other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, is susceptible to changes in market conditions in these areas.

For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, changes and gains (losses), net on other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, were as follows ($ in thousands):

	2012			2011			2010
Balance at beginning of period	$	79,053		$	86,704		$	90,095
Additions		38,894			56,929			61,786
Disposals		(33,155	)		(50,724	)		(48,050	)
Writedowns		(6,603	)		(13,856	)		(17,127	)
Balance at end of period	$	78,189		$	79,053		$	86,704

(Loss) gain, net on the sale of noncovered other real estate included in ORE/Foreclosure expense	$	(279	)	$	1,605		$	(31	)

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, by type of property consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

	2012		2011
Construction, land development and other land properties	$	46,957	$	53,834
1-4 family residential properties		8,134		10,557
Nonfarm, nonresidential properties		22,760		13,883
Other real estate properties		338		779
Total other real estate, excluding covered other real estate	$	78,189	$	79,053

119

Table of Contents

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, by geographic location consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

	2012		2011
Florida	$	18,569	$	29,963
Mississippi (1)		27,771		19,483
Tennessee (2)		17,589		16,879
Texas		14,260		12,728
Total other real estate, excluding covered other real estate	$	78,189	$	79,053

(1) - Mississippi includes Central and Southern Mississippi Regions

(2) - Tennessee includes Memphis, Tennessee and Northern Mississippi Regions

Covered Other Real Estate

Covered other real estate was initially recorded at its estimated fair value on the acquisition date based on an independent appraisal less estimated selling costs. Any subsequent valuation adjustments due to declines in fair value are charged to noninterest expense, and are mostly offset by noninterest income representing the corresponding increase to the FDIC indemnification asset for the offsetting loss reimbursement amount. Any recoveries of previous valuation adjustments will be credited to noninterest expense with a corresponding charge to noninterest income for the portion of the recovery that is due to the FDIC.

As of the date of the Heritage acquisition, Trustmark acquired $7.5 million in covered other real estate. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, changes and gains, net on covered other real estate were as follows ($ in thousands):

	2012			2011
Balance at beginning of period	$	6,331		$	-
Covered other real estate acquired		-			7,485
Transfers from covered loans		1,424			632
FASB ASC 310-30 adjustment for the residual recorded investment		(112	)		(264	)
Net transfers from covered loans		1,312			368
Disposals		(1,631	)		(1,489	)
Writedowns		(271	)		(33	)
Balance at end of period	$	5,741		$	6,331

Gain, net on the sale of covered
other real estate included in ORE/Foreclosure expenses	$	485		$	286

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, covered other real estate consisted of the following types of properties ($ in thousands):

	2012		2011
Construction, land development and other land properties	$	1,284	$	1,304
1-4 family residential properties		1,306		889
Nonfarm, nonresidential properties		3,151		4,022
Other real estate properties		-		116
Total covered other real estate	$	5,741	$	6,331

Note 11 – FDIC Indemnification Asset

Pursuant to the provisions of the Heritage loss-share agreement, TNB may be required to make a true-up payment to the FDIC at the termination of the loss-share agreement should actual losses be less than certain thresholds established in the agreement. TNB calculates the projected true-up payable to the FDIC quarterly and records a FDIC true-up provision for the present value of the projected true-up payable to the FDIC at the termination of the loss-share agreement. TNB’s FDIC true-up provision totaled $1.1 million and $601 thousand at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

During 2012, TNB re-estimated the expected cash flows on the acquired loans of Heritage as required by FASB ASC Topic 310-30. The analysis resulted in improvements in the estimated future cash flows of the acquired loans that remain outstanding as well as lower expected remaining losses on those loans. The improvements in the estimated expected cash flows of the covered loans resulted in a reduction of the expected loss-share receivable from the FDIC. During 2012, other income included a writedown of the FDIC indemnification asset of $3.7 million on covered loans as a result of loan payoffs, improved cash flow projections and lower loss expectations for loan pools.

120

Table of Contents

The following table presents changes in the FDIC indemnification asset for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

Balance at January 1, 2011	$	-
Additions from acquisition		33,333
Accretion		185
Loss-share payments received from FDIC		(986	)
Change in expected cash flows (1)		(4,157	)
Change in FDIC true-up provision		(27	)
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	28,348
Accretion		245
Transfers to FDIC claims receivable		(2,544	)
Change in expected cash flows (1)		(3,761	)
Change in FDIC true-up provision		(514	)
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	21,774

(1) The decrease was due to loan pay-offs, improved cash flow projections and lower loss expectations for covered loans.

Note 12 – Deposits

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, deposits consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

	2012		2011
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits	$	2,254,211	$	2,033,442
Interest-bearing demand		1,481,182		1,463,640
Savings		2,322,280		2,051,701
Time		1,838,844		2,017,580
Total	$	7,896,517	$	7,566,363

Interest expense on deposits by type consisted of the following for 2012, 2011, and 2010 ($ in thousands):

	2012		2011		2010
Interest-bearing demand	$	3,975	$	7,077	$	8,621
Savings		6,004		8,144		8,479
Time		14,625		21,073		31,557
Total	$	24,604	$	36,294	$	48,657

The maturities on outstanding time deposits of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows ($ in thousands):

	2012		2011
3 months or less	$	161,806	$	217,577
Over 3 months through 6 months		142,026		177,519
Over 6 months through 12 months		221,056		256,773
Over 12 months		208,600		166,658
Total	$	733,488	$	818,527

121

Table of Contents

The maturities of interest-bearing deposits at December 31, 2012, are as follows ($ in thousands):

2013	$	1,347,371
2014		370,471
2015		63,522
2016		21,424
2017 and thereafter		36,056
Total time deposits		1,838,844
Interest-bearing deposits with no stated maturity		3,803,462
Total interest-bearing deposits	$	5,642,306

Note 13 - Borrowings

Short-Term Borrowings

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, short-term borrowings consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

	2012		2011
FHLB advances	$	-	$	2,579
Serviced GNMA loans eligible for repurchase		59,775		58,842
Other		27,145		26,207
Total short-term borrowings	$	86,920	$	87,628

At various times during 2012 and 2011, Trustmark received advances from the FHLB, which were classified as short-term and collateralized by a blanket lien on Trustmark’s single-family, multi-family, home equity and commercial mortgage loans. At December 31, 2012, Trustmark had no outstanding short-term FHLB advances. Interest expense on short-term FHLB advances totaled $81 thousand in 2012, $215 thousand in 2011 and $404 thousand in 2010. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, Trustmark had $1.882 billion and $1.933 billion, respectively, available in additional short and long-term borrowing capacity from the FHLB.

Trustmark has been a participant in the Treasury Investment Program through the Treasury Tax and Loan (TT&L) Service provided by the Federal Reserve Banks. The TT&L Service enabled a financial institution to collect federal tax payments from its customers and retain these funds at a competitive rate of interest. Trustmark retained the use of customers’ tax deposits as a source of funds under this program but also participated in the direct investment program, which represented cash balances in excess of those needed by the Treasury for current expenditures and financing activity. Trustmark also participated in the TT&L Service as an Investor. An Investor accepts funds from the Treasury via Direct Investments. All investments in an Investor’s TT&L account must be fully collateralized and the Investor pays the Treasury interest for use of the funds. Effective January 1, 2012, the Treasury eliminated retained electronic tax deposits (affecting both Retainer and Investor depositories) as well as the designation “Retainer Depository” from the TT&L Program. Beginning January 2012, the electronic federal tax payment deposits will be posted to depositories’ settlement accounts and then withdrawn by the Federal Reserve Bank throughout the day, with no balance remaining overnight. As a result of this change in the TT&L program, Trustmark no longer retains any TT&L funds overnight. The Federal Reserve Bank withdrew 100% of the TT&L balance held by Trustmark on December 30, 2011. Trustmark remains an Investor depository in the program with a pre-approved limit of $50 million as the Federal Reserve Bank has indicated they may consider making dynamic deposits with Investors at a later date.

Long-Term FHLB Advances

At both December 31, 2012 and 2011, Trustmark had no long-term FHLB advances outstanding. Long-term FHLB advances are also collateralized by a blanket lien on Trustmark’s single-family, multi-family, home equity and commercial mortgage loans. Trustmark incurred no interest expense on long-term FHLB advances in 2012, compared to $7 thousand in 2011 and $133 thousand in 2010.

Subordinated Notes Payable

During 2006, TNB issued $50.0 million aggregate principal amount of Subordinated Notes (the Notes) due December 15, 2016. Proceeds from the sale of the Notes were used for general corporate purposes. At December 31, 2012, the carrying amount of the Notes was $49.9 million. The Notes have not been, and are not required to be, registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 (Securities Act), as amended. The Notes were sold pursuant to the terms of regulations issued by the OCC and in reliance upon an exemption provided by the Securities Act. The Notes bear interest at the rate of 5.673% per annum from December 13, 2006, until the principal of the Notes has been paid in full. Interest on the Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing June 15, 2007, and through the date of maturity. The Notes are unsecured and subordinate and junior in right of payment to TNB’s obligations to its depositors, its obligations under bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit, its obligations to any Federal Reserve Bank or the FDIC and its obligations to its other creditors, and to any rights acquired by the FDIC as a result of loans made by the FDIC to TNB. The Notes, which are not redeemable prior to maturity, qualify as Tier 2 capital for both TNB and Trustmark. Because the Notes now have a remaining maturity of more than three years, but less than four years, only 60% of the remaining balance will qualify as Tier 2 capital for both TNB and Trustmark at December 31, 2012. The portion of the Notes qualifying as Tier 2 capital will be reduced 20% during each of the remaining three years until the Notes mature during 2016.

122

Table of Contents

Junior Subordinated Debt Securities

On August 18, 2006, Trustmark completed a private placement of $60.0 million of trust preferred securities through a newly formed Delaware trust affiliate, Trustmark Preferred Capital Trust I, (the Trust). The trust preferred securities mature September 30, 2036, are redeemable at Trustmark’s option beginning after five years and bear interest at a variable rate per annum equal to the three-month LIBOR plus 1.72%. Under applicable regulatory guidelines, these trust preferred securities qualify as Tier 1 capital.

The proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities were used by the Trust to purchase $61.9 million in aggregate principal amount of Trustmark’s junior subordinated debentures. The net proceeds to Trustmark from the sale of the Notes to the Trust were used to finance its merger with Republic Bancshares of Texas, Inc.

The debentures were issued pursuant to a Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated August 18, 2006, between Trustmark, as issuer, and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee. Like the trust preferred securities, the debentures bear interest at a variable rate per annum equal to the three-month LIBOR plus 1.72% and mature on September 30, 2036. The debentures may be redeemed at Trustmark’s option at anytime on or after September 30, 2011 or at anytime upon certain events, such as a change in the regulatory capital treatment of the debentures, the Trust being deemed an investment company or the occurrence of certain adverse tax events. The interest payments by Trustmark will be used to pay the quarterly distributions payable by the Trust to the holder of the trust preferred securities. However, so long as no event of default has occurred under the debentures, Trustmark may defer interest payments on the debentures (in which case the Trust will also defer distributions otherwise due on the trust preferred securities) for up to 20 consecutive quarters.

The debentures are subordinated to the prior payment of any other indebtedness of Trustmark that, by its terms, is not similarly subordinated. The trust preferred securities are recorded as a long-term liability on Trustmark’s balance sheet; however, for regulatory purposes the trust preferred securities are treated as Tier 1 capital under rulings of the Federal Reserve Board, Trustmark’s primary federal regulatory agency.

Trustmark also entered into a Guarantee Agreement, dated August 18, 2006, pursuant to which it has agreed to guarantee the payment by the Trust of distributions on the trust preferred securities and the payment of principal of the trust preferred securities when due, either at maturity or on redemption, but only if and to the extent that the Trust fails to pay distributions on or principal of the trust preferred securities after having received interest payments or principal payments on the Notes from Trustmark for the purpose of paying those distributions or the principal amount of the trust preferred securities.

As defined in applicable accounting standards, Trustmark Preferred Capital Trust I, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Trustmark, is considered a variable interest entity for which Trustmark is not the primary beneficiary. Accordingly, the accounts of this Trust are not included in Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, total assets for the Trust totaled $61.9 million, resulting from the investment in subordinated debentures issued by Trustmark. Liabilities and shareholder’s equity for the Trust also totaled $61.9 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, resulting from the issuance of trust preferred securities in the amount of $60.0 million, as well as $1.9 million in common securities issued to Trustmark. During 2012, net income equaled $41.3 thousand resulting from interest income from junior subordinated debt securities issued by Trustmark to the Trust compared with net income of $38.1 thousand during 2011. Dividends issued to Trustmark during 2012 totaled $41.3 thousand compared to $38.1 thousand during 2011.

123

Table of Contents

Note 14 – Income Taxes

The income tax provision included in the statements of income is as follows ($ in thousands):

Current	2012			2011			2010
Federal	$	48,186		$	46,749		$	43,806
State		2,366			4,712			4,702
Deferred
Federal		(7,349	)		(8,414	)		(5,558	)
State		(1,103	)		(1,269	)		(831	)
Income tax provision	$	42,100		$	41,778		$	42,119

The income tax provision differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% to income before income taxes as a result of the following ($ in thousands):

	2012			2011			2010
Income tax computed at statutory tax rate	$	55,784		$	52,017		$	49,964
Tax exempt interest		(5,150	)		(5,244	)		(5,115	)
Nondeductible interest expense		144			153			181
State income taxes, net		821			2,238			2,517
Income tax credits		(9,255	)		(7,633	)		(6,729	)
Other		(244	)		247			1,301
Income tax provision	$	42,100		$	41,778		$	42,119

Temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities gave rise to the following net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2012 and 2011, which are included in other assets ($ in thousands):

Deferred tax assets	2012		2011
Pension and other postretirement benefit plans	$	32,507	$	31,606
Allowance for loan losses		32,441		34,433
Other real estate		30,001		25,113
Loan purchase accounting		7,020		-
Deferred compensation		5,055		4,519
Stock-based compensation		4,723		5,387
Other		13,203		11,094
Gross deferred tax asset		124,950		112,152

Deferred tax liabilities
Unrealized gains on securities available for sale		27,834		28,202
Goodwill and other identifiable intangibles		18,707		15,871
Premises and equipment		17,339		15,336
Securities		2,055		2,167
Mortgage servicing rights		1,737		2,925
Other		2,276		3,485
Gross deferred tax liability		69,948		67,986
Net deferred tax asset	$	55,002	$	44,166

Trustmark has evaluated the need for a valuation allowance and, based on the weight of the available evidence, has determined that it is more likely than not that all deferred tax assets will be realized.

124

Table of Contents

The following table provides a summary of the changes during the 2012 calendar year in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that are included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet ($ in thousands):

Balance at January 1, 2012	$	1,164

Increases due to tax positions taken during the current year		226
Increases due to tax positions taken during a prior year		676
Decreases due to tax positions taken during a prior year		(41	)
Decreases due to the lapse of applicable statute of limitations during the current year		(161	)

Balance at December 31, 2012	$	1,864

Accrued interest, net of federal benefit, at December 31, 2012	$	517


Unrecognized tax benefits that would impact the effective tax rate, if recognized, at December 31, 2012	$	1,250

Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits, if any, are recorded in income tax expense. With limited exception, Trustmark is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local audits by tax authorities for 2006 and earlier tax years. Trustmark does not anticipate a significant change to the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months.

Note 15 – Defined Benefit and Other Postretirement Benefits

Capital Accumulation Plan

Trustmark maintains a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan (Trustmark Capital Accumulation Plan), which covers substantially all associates employed prior to 2007. The plan provides retirement benefits that are based on the length of credited service and final average compensation, as defined in the plan and vest upon three years of service. In an effort to control expenses, the Board voted to freeze plan benefits effective during 2009, with the exception of certain associates covered through plans obtained by acquisitions. Associates will not earn additional benefits, except for interest as required by the IRS regulations, after the effective date. Associates will retain their previously earned pension benefits.

125

Table of Contents

The following tables present information regarding the plan's benefit obligation, plan assets, funded status of the plan, amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net periodic benefit cost and other statistical disclosures ($ in thousands):

	December 31,
	2012			2011
Change in benefit obligation
Benefit obligation, beginning of year	$	100,556		$	94,136
Service cost		547			522
Interest cost		3,942			4,460
Actuarial loss		4,559			7,620
Benefits paid		(6,369	)		(6,182	)
Benefit obligation, end of year	$	103,235		$	100,556

Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year	$	72,304		$	77,764
Actual return on plan assets		9,178			(331	)
Employer contributions		1,547			1,053
Benefit payments		(6,369	)		(6,182	)
Fair value of plan assets, end of year	$	76,660		$	72,304

Funded status at end of year - net liability	$	(26,575	)	$	(28,252	)

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Net loss - amount recognized	$	45,178		$	49,040

	Years Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Net periodic benefit cost
Service cost	$	547		$	522		$	550
Interest cost		3,942			4,460			4,777
Expected return on plan assets		(5,983	)		(5,882	)		(5,926	)
Recognized net actuarial loss		5,225			4,127			3,397
Net periodic benefit cost	$	3,731		$	3,227		$	2,798

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligation recognized in other comprehensive income (loss), before taxes
Net (gain) loss - Total recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)	$	(3,861	)	$	9,707		$	(4,035	)

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income (loss)	$	(130	)	$	12,934		$	(1,237	)

Weighted-average assumptions as of end of year
Discount rate for benefit obligation		3.50	%		4.00	%		5.05	%
Discount rate for net periodic benefit cost		4.00	%		5.05	%		5.50	%
Expected long-term return on plan assets		8.00	%		8.00	%		8.00	%
Rate of compensation increase		3.00	%		3.00	%		4.00	%

126

Table of Contents

Plan Assets

Trustmark's capital accumulation plan weighted-average asset allocations at December 31, 2012 and 2011, by asset category are as follows:

	2012			2011
Money market fund		1.3	%		3.0	%
Fixed income mutual funds		19.8	%		19.9	%
Equity mutual funds		63.2	%		70.4	%
Equity securities		15.5	%		6.3	%
Fixed income hedge fund		0.2	%		0.4	%
Total		100.0	%		100.0	%

The strategic objective of the plan focuses on capital growth with moderate income. The plan is managed on a total return basis with the return objective set as a reasonable actuarial rate of return on plan assets net of investment management fees. Moderate risk is assumed given the average age of plan participants and the need to meet the required rate of return. Equity and fixed income securities are utilized to allow for capital appreciation while fully diversifying the portfolio with more conservative fixed income investments. The target asset allocation range for the portfolio is 0-10% Cash and Cash Equivalents, 10-30% Fixed Income, 30-55% Domestic Equity, 10-30% International Equity and 0-20% Other Investments. Changes in allocations are a result of tactical asset allocation decisions and fall within the aforementioned percentage range for each major asset class.

Trustmark selects the expected long-term rate-of-return-on-assets assumption in consultation with its investment advisors and actuary. This rate is intended to reflect the average rate of earnings expected to be earned on the funds invested or to be invested to provide plan benefits. Historical performance is reviewed, especially with respect to real rates of return (net of inflation), for the major asset classes held or anticipated to be held by the trust and for the trust itself. Undue weight is not given to recent experience that may not continue over the measurement period, with higher significance placed on current forecasts of future long-term economic conditions.

Because assets are held in a qualified trust, anticipated returns are not reduced for taxes. Further, solely for this purpose, the plan is assumed to continue in force and not terminate during the period in which assets are invested. However, consideration is given to the potential impact of current and future investment policy, cash flow into and out of the trust and expenses (both investment and non-investment) typically paid from plan assets (to the extent such expenses are not explicitly estimated within periodic cost).

Fair Value Measurements

At this time, Trustmark presents no fair values that are derived through internal modeling. Should positions requiring fair valuation arise that are not relevant to existing methodologies, Trustmark will make every reasonable effort to obtain market participant assumptions, or independent evaluation.

127

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the plan’s assets measured at fair value at December 31, 2012 and 2011 ($ in thousands):

	December 31, 2012
	Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Money market fund	$	1,028	$	-	$	1,028	$	-
Fixed income mutual funds		15,145		15,145		-		-
Equity mutual funds		48,414		48,414		-		-
Equity securities		11,910		11,910		-		-
Fixed income hedge fund		163		-		-		163
Total assets at fair value	$	76,660	$	75,469	$	1,028	$	163

	December 31, 2011
	Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Money market fund	$	2,189	$	-	$	2,189	$	-
Fixed income mutual funds		14,422		14,422		-		-
Equity mutual funds		50,886		50,886		-		-
Equity securities		4,506		4,506		-		-
Fixed income hedge fund		301		-		-		301
Total assets at fair value	$	72,304	$	69,814	$	2,189	$	301

The following table sets forth a summary of changes in fair value of the plan’s Level 3 assets for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 ($ in thousands):

	Fixed Income Hedge Fund
Balance, January 1, 2011	$	597
Sales, net		(373	)
Net losses included in plan		(8	)
Change in fair value		85
Balance, December 31, 2011		301
Change in fair value		(138	)
Balance, December 31, 2012	$	163

There have been no changes in methodologies used at December 31, 2012. The methodology and significant assumptions used in estimating the fair values presented above are as follows:

Money market fund approximates fair value due to its immediate maturity.

Fixed income hedge fund is valued in accordance with the valuation provided by the general partner of the underlying partnership.

The preceding methods described may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, although the plan believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different fair value measurement at the reporting date.

Contributions

The acceptable range of contributions to the plan is determined each year by the plan's actuary. Trustmark's policy is to fund amounts allowable for federal income tax purposes. The actual amount of the contribution is determined based on the plan's funded status and return on plan assets as of the measurement date, which is December 31. In July 2012, the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act (“MAP-21”) became effective. Through MAP-21, Congress provides pension sponsors with funding relief by stabilizing interest rates used to determine required funding contributions to defined benefit plans. Under MAP-21, instead of using a two-year average of these rates, plan sponsors determine required pension funding contributions based on a 25-year average of these rates with a cap and a floor. For 2012, the cap is set at 110% and the floor is set at 90% of the 25-year average of these rates as of September 30, 2011. As a result, for the plan years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, Trustmark's minimum required contributions were $1.5 million and $896 thousand, respectively. During 2012, Trustmark made a contribution of $1.5 million for the plan year ended December 31, 2012 while during 2011, Trustmark made a contribution of $1.0 million for the plan year ended December 31, 2011. For the plan year ending December 31, 2013, Trustmark’s minimum required contribution is expected to be $1.5 million; however, Management and the Board of Directors will monitor the plan throughout 2013 to determine any additional funding requirements by the plan’s measurement date.

128

Table of Contents

Estimated Future Benefit Payments and Other Disclosures

The following plan benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, are expected to be paid ($ in thousands):

Year	Amount
2013	$	9,432
2014		8,176
2015		7,850
2016		7,143
2017		7,110
2018-2022		30,240

Amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost during 2013 include a net loss of $5.6 million.

129

Table of Contents

Supplemental Retirement Plan

Trustmark maintains a nonqualified supplemental retirement plan covering directors who elected to defer fees, key executive officers and senior officers. The plan provides for defined death benefits and/or retirement benefits based on a participant's covered salary. Trustmark has acquired life insurance contracts on the participants covered under the plan, which may be used to fund future payments under the plan. The measurement date for the plan is December 31. The following tables present information regarding the plan's benefit obligation, plan assets, funded status of the plan, amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net periodic benefit cost and other statistical disclosures ($ in thousands):

	December 31,
	2012			2011
Change in benefit obligation
Benefit obligation, beginning of year	$	52,646		$	45,433
Service cost		679			589
Interest cost		2,067			2,276
Actuarial loss		3,368			5,831
Benefits paid		(2,339	)		(2,676	)
Prior service cost due to amendment		198			1,193
Benefit obligation, end of year	$	56,619		$	52,646

Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year	$	-		$	-
Employer contributions		2,339			2,676
Benefit payments		(2,339	)		(2,676	)
Fair value of plan assets, end of year	$	-		$	-

Funded status at end of year - net liability	$	(56,619	)	$	(52,646	)

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Net loss	$	19,733		$	17,226
Prior service cost		2,360			2,412
Amounts recognized	$	22,093		$	19,638

	Years Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Net periodic benefit cost
Service cost	$	679		$	589		$	756
Interest cost		2,067			2,276			2,242
Amortization of prior service cost		250			236			152
Recognized net actuarial loss		861			495			355
Net periodic benefit cost	$	3,857		$	3,596		$	3,505

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligation recognized in other comprehensive income (loss), before taxes
Net loss	$	2,507		$	5,336		$	2,272
Prior service cost		198			1,192			28
Amortization of prior service cost		(250	)		(236	)		(152	)
Total recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)	$	2,455		$	6,292		$	2,148

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income (loss)	$	6,312		$	9,888		$	5,653

Weighted-average assumptions as of end of year
Discount rate for benefit obligation		3.50	%		4.00	%		5.05	%
Discount rate for net periodic benefit cost		4.00	%		5.05	%		5.50	%

130

Table of Contents

Estimated Supplemental Retirement Plan Payments and Other Disclosures

The following supplemental retirement plan benefit payments are expected to be paid in the following years ($ in thousands):

Year	Amount
2013	$	2,599
2014		2,780
2015		2,968
2016		3,149
2017		3,428
2018 - 2022		18,335

Amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost during 2013 include a loss of $1.0 million and prior service cost of $250 thousand.

Other Benefit Plans

Defined Contribution Plan

Trustmark provides associates with a self-directed 401(k) retirement plan that allows associates to contribute a percentage of base pay, within limits provided by the Internal Revenue Code and accompanying regulations, into the plan. Trustmark's contributions to this plan were $5.7 million in 2012, $5.4 million in 2011 and $5.3 million in 2010.

Note 16 – Stock and Incentive Compensation Plans

Trustmark has granted and currently has outstanding, stock and incentive compensation awards subject to the provisions of the 1997 Long Term Incentive Plan (the 1997 Plan) and the 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (the 2005 Plan). New awards have not been issued under the 1997 Plan since it was replaced by the 2005 Plan. The 2005 Plan is designed to provide flexibility to Trustmark regarding its ability to motivate, attract and retain the services of key associates and directors. The 2005 Plan allows Trustmark to make grants of nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance units to key associates and directors. At December 31, 2012, the maximum number of shares of Trustmark’s common stock available for issuance under the 2005 Plan was 5,425,091 shares.

Stock Option Grants

Stock option awards under the 2005 Plan are granted with an exercise price equal to the market price of Trustmark’s stock on the date of grant. Stock options granted under the 2005 Plan vest 20% per year and have a contractual term of seven years. Stock option awards, which were granted under the 1997 Plan, had an exercise price equal to the market price of Trustmark’s stock on the date of grant, vested equally over four years with a contractual ten-year term. During the second quarter of 2011, compensation expense related to stock options was fully recognized. Compensation expense for stock options granted under these plans was estimated using the fair value of each option granted using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and was recognized on the straight-line method over the requisite service period. As reflected in the tables below, no stock options have been granted since 2006, when Trustmark began granting restricted stock awards exclusively.

131

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes Trustmark’s stock option activity for 2012, 2011, and 2010:

	2012					2011					2010
				Average					Average					Average
				Option					Option					Option
Options	Shares			Price		Shares			Price		Shares			Price
Outstanding, beginning of year		1,205,100		$	27.31		1,311,925		$	27.03		1,531,925		$	26.27
Granted		-			-		-			-		-			-
Exercised		(11,125	)		24.09		(69,525	)		21.68		(188,550	)		20.65
Expired		(494,375	)		27.01		(36,000	)		27.71		(29,350	)		28.22
Forfeited		-			-		(1,300	)		31.55		(2,100	)		31.55
Outstanding, end of year		699,600			27.58		1,205,100			27.31		1,311,925			27.03

Exercisable, end of year		699,600			27.58		1,205,100			27.31		1,270,085			26.88

Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding, end of year	$	-				$	44,365				$	394,341
Exercisable, end of year	$	-				$	44,365				$	394,341

The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $16 thousand in 2012, $144 thousand in 2011 and $569 thousand in 2010.

The following table presents information on stock options by ranges of exercise prices at December 31, 2012:

Options Outstanding							Options Exercisable
			Weighted-		Weighted-				Weighted-		Weighted-
	Outstanding		Average		Average		Exercisable		Average		Average
Range of	December 31,		Remaining Years		Exercise		December 31,		Remaining Years		Exercise
Exercise Prices	2012		To Expiration		Price		2012		To Expiration		Price
$22.64 - $25.88		205,700		0.3	$	24.10		205,700		0.3	$	24.10
$25.88 - $29.11		288,200		1.2		27.26		288,200		1.2		27.26
$29.11 - $32.35		205,700		0.4		31.49		205,700		0.4		31.49
		699,600		0.7		27.58		699,600		0.7		27.58

Restricted Stock Grants

Performance Awards

Trustmark’s performance awards are granted to Trustmark’s executive and senior management team. Performance awards granted vest based on performance goals of return on average tangible equity (ROATE) or return on average equity (ROAE) and total shareholder return (TSR) compared to a defined peer group. Awards based on TSR are valued utilizing a Monte Carlo simulation to estimate fair value of the awards at the grant date, while ROATE and ROAE awards are valued utilizing the fair value of Trustmark’s stock at the grant date based on the estimated number of shares expected to vest. The restriction period for performance awards covers a three-year vesting period. These awards are recognized on the straight-line method over the requisite service period. These awards provide for excess shares, if performance measures exceed 100%. Any excess shares granted are restricted for an additional three-year vesting period. The restricted share agreement provides for voting rights and dividend privileges.

132

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes Trustmark’s performance award activity during years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

	2012					2011					2010
				Weighted-					Weighted-					Weighted-
				Average					Average					Average
				Grant-Date					Grant-Date					Grant-Date
	Shares			Fair Value		Shares			Fair Value		Shares			Fair Value
Nonvested shares, beginning of year		179,421		$	20.30		210,797		$	20.30		229,227		$	25.52
Granted		55,295			25.66		53,863			25.40		55,787			23.05
Released from restriction		(72,632	)		21.38		(84,338	)		20.00		(73,862	)		27.68
Forfeited		(2,501	)		24.70		(901	)		23.82		(355	)		25.30
Nonvested shares, end of year		159,583			24.26		179,421			20.30		210,797			20.30

Time-Vested Awards

Trustmark’s time-vested awards are granted to Trustmark’s executive and senior management team in both employee recruitment and retention. These awards are also granted to Trustmark’s Board of Directors and are restricted for three years from the award dates. Time-vested awards are valued utilizing the fair value of Trustmark’s stock at the grant date. These awards are recognized on the straight-line method over the requisite service period.

The following table summarizes Trustmark’s time-vested award activity during years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

	2012					2011					2010
				Weighted-					Weighted-					Weighted-
				Average					Average					Average
				Grant-Date					Grant-Date					Grant-Date
	Shares			Fair Value		Shares			Fair Value		Shares			Fair Value
Nonvested shares, beginning of year		334,356		$	21.04		343,469		$	20.33		291,999		$	25.50
Granted		141,616			24.66		157,178			24.15		146,605			22.44
Released from restriction		(151,331	)		23.14		(160,447	)		20.46		(90,372	)		23.91
Forfeited		(7,068	)		24.14		(5,844	)		20.17		(4,763	)		20.52
Nonvested shares, end of year		317,573			23.28		334,356			21.04		343,469			20.33

Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award

During 2009, Trustmark’s previous Chairman and CEO was granted a cash-settled performance-based restricted stock unit award (the RSU award) with each unit having the value of one share of Trustmark’s common stock. The performance period covered a two-year period. This award was granted in connection with an employment agreement dated November 20, 2008, that provides for in lieu of receiving an equity compensation award in 2010 or 2011, the 2009 equity compensation award to be twice the amount of a normal award, with one-half of the award being performance-based and one-half service-based. The RSU award was granted outside of the 2005 Plan in lieu of granting shares of performance-based restricted stock that would exceed the annual limit permitted to be granted under the 2005 Plan, in order to satisfy the equity compensation provisions of the employment agreement. This award provided for excess shares, if performance goals of ROATE and TSR exceeded 100%. Both the performance awards and excess shares vested during the second quarter of 2011. Compensation expense for the RSU award was based on the approximate fair value of Trustmark’s stock at the end of each of the reporting periods and was finalized on the vesting date at a share price of $23.65.

133

Table of Contents

The following table presents information regarding compensation expense for all stock and incentive plans for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

									Weighted
									Average Life
	Recognized Compensation Expense						Unrecognized		of Unrecognized
	for Years Ended December 31,						Compensation		Compensation
	2012		2011		2010		Expense		Expense

Stock option-based awards	$	-	$	100	$	430	$	-		-
Performance awards		868		855		1,004		908		1.68
Time-vested awards		3,105		2,835		3,390		4,740		2.93
RSU award		-		184		696		-		-
Total stock and incentive plan compensation expense	$	3,973	$	3,974	$	5,520	$	5,648

Note 17 – Commitments and Contingencies

Lending Related

Trustmark makes commitments to extend credit and issues standby and commercial letters of credit (letters of credit) in the normal course of business in order to fulfill the financing needs of its customers. The carrying amount of commitments to extend credit and letters of credit approximates the fair value of such financial instruments. These amounts are not material to Trustmark’s financial statements.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend money to customers pursuant to certain specified conditions. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. Because many of these commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the commitments to extend credit is represented by the contract amount of those instruments. Trustmark applies the same credit policies and standards as it does in the lending process when making these commitments. The collateral obtained is based upon the assessed creditworthiness of the borrower. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, Trustmark had commitments to extend credit of $1.909 billion and $1.690 billion, respectively.

Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by Trustmark to insure the performance of a customer to a third party. Trustmark issues financial and performance standby letters of credit in the normal course of business in order to fulfill the financing needs of its customers. A financial standby letter of credit irrevocably obligates Trustmark to pay a third-party beneficiary when a customer fails to repay an outstanding loan or debt instrument. A performance standby letter of credit irrevocably obligates Trustmark to pay a third-party beneficiary when a customer fails to perform some contractual, nonfinancial obligation. When issuing letters of credit, Trustmark uses essentially the same policies regarding credit risk and collateral, which are followed in the lending process. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, Trustmark’s maximum exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party for letters of credit was $140.5 million and $156.7 million, respectively. These amounts consist primarily of commitments with maturities of less than three years, which have an immaterial carrying value. Trustmark holds collateral to support standby letters of credit when deemed necessary. As of December 31, 2012, the fair value of collateral held was $47.2 million.

Lease Commitments

Trustmark currently has operating lease commitments for banking premises and equipment, which expire from 2013 to 2028. It is expected that certain leases will be renewed, or equipment replaced, as leases expire. Rental expense totaled $7.4 million in 2012, $7.5 million in 2011 and $6.5 million in 2010. At December 31, 2012, future minimum rental commitments under noncancellable operating leases are as follows ($ in thousands):

Year	Amount
2013	$	6,482
2014		5,687
2015		4,489
2016		2,279
2017		2,050
Thereafter		7,275
Total	$	28,262

134

Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

135

Table of Contents

Note 18 – Shareholders' Equity

Regulatory Capital

Trustmark and TNB are subject to minimum capital requirements, which are administered by various federal regulatory agencies. These capital requirements, as defined by federal guidelines, involve quantitative and qualitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet instruments. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional, discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial statements of Trustmark and TNB. As of December 31, 2012, Trustmark and TNB have exceeded all of the minimum capital standards for the parent company and its primary banking subsidiary as established by regulatory requirements. In addition, TNB has met applicable regulatory guidelines to be considered well-capitalized at December 31, 2012. To be categorized in this manner, TNB must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the accompanying table. There are no significant conditions or events that have occurred since December 31, 2012, which Management believes have affected TNB's present classification.

Trustmark's and TNB's actual regulatory capital amounts and ratios are presented in the table below ($ in thousands):

											Minimum Regulatory
	Actual					Minimum Regulatory					Provision to be
	Regulatory Capital					Capital Required					Well-Capitalized
	Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio
At December 31, 2012:
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
Trustmark Corporation	$	1,157,838		17.22	%	$	537,861		8.00	%		n/a		n/a
Trustmark National Bank		1,119,438		16.85	%		531,577		8.00	%	$	664,472		10.00	%

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
Trustmark Corporation	$	1,043,865		15.53	%	$	268,930		4.00	%		n/a		n/a
Trustmark National Bank		1,007,775		15.17	%		265,789		4.00	%	$	398,683		6.00	%

Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)
Trustmark Corporation	$	1,043,865		10.97	%	$	285,556		3.00	%		n/a		n/a
Trustmark National Bank		1,007,775		10.72	%		281,984		3.00	%	$	469,974		5.00	%

At December 31, 2011:
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
Trustmark Corporation	$	1,096,213		16.67	%	$	526,156		8.00	%		n/a		n/a
Trustmark National Bank		1,057,932		16.28	%		519,709		8.00	%	$	649,636		10.00	%

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
Trustmark Corporation	$	974,034		14.81	%	$	263,078		4.00	%		n/a		n/a
Trustmark National Bank		938,122		14.44	%		259,855		4.00	%	$	389,782		6.00	%

Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)
Trustmark Corporation	$	974,034		10.43	%	$	280,162		3.00	%		n/a		n/a
Trustmark National Bank		938,122		10.18	%		276,502		3.00	%	$	460,837		5.00	%

Dividends on Common Stock

Dividends paid by Trustmark are substantially funded from dividends received from TNB. Approval by TNB's regulators is required if the total of all dividends declared in any calendar year exceeds the total of its net income for that year combined with its retained net income of the preceding two years. TNB will have available in 2013 approximately $92.0 million plus its net income for that year to pay as dividends.

136

Table of Contents

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The following table presents the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and the related tax effects allocated to each component for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 ($ in thousands):

							Accumulated
							Other
							Comprehensive
	Before-Tax			Tax			Income
	Amount			Effect			(Loss)
Balance, January 1, 2010	$	(2,596	)	$	972		$	(1,624	)
Unrealized gains on available for sale securities:
Unrealized holding losses arising during period		(15,431	)		5,902			(9,529	)
Less: adjustment for net gains realized in net income		(2,329	)		891			(1,438	)
Pension and other postretirement benefit plans:
Net change in prior service cost arising during the period		123			(47	)		76
Net decrease in loss arising during the period		1,764			(675	)		1,089
Balance, December 31, 2010		(18,469	)		7,043			(11,426	)
Unrealized gains on available for sale securities:
Unrealized holding gains arising during period		39,636			(15,161	)		24,475
Less: adjustment for net gains realized in net income		(80	)		31			(49	)
Pension and other postretirement benefit plans:
Net change in prior service cost arising during the period		(957	)		366			(591	)
Net increase in loss arising during the period		(15,041	)		5,753			(9,288	)
Balance, December 31, 2011		5,089			(1,968	)		3,121
Unrealized gains on available for sale securities:
Unrealized holding gains arising during period		97			(37	)		60
Less: adjustment for net gains realized in net income		(1,059	)		405			(654	)
Pension and other postretirement benefit plans:
Net change in prior service cost arising during the period		52			(20	)		32
Net decrease in loss arising during the period		1,354			(518	)		836
Balance, December 31, 2012	$	5,533		$	(2,138	)	$	3,395

Note 19 – Fair Value

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value

The methodologies Trustmark uses in determining the fair values are based primarily on the use of independent, market-based data to reflect a value that would be reasonably expected upon exchange of the position in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The large majority of assets that are stated at fair value are of a nature that can be valued using prices or inputs that are readily observable through a variety of independent data providers. The providers selected by Trustmark for fair valuation data are widely recognized and accepted vendors whose evaluations support the pricing functions of financial institutions, investment and mutual funds, and portfolio managers. Trustmark has documented and evaluated the pricing methodologies used by the vendors and maintains internal processes that regularly test valuations for anomalies.

Trustmark utilizes an independent pricing service to advise it on the fair value of the securities available for sale portfolio. As part of Trustmark’s procedures, the price provided from the service is evaluated for reasonableness given market changes. When a questionable price exists, Trustmark investigates further to determine if the price is valid. If needed, other market participants may be utilized to determine the correct fair value. Trustmark has also reviewed and confirmed its determinations in thorough discussions with the pricing source regarding their methods of price discovery.

Mortgage loan commitments are valued based on the securities prices of similar collateral, term, rate and delivery for which the loan is eligible to deliver in place of the particular security. Trustmark acquires a broad array of mortgage security prices that are supplied by a market data vendor, which in turn accumulates prices from a broad list of securities dealers. Prices are processed through a mortgage pipeline management system that accumulates and segregates all loan commitment and forward-sale transactions according to the similarity of various characteristics (maturity, term, rate, and collateral). Prices are matched to those positions that are deemed to be an eligible substitute or offset (i.e., “deliverable”) for a corresponding security observed in the market place.

Trustmark estimates fair value of MSR through the use of prevailing market participant assumptions and market participant valuation processes. This valuation is periodically tested and validated against other third-party firm valuations.

137

Table of Contents

Trustmark obtains the fair value of interest rate swaps from a third-party pricing service that uses an industry standard discounted cash flow methodology. In addition, credit valuation adjustments are incorporated in the fair values to account for potential nonperformance risk. In adjusting the fair value of its interest rate swap contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk, Trustmark has considered any applicable credit enhancements such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts, and guarantees. In conjunction with the FASB’s fair value measurement guidance, Trustmark made an accounting policy election to measure the credit risk of these derivative financial instruments, which are subject to master netting agreements, on a net basis by counterparty portfolio.

Trustmark has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its interest rate swaps offered to qualified commercial borrowers fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, while the credit valuation adjustments associated with these derivatives utilize Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads. Trustmark has assessed the significance of the impact of the credit valuation adjustments on the overall valuation of its interest rate swaps and has determined that the credit valuation adjustment is not significant to the overall valuation of these derivatives. As a result, Trustmark classifies its interest rate swap valuations in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Trustmark also utilizes exchange-traded derivative instruments such as Treasury note futures contracts and option contracts to achieve a fair value return that offsets the changes in fair value of MSR attributable to interest rates. Fair values of these derivative instruments are determined from quoted prices in active markets for identical assets therefore allowing them to be classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. In addition, Trustmark utilizes derivative instruments such as interest rate lock commitments in its mortgage banking area which lack observable inputs for valuation purposes resulting in their inclusion in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Financial Assets and Liabilities

The following table summarizes financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, segregated by the level of valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value ($ in thousands):

	December 31, 2012
	Total		Level 1			Level 2		Level 3
U.S. Government agency obligations	$	105,745	$	-		$	105,745	$	-
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		215,761		-			215,761		-
Mortgage-backed securities		2,094,612		-			2,094,612		-
Asset-back securities		241,627		-			241,627		-
Securities available for sale		2,657,745		-			2,657,745		-
Loans held for sale		257,986		-			257,986		-
Mortgage servicing rights		47,341		-			-		47,341
Other assets - derivatives		7,107		(440	)		5,263		2,284
Other liabilities - derivatives		6,612		545			6,067		-

	December 31, 2011
	Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
U.S. Government agency obligations	$	64,805	$	-	$	64,805	$	-
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		202,827		-		202,827		-
Mortgage-backed securities		2,201,361		-		2,201,361		-
Securities available for sale		2,468,993		-		2,468,993		-
Loans held for sale		216,553		-		216,553		-
Mortgage servicing rights		43,274		-		-		43,274
Other assets - derivatives		3,521		1,130		1,689		702
Other liabilities - derivatives		4,680		694		3,986		-

138

Table of Contents

The changes in Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are summarized as follows ($ in thousands):

	MSR			Other Assets - Derivatives
Balance, January 1, 2011	$	51,151		$	337
Total net (losses) gains included in net income (1)		(22,037	)		3,968
Additions		14,160			-
Sales		-			(3,603	)
Balance, December 31, 2011		43,274			702
Total net (losses) gains included in net income (1)		(19,186	)		13,441
Additions		23,253			-
Sales		-			(11,859	)
Balance, December 31, 2012	$	47,341		$	2,284

The amount of total (losses) gains for the period included in earnings that are attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses still held at December 31, 2012	$	(9,378	)	$	2,317

(1) Total net (losses) gains included in net income relating to MSR includes changes in fair value due to market changes and due to runoff.

Trustmark may be required, from time to time, to measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. Assets at December 31, 2012, which have been measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, include impaired LHFI. Loans for which it is probable Trustmark will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement are considered impaired. Impaired LHFI have been determined to be collateral dependent and assessed using a fair value approach. Specific allowances for impaired LHFI are based on comparisons of the recorded carrying values of the loans to the present value of the estimated cash flows of these loans at each loan’s original effective interest rate, the fair value of the collateral or the observable market prices of the loans. Fair value estimates begin with appraised values based on the current market value/as-is value of the property being appraised, normally from recently received and reviewed appraisals. Appraisals are obtained from state-certified appraisers and are based on certain assumptions, which may include construction or development status and the highest and best use of the property. These appraisals are reviewed by Trustmark’s Appraisal Review Department to ensure they are acceptable. Appraised values are adjusted down for costs associated with asset disposal. At December 31, 2012, Trustmark had outstanding balances of $40.6 million in impaired LHFI that were specifically identified for evaluation and written down to fair value of the underlying collateral less cost to sell based on the fair value of the collateral or other unobservable input compared with $68.9 million at December 31, 2011. These impaired LHFI are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Impaired LHFI are periodically reviewed and evaluated for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly based on the same factors identified above.

Please refer to Note 2 – Business Combinations, for financial assets and liabilities acquired, which were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP.

Nonfinancial Assets and Liabilities

Certain nonfinancial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis include foreclosed assets (upon initial recognition or subsequent impairment), nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities measured at fair value in the second step of a goodwill impairment test, and intangible assets and other nonfinancial long-lived assets measured at fair value for impairment assessment.

Other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, includes assets that have been acquired in satisfaction of debt through foreclosure and is recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less the estimated cost of disposition. Fair value is based on independent appraisals and other relevant factors. In the determination of fair value subsequent to foreclosure, Management also considers other factors or recent developments, such as changes in market conditions from the time of valuation and anticipated sales values considering plans for disposition, which could result in an adjustment to lower the collateral value estimates indicated in the appraisals. The ultimate recovery of a substantial portion of the carrying amount of other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, is susceptible to changes in market conditions in these areas. Periodic revaluations are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy since assumptions are used that may not be observable in the market.

139

Table of Contents

Certain foreclosed assets, upon initial recognition, are remeasured and reported at fair value through a charge-off to the allowance for loan losses based upon the fair value of the foreclosed asset. The fair value of a foreclosed asset, upon initial recognition, is estimated using Level 3 inputs based on adjusted observable market data. Foreclosed assets measured at fair value upon initial recognition totaled $38.9 million (utilizing Level 3 valuation inputs) during the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with $56.9 million for the same period in 2011. In connection with the measurement and initial recognition of the foregoing foreclosed assets, Trustmark recognized charge-offs of the allowance for loan losses totaling $9.0 million and $6.7 million for 2012 and 2011, respectively. Other than foreclosed assets measured at fair value upon initial recognition, $38.0 million of foreclosed assets were remeasured during 2012, requiring writedowns of $6.6 million to reach their current fair values compared to $66.7 million of foreclosed assets were remeasured during 2011, requiring writedowns of $13.9 million.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments at December 31, 2012 and 2011, are as follows ($ in thousands):

	2012				2011
	Carrying		Estimated		Carrying		Estimated
	Value		Fair Value		Value		Fair Value
Financial Assets:
Level 2 Inputs:
Cash and short-term investments	$	238,535	$	238,535	$	211,883	$	211,883
Securities held to maturity		42,188		46,888		57,705		62,515
Level 3 Inputs:
Net LHFI		5,514,016		5,619,933		5,767,966		5,848,791
Net acquired loans		127,489		127,489		76,302		76,302
FDIC indemnification asset		21,774		21,774		28,348		28,348

Financial Liabilities:
Level 2 Inputs:
Deposits		7,896,517		7,904,179		7,566,363		7,575,064
Short-term liabilities		375,749		375,749		692,128		692,128
Subordinated notes		49,871		53,980		49,839		51,438
Junior subordinated debt securities		61,856		40,206		61,856		35,876

The methodology and significant assumptions used in estimating the fair values presented above are as follows:

In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are generally based on estimates using present value techniques. Trustmark’s premise in present value techniques is to represent the fair values on a basis of replacement value of the existing instrument given observed market rates on the measurement date. These techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates for those assets or liabilities cannot be necessarily substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, may not be realizable in immediate settlement of the instruments. The estimated fair value of financial instruments with immediate and shorter-term maturities (generally 90 days or less) is assumed to be the same as the recorded book value. All nonfinancial instruments, by definition, have been excluded from these disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of Trustmark.

Cash and Short-Term Investments

The carrying amounts for cash and due from banks and short-term investments (federal funds sold and securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements) approximate fair values due to their immediate and shorter-term maturities.

Securities Held to Maturity

Estimated fair values for securities held to maturity are based on quoted market prices where available. If quoted market prices are not available, estimated fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.

Net LHFI

The fair values of net LHFI are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. For variable rate LHFI that reprice frequently with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. The fair values of certain mortgage LHFI, such as 1-4 family residential properties, are based on quoted market prices of similar loans sold in conjunction with securitization transactions, adjusted for differences in loan characteristics. The fair values of other types of LHFI are estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities. The processes for estimating the fair value of net LHFI described above does not represent an exit price under FASB ASC Topic 820 and such an exit price could potentially produce a different fair value estimate at December 31, 2012 and 2011.

140

Table of Contents

Net Acquired Loans

The fair value of net acquired loans is based on estimates of future loan cash flows and appropriate discount rates, which incorporate Trustmark’s assumptions about market funding cost and liquidity premium. The estimates of future loan cash flows are determined using Trustmark’s assumptions concerning the amount and timing of principal and interest payments, prepayments and credit losses.

FDIC Indemnification Asset

The fair value of the FDIC indemnification asset is estimated by discounting estimated future cash flows based on market rates observed at the time of acquisition.

Deposits

The fair values of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest-bearing demand deposits, NOW accounts, MMDA products and savings accounts are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand, which is the carrying value. Fair values for certificates of deposit are based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Short-Term Liabilities

The carrying amounts for federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements and other borrowings approximate their fair values.

Subordinated Notes

Fair value equals quoted market prices, if available. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar subordinated notes.

Junior Subordinated Debt Securities

Fair value equals quoted market prices, if available. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar junior subordinated debt securities.

Note 20 – Derivative Financial Instruments

Trustmark maintains an overall interest rate risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings and cash flows caused by interest rate volatility. Trustmark’s interest rate risk management strategy involves modifying the repricing characteristics of certain assets and liabilities so that changes in interest rates do not adversely affect the net interest margin and cash flows. Under the guidelines of FASB ASC Topic 815, all derivative instruments are required to be recognized as either assets or liabilities and be carried at fair value on the balance sheet. The fair value of derivative positions outstanding is included in other assets and/or other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and in the net change in these financial statement line items in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows as well as included in noninterest income in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments

As part of Trustmark’s risk management strategy in the mortgage banking area, derivative instruments such as forward sales contracts are utilized. Trustmark’s obligations under forward contracts consist of commitments to deliver mortgage loans, originated and/or purchased, in the secondary market at a future date. These derivative instruments are designated as fair value hedges under FASB ASC Topic 815. The ineffective portion of changes in the fair value of the forward contracts and changes in the fair value of the loans designated as loans held for sale are recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net. Trustmark’s off-balance sheet obligations under these derivative instruments totaled $310.3 million at December 31, 2012, with a negative valuation adjustment of $738 thousand, compared to $199.5 million, with a negative valuation adjustment of $2.2 million as of December 31, 2011.

141

Table of Contents

Derivatives not Designated as Hedging Instruments

Trustmark utilizes a portfolio of exchange-traded derivative instruments, such as Treasury note futures contracts and option contracts, to achieve a fair value return that offsets the changes in fair value of MSR attributable to interest rates. These transactions are considered freestanding derivatives that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value of these exchange-traded derivative instruments are recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by the changes in the fair value of MSR. The MSR fair value represents the present value of future cash flows, which among other things includes decay and the effect of changes in interest rates. Ineffectiveness of hedging the MSR fair value is measured by comparing the change in value of hedge instruments to the change in the fair value of the MSR asset attributable to changes in interest rates and other market driven changes in valuation inputs and assumptions. The impact of this strategy resulted in a net negative ineffectiveness of $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to a net positive ineffectiveness of $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Trustmark also utilizes derivative instruments such as interest rate lock commitments in its mortgage banking area. Rate lock commitments are residential mortgage loan commitments with customers, which guarantee a specified interest rate for a specified time period. Changes in the fair value of these derivative instruments are recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by the changes in the fair value of forward sales contracts. Trustmark’s off-balance sheet obligations under these derivative instruments totaled $186.9 million at December 31, 2012, with a positive valuation adjustment of $2.3 million, compared to $117.5 million, with a positive valuation adjustment of $702 thousand as of December 31, 2011.

142

Table of Contents

Tabular Disclosures

The following tables disclose the fair value of derivative instruments in Trustmark’s balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 as well as the effect of these derivative instruments on Trustmark’s results of operations for years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

	December 31,			December 31,
	2012			2011
Derivatives in hedging relationships
Interest rate contracts:
Forward contracts included in other liabilities	$	738		$	2,217

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
Interest rate contracts:
Futures contracts included in other assets	$	(482	)	$	986
Exchange traded purchased options included in other assets		42			144
OTC written options (rate locks) included in other assets		2,284			702
Interest rate swaps included in other assets		5,241			1,689
Credit risk participation agreements included in other assets		22			-
Exchange traded written options included in other liabilities		545			694
Interest rate swaps included in other liabilities		5,329			1,769

	Years ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Derivatives in hedging relationships
Amount of gain (loss) recognized in mortgage banking, net	$	1,479		$	(5,360	)	$	987

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
Amount of gain recognized in mortgage banking, net	$	7,585		$	19,929		$	16,655
Amount of loss recognized in bankcard and other fees		(82	)		(79	)		-

Note 21 – Segment Information

Trustmark’s management reporting structure includes three segments: General Banking, Wealth Management and Insurance. General Banking is primarily responsible for all traditional banking products and services, including loans and deposits. General Banking also consists of internal operations such as Human Resources, Executive Administration, Treasury, Funds Management, Public Affairs and Corporate Finance. Wealth Management provides customized solutions for affluent customers by integrating financial services with traditional banking products and services such as private banking, money management, full-service brokerage, financial planning, personal and institutional trust and retirement services. Through Fisher Brown Bottrell Insurance, Inc. (FBBI), a wholly owned subsidiary of TNB, Trustmark’s Insurance Division provides a full range of retail insurance products including commercial risk management products, bonding, group benefits and personal lines coverage.

The accounting policies of each reportable segment are the same as those of Trustmark except for its internal allocations. Noninterest expenses for back-office operations support are allocated to segments based on estimated uses of those services. Trustmark measures the net interest income of its business segments with a process that assigns cost of funds or earnings credit on a matched-term basis. This process, called “funds transfer pricing”, charges an appropriate cost of funds to assets held by a business unit, or credits the business unit for potential earnings for carrying liabilities. The net of these charges and credits flows through to the General Banking segment, which contains the management team responsible for determining the bank's funding and interest rate risk strategies.

143

Table of Contents

The following table discloses financial information by reportable segment for the periods ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

Segment Information
($ in thousands)
	Years Ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
General Banking
Net interest income	$	336,362	$	344,415	$	347,607
Provision for loan losses, net		12,188		30,185		49,551
Noninterest income		122,421		109,601		115,934
Noninterest expense		300,097		284,849		283,010
Income before income taxes		146,498		138,982		130,980
Income taxes		37,523		38,414		37,955
General banking net income	$	108,975	$	100,568	$	93,025

Selected Financial Information
Average assets	$	9,658,924	$	9,436,557	$	9,136,491
Depreciation and amortization	$	27,876	$	23,640	$	23,792

Wealth Management
Net interest income	$	4,327	$	4,256	$	4,174
Provision for loan losses, net		106		143		(5	)
Noninterest income		24,565		23,300		22,243
Noninterest expense		23,053		23,300		20,459
Income before income taxes		5,733		4,113		5,963
Income taxes		1,910		1,303		1,988
Wealth Management net income	$	3,823	$	2,810	$	3,975

Selected Financial Information
Average assets	$	78,567	$	81,472	$	89,240
Depreciation and amortization	$	174	$	209	$	272

Insurance
Net interest income	$	301	$	272	$	242
Noninterest income		28,203		26,953		27,750
Noninterest expense		21,352		21,701		22,180
Income before income taxes		7,152		5,524		5,812
Income taxes		2,667		2,061		2,176
Insurance net income	$	4,485	$	3,463	$	3,636

Selected Financial Information
Average assets	$	65,560	$	65,414	$	66,096
Depreciation and amortization	$	1,225	$	1,424	$	1,582

Consolidated
Net interest income	$	340,990	$	348,943	$	352,023
Provision for loan losses, net		12,294		30,328		49,546
Noninterest income		175,189		159,854		165,927
Noninterest expense		344,502		329,850		325,649
Income before income taxes		159,383		148,619		142,755
Income taxes		42,100		41,778		42,119
Consolidated net income	$	117,283	$	106,841	$	100,636

Selected Financial Information
Average assets	$	9,803,051	$	9,583,443	$	9,291,827
Depreciation and amortization	$	29,275	$	25,273	$	25,646

144

Table of Contents

Note 22 – Parent Company Only Financial Information

($ in thousands)


Condensed Balance Sheets	December 31,
Assets:	2012		2011
Investment in banks	$	1,330,452	$	1,257,982
Other assets		19,608		20,071
Total Assets	$	1,350,060	$	1,278,053

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity:
Accrued expense	$	835	$	1,160
Junior subordinated debt securities		61,856		61,856
Shareholders' equity		1,287,369		1,215,037
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity	$	1,350,060	$	1,278,053

Condensed Statements of Income	Years Ended December 31,
Revenue:	2012		2011		2010
Dividends received from banks	$	72,216	$	61,138	$	61,843
Earnings of subsidiaries over distributions		46,220		46,818		40,036
Other income		59		54		68
Total Revenue		118,495		108,010		101,947
Expense:
Other expense		1,212		1,169		1,311
Total Expense		1,212		1,169		1,311
Net Income	$	117,283	$	106,841	$	100,636

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows	Years Ended December 31,
Operating Activities:	2012			2011			2010
Net income	$	117,283		$	106,841		$	100,636
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Increase in investment in subsidiaries		(46,220	)		(46,818	)		(40,036	)
Other		(376	)		268			(252	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		70,687			60,291			60,348

Investing Activities:
Payment for investments in subsidiaries		(10,003	)		-			-
Repayment for investments in subsidiaries		-			-			248
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities		(10,003	)		-			248

Financing Activities:
Repayments of advances from subsidiaries		-			-			(8,248	)
Cash dividends paid on common stock		(59,961	)		(59,485	)		(59,302	)
Other common stock transactions, net		(1,237	)		(141	)		3,128
Other, net		-			-			(60	)
Net cash used in financing activities		(61,198	)		(59,626	)		(64,482	)
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents		(514	)		665			(3,886	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		18,170			17,505			21,391
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	17,656		$	18,170		$	17,505

Trustmark (parent company only) paid income taxes of approximately $57.8 million in 2012, $37.6 million in 2011 and $53.6 million in 2010. Trustmark paid no interest for the years 2012, 2011 or 2010.

145

Table of Contents

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

There has been no change of accountants within the two-year period prior to December 31, 2012.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, an evaluation was carried out by Trustmark’s management, with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer), of the effectiveness of Trustmark’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report. No changes were made to Trustmark’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) during the last fiscal quarter that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, Trustmark’s internal control over financial reporting.

Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The management of Trustmark Corporation (Trustmark) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Trustmark’s internal control over financial reporting was designed under the supervision of the Chief Executive Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer) to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of published financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Management assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012. In making this assessment, it used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control – Integrated Framework. Based on our assessment, we believe that, as of December 31, 2012, Trustmark’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria.

The effectiveness of Trustmark’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 was audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing on the following page.

146

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Trustmark Corporation:

We have audited Trustmark Corporation and subsidiaries’ (the Corporation) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Trustmark Corporation and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Trustmark Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, and our report dated February 27, 2013, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Jackson, Mississippi

February 27, 2013

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None

147

Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Certain information regarding executive officers is included under the section captioned “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Part I, Item 1, elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Other information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to Trustmark’s Proxy Statement (Schedule 14A) for its 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of Trustmark’s fiscal year-end.

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to Trustmark’s Proxy Statement (Schedule 14A) for its 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of Trustmark’s fiscal year-end.

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Equity Compensation Plans

The table below contains summary information as of December 31, 2012, for the number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options and potential excess shares, related to Trustmark’s 2005 Plan and 1997 Plan. Information related to securities remaining available for future issuance relates exclusively to the 2005 Plan, which replaced the 1997 Plan under which no additional grants will be made.

Plan Category	Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights (a)(1)		Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights (2)		Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensations plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))(3)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders		859,183	$	27.58		5,425,091
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders		-		-		-
Total		859,183	$	27.58		5,425,091

(1)-	Includes shares issuable pursuant to outstanding options and the maximum potential excess shares issuable in the event currently unvested performance-based restricted stock awards vest in excess of 100%.

(2)-	Potential excess shares, to the extent issued, do not have an exercise price and are, therefore, excluded for purposes of computing the weighted-average exercise price.

(3)-	Consists of shares available to be granted in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and/or performance units.

All other information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to Trustmark’s Proxy Statement (Schedule 14A) for its 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of Trustmark’s fiscal year-end.

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

148

Table of Contents

PART IV

ITEM. 15.

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

A-1. Financial Statements

The reports of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, and the following consolidated financial statements of Trustmark Corporation and subsidiaries are included in the Registrant’s 2012 Annual Report to Shareholders and are incorporated into Part II, Item 8 herein by reference:

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011and 2010

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Notes 1 through 22)

A-2. Financial Statement Schedules

The schedules to the consolidated financial statements set forth by Article 9 of Regulation S-X are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.

A-3. Exhibits

The exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K listed below have been included only with the copy of this report filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Copies of individual exhibits will be furnished to shareholders upon written request to Trustmark and payment of a reasonable fee.

149

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

2-a		Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among Trustmark Corporation and Republic Bancshares of Texas, Inc. Filed April 17, 2006, as Exhibit 2.1 to Trustmark’s Form 8-K Current Report, incorporated herein by reference.

2-b		First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among Trustmark Corporation and Republic Bancshares of Texas, Inc. Filed May 17, 2006 as Exhibit 2.1A to Trustmark’s Form 8-K Current Report, incorporated herein by reference.

3-a		Articles of Incorporation of Trustmark, as amended to April 9, 2002. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3-a to Trustmark’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2002, filed on March 21, 2003.

3-b		Amended and Restated Bylaws of Trustmark. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Trustmark’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on November 25, 2008.

4-a		Amended and Restated Trust Agreement among Trustmark Corporation, Wilmington Trust Company and the Administrative Trustees regarding Trustmark Preferred Capital Trust I. Filed August 21, 2006, as Exhibit 4.1 to Trustmark’s Form 8-K Current Report, incorporated herein by reference.

4-b		Junior Subordinated Indenture between Trustmark Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company. Filed August 21, 2006, as Exhibit 4.2 to Trustmark’s Form 8-K Current Report, incorporated herein by reference.

4-c		Guarantee Agreement between Trustmark Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company. Filed August 21, 2006, as Exhibit 4.3 to Trustmark’s Form 8-K Current Report, incorporated herein by reference.

4-d		Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement between Trustmark National Bank and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. regarding Subordinated Notes due December 15, 2016. Filed December 13, 2006, as Exhibit 4.1 to Trustmark’s Form 8-K Current Report, incorporated herein by reference.

10-a		Deferred Compensation Plan for Executive Officers (Executive Deferral Plan-Group 2) of Trustmark National Bank, as amended. Filed as Exhibit 10-a to Trustmark’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2007, incorporated herein by reference.

10-b		Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of First National Financial Corporation acquired October 7, 1994. Filed as Exhibit 10-c to Trustmark’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 1994, incorporated herein by reference.

10-c		Life Insurance Plan for Executive Officers of First National Financial Corporation acquired October 7, 1994. Filed as Exhibit 10-d to Trustmark’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 1994, incorporated herein by reference.

10-d		Long Term Incentive Plan for key employees of Trustmark Corporation and its subsidiaries approved March 11, 1997. Filed as Exhibit 10-e to Trustmark’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 1996, incorporated herein by reference.

10-e		Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors (Directors’ Deferred Fee Plan) of Trustmark National Bank, as amended. Filed as Exhibit 10-e to Trustmark’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2007, incorporated herein by reference.

10-f		Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives (Executive Deferral Plan-Group 1) of Trustmark National Bank, as amended. Filed as Exhibit 10-f to Trustmark’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2007, incorporated herein by reference.

10-g		Trustmark Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan (Master Plan Document), as amended. Filed as Exhibit 10-g to Trustmark’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2007, incorporated herein by reference.

10-h		Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Trustmark Corporation and Richard G. Hickson, dated as of November 20, 2008. Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Trustmark’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on November 25, 2008, incorporated herein by reference.

150

Table of Contents

10-i		Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement between Trustmark Corporation and Gerard R. Host dated October 23, 2007. Filed as Exhibit 10-i to Trustmark’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2007, incorporated herein by reference.

10-j		Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement between Trustmark Corporation and Harry M. Walker dated October 23, 2007. Filed as Exhibit 10-j to Trustmark’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2007, incorporated herein by reference.

10-k		2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan approved May 10, 2005. Filed as Exhibit 10-a to Trustmark’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended March 31, 2005, incorporated by reference.

10-l		Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (under the 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan). Filed May 16, 2005, as Exhibit 10-b to Trustmark’s Form 8-K Current Report, incorporated herein by reference.

10-m		Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Director (under the 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan). Filed May 16, 2005, as Exhibit 10-c to Trustmark’s Form 8-K Current Report, incorporated herein by reference.

10-n		Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Associate (under the 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan). Filed May 16, 2005, as Exhibit 10-d to Trustmark’s Form 8-K Current Report, incorporated herein by reference.

10-o		Termination Amendment to the Second Amended Trustmark Corporation 1997 Long Term Incentive Plan. Filed May 16, 2005, as Exhibit 10-e to Trustmark’s Form 8-K Current Report, incorporated herein by reference.

10-p		Revised Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (under the 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan). Filed February 26, 2009, as Exhibit 10-p to Trustmark’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, incorporated herein by reference.

10-q		Revised Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Agreement for Executive (under the 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan). Filed February 26, 2009, as Exhibit 10-q to Trustmark’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, incorporated herein by reference.

10-r		First Amendment to Trustmark Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan (Master Plan Document). Filed November 7, 2008, as Exhibit 10-r to Trustmark’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended September 30, 2008, incorporated herein by reference.

10-s		Letter Agreement including Securities Purchase Agreement between Trustmark and the United States Department of Treasury. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Trustmark’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on November 25, 2008.

10-t		Form of Waiver executed by Trustmark Senior Executive Officers. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Trustmark’s Form 8-K Current Report filed November 25, 2008.

10-v		Cash-Settled Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement between Trustmark and Rickard G. Hickson dated January 27, 2009. Filed February 26, 2009, as Exhibit 10-v to Trustmark’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, incorporated herein by reference.

10-w		Form of Bonus Restricted Stock Agreement for Executive (under the 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan). Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.w to Trustmark’s Form 8-K Current Report filed April 6, 2009.

10-x		Form of Time-Based TARP-Compliant Restricted Stock Agreement for Executive (under the 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan). Filed November 9, 2009, as Exhibit 10-x to Trustmark’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

10-y		Form of Performance-Based TARP-Compliant Restricted Stock Agreement for Executive (under the 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan.). Filed November 9, 2009, as Exhibit 10-y to Trustmark’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

10-z		Employment Agreement between Trustmark Corporation and Gerard R. Host dated September 14, 2010. Filed September 14, 2010, as Exhibit 10-z to Trustmark's Form 8-K Current Report, incorporated herein by reference.

10-aa		Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Agreement for Director (under the 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan.) Filed August 8, 2011 as Exhibit 10-aa to Trustmark's Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended June 30, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

151

Table of Contents

10-ab		Summary of the Trustmark Corporation Management Incentive Plan. Filed November 7, 2012, as Exhibit 10-ab to Trustmark’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended September 30, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.

10-ac		Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Agreement for Executive (under the 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan.) Filed herein as Exhibit 10-ac to Trustmark’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2012.

21		List of Subsidiaries.

23		Consent of KPMG LLP.

31-a		Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31-b		Certification by Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32-a		Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32-b		Certification by Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS		XBRL Instance Document *

101.SCH		XBRL Schema Document *

101.CAL		XBRL Calculation Linkbase Document *

101.DEF		XBRL Label Linkbase Document *

101.LAB		XBRL Presentation Linkbase Document *

101.PRE		XBRL Definition Linkbase Document *

*-	In accordance with Regulation S-T, the XBRL-related information found in Exhibit No. 101 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K shall be deemed “furnished” and not “filed.”

All other exhibits are omitted, as they are inapplicable or not required by the related instructions.

152

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

TRUSTMARK CORPORATION

BY:	/s/ Gerard R. Host	BY:	/s/ Louis E. Greer
	Gerard R. Host		Louis E. Greer
	President and Chief Executive Officer		Treasurer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer

DATE:	February 27, 2013	DATE:	February 27, 2013

153

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

DATE: February 27, 2013	BY:	/s/ Adolphus B. Baker
		Adolphus B. Baker, Director


DATE: February 27, 2013	BY:	/s/ Daniel A. Grafton
		Daniel A. Grafton, Chairman and Director


DATE: February 27, 2013	BY:	/s/ Gerard R. Host
		Gerard R. Host, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director


DATE: February 27, 2013	BY:	/s/ David H. Hoster II
		David H. Hoster II, Director


DATE: February 27, 2013	BY:	/s/ John M. McCullouch
		John M. McCullouch, Director


DATE: February 27, 2013	BY:	/s/ Richard H. Puckett
		Richard H. Puckett, Director


DATE: February 27, 2013	BY:	/s/ R. Michael Summerford
		R. Michael Summerford, Director


DATE: February 27, 2013	BY:	/s/ Leroy G. Walker, Jr.
		Leroy G.Walker, Jr., Director


DATE: February 27, 2013	BY:	/s/ William G. Yates III
		William G. Yates III, Director

154